Service Manual

Revision D

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual

1099929 / 989 8056 44081

For Technical Support and Customer Service, contact:
800-345-6443 or 724-387-4000
Facsimile: +1-724-387-5012

Email and web addresses

respironics.service@philips.com
respironics.clinical@philips.com
www.philips.com/healthcare

Australian sponsor
Philips Australia
65 Epping Road
North Ryde, NSW 2113
Australia

NOTE
You can find the most current version of this user manual here:
http://incenter.medical.philips.com/default.aspx?tabid=4712
 Intended audience for this manual 1

About This Service Manual

This service manual is intended to assist you with the safe and effective maintenance and
repair of your ventilator. Before attempting to service the ventilator, read this manual and
strictly observe all warnings and cautions. Pay special attention to the information in the
“Safety” section.
This service manual describes the most all-inclusive configuration of the ventilator, with all
possible options and accessories. Some functions described may be unavailable in your
products configuration. Therefore, the options, accessories, and displays shown in this manual
may not exactly match what you see on your own ventilator.
Accessories used with the ventilator may have separate instructions for use. Be sure to consult
all instructions for use for all system components.

Intended audience for this manual

This service manual is intended for use by qualified biomedical device service providers. It
provides information specific to the servicing of the V680 ventilator. It assumes that the user
understands basic use of hand tools and measuring devices, electrical safety, handling of
electrostatic components, and basic computer skills.

Intended use of this manual

NOTE

Federal law (USA) restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
This ventilator is intended to be installed, used, operated, and maintained only in accordance
with the safety procedures and operating instructions given in this service manual. The
purposes for which the product is intended are presented in the General Information chapter
of this manual. However, nothing stated in this service manual reduces the responsibility of
service personnel for sound professional judgment and adhering to best maintenance
procedures.
Installation, use, and operation of this product is subject to the laws in the jurisdictions in
which the product is being used. Install, use, operate, and maintain the product only in ways
that do not conflict with applicable laws, or regulations which have the force of law.
Philips Healthcare

Uses of the product for purposes other than those intended and expressly stated by
Respironics California, Inc., as well as incorrect use, operation, or maintenance may relieve
Respironics California, Inc. or its agents from all or some responsibility for resultant
noncompliance, damage, or injury.

989 8056 44081 1099929 Rev D

2 Training

Training
Before servicing the ventilator and its accessories described in this service manual, those
persons providing service must have completed training on the safe and effective use of all
needed tools and equipment.

Additional information
For any information not covered in this service manual the manufacturer will provide upon
request system diagrams, component part lists, descriptions, calibration instructions, etc. to
assist service personnel in parts repair (where possible) and general system maintenance.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 3

Table of Contents
About This Service Manual ...................................................................................1

Intended audience for this manual ............................................................................ 1

Intended use of this manual ...................................................................................... 1
Training ...................................................................................................................... 2
Additional information ............................................................................................... 2

Symbols ................................................................................................................9

Symbols used on ventilator labels and packaging ...................................................... 9

Symbols used on the graphical user interface ......................................................... 12

General Safety.................................................................................................... 15

Definitions ................................................................................................................ 15
Basic Safety .............................................................................................................. 15
Electrical Safety ........................................................................................................ 16
Fire/Explosion Safety ............................................................................................... 17
Mechanical Safety .................................................................................................... 17
Product Compatibility .............................................................................................. 18
Product Modification ............................................................................................... 18
Electromagnetic Compatibility ................................................................................. 18

General Information ........................................................................................... 21

Intended Use of the V680 Ventilator ....................................................................... 21

Patient Interface and Accessories .................................................................... 21
Ventilator Configurations and Capabilities ....................................................... 21
Physical Description ................................................................................................. 24
Patient Circuits, Masks/Patient Interfaces, and Accessories ............................ 24
Ventilator Unit .......................................................................................................... 26
Philips Healthcare

About the Backup Battery ........................................................................................ 29

Graphical User Interface (GUI) ................................................................................. 31
Technical Specifications ........................................................................................... 32
Dual Limb Control Settings: Ranges, Resolutions, and Accuracies ................... 33

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

4

Dual Limb Control Settings: Active Controls by Mode ..................................... 34

Patient Data ...................................................................................................... 35
Alarms ...................................................................................................................... 37
Menu Window Settings ........................................................................................... 39
Settings and Ranges ......................................................................................... 39
Respiratory Mechanics Maneuvers .................................................................. 39
Operator-accessible Diagnostic Mode Functions ............................................. 40
Physical Characteristics ............................................................................................ 41
Environmental Specifications .................................................................................. 41
Pneumatic Specifications ......................................................................................... 42
Electrical Specifications ........................................................................................... 42
Patient Circuit Specifications ................................................................................... 43
Ventilator Breathing System Specifications ..................................................... 43
Accessory Requirements .......................................................................................... 43
Other Specifications ................................................................................................. 44

Regulatory and Environmental Compliance ........................................................ 45

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) References ................................................... 46

Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration ............................................................. 47
Electromagnetic Immunity ............................................................................... 48
Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity ......... 49
WEEE recycling directive .......................................................................................... 51
Safety ....................................................................................................................... 51

First-time Installation ......................................................................................... 53

Unpacking and Inspection ....................................................................................... 53

Ventilator Placement ............................................................................................... 54
Ventilator Stand Assembly ............................................................................... 54
Oxygen Manifold Kit ................................................................................................ 55
Battery Installation .................................................................................................. 56
First-time Installation Test Procedure ...................................................................... 59
View and Record Ventilator Information ................................................................. 59
Electrical Safety ................................................................................................ 60
Philips Healthcare

Configuration and Screen Calibration .............................................................. 60

EST/SST ............................................................................................................. 60
Operational Checks .......................................................................................... 62

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 5

Alarm Tests ....................................................................................................... 64

Prepare the Ventilator for End-user Operation ................................................ 68
First-Time Installation Data Form ............................................................................. 69

Principles of Operation ....................................................................................... 73

System Operational Overview .................................................................................. 73

Pneumatic System Operation ................................................................................... 73
Principal Pneumatic Components ..................................................................... 75
Electronics ................................................................................................................ 80
Principal Electronic Components ...................................................................... 81
Electronic Signal Paths ............................................................................................. 87
System Diagrams ...................................................................................................... 89
Electrical/Pneumatic System Diagram .............................................................. 89
System Wiring Diagram .................................................................................... 90
Barrier Insulation / Isolation Diagram .............................................................. 92

Care and Maintenance ........................................................................................ 95

Decontamination ..................................................................................................... 95
Ventilator .......................................................................................................... 95
Touchscreen ...................................................................................................... 96
eSYS Exhalation Cartridge Cleaning and Sterilization ....................................... 96
eSYS Cartridge Return to Use Procedure .......................................................... 98
Reusable Patient Circuits, Filters and Masks ............................................................ 99
Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................................ 100
Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions ........................................................ 101
Disposal .................................................................................................................. 105
Storage ................................................................................................................... 105
Service and Repairs ................................................................................................ 105
Repacking and Shipping ......................................................................................... 106

Diagnostic Mode and Troubleshooting ............................................................. 107

Entering Diagnostic Mode ...................................................................................... 108

Philips Healthcare

System Settings ...................................................................................................... 109

Selecting a Language .............................................................................................. 110
Setting Date and Time ............................................................................................ 111

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

6

Restoring Default Settings ..................................................................................... 112

Selecting Pressure Units ........................................................................................ 113
Enabling Software Options .................................................................................... 114
Set Baud Rate ........................................................................................................ 115
Service Button ....................................................................................................... 116
Viewing Ventilator Information ............................................................................. 117
Pneumatic Controls Screen .................................................................................... 118
Accessing the Pneumatic Controls Screen ..................................................... 119
Pneumatic Control Specifications ................................................................... 120
Output Controls Screen ......................................................................................... 121
Accessing the Output Controls Screen ........................................................... 122
Miscellaneous ........................................................................................................ 124
Accessing the Miscellaneous Screen .............................................................. 124
Significant Event Log .............................................................................................. 125
Download Mode .................................................................................................... 126
Touch Screen Diagnostics Screen ........................................................................... 127
Touch Screen Calibration ................................................................................ 128
Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting ................................................... 129
Vent Inop Diagnostic Codes (1000-100D) ....................................................... 129
Check Vent Diagnostic Codes (1100-11FF) ..................................................... 131
Alarm Message Diagnostic Codes (1200 - 122B) ............................................ 136
Informational Diagnostic Codes (2000 - 2005) ............................................... 142
Leaks Tests and EST/SST Diagnostic Codes (5xxx000-501F) ........................... 143
Miscellaneous Troubleshooting Tips ...................................................................... 147

Reports and Software Downloads .................................................................... 149

Setting Up the Service PC ...................................................................................... 149

Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term ..................................................... 149
Generating a Diagnostic Report (DRPTA) ............................................................... 160
Clearing the Significant Event Log .......................................................................... 163
Downloading Ventilator Software ......................................................................... 165
Software Download Instructions .................................................................... 165
Testing .................................................................................................................... 168
Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours ........................ 169
Philips Healthcare

Programming the Ventilator Serial Number ................................................... 170

Programming Ventilator Power-On Hours ..................................................... 172
Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware .................................. 174
Installing MPLAB IDE V8.92 (for 32-bit Windows users) ................................ 175

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 7

Configuring the MPLAB IDE V8.92 Program ................................................... 177

PM PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware Installation Using MPLAB IDE V8.92 .............. 180
Testing ............................................................................................................ 185
Installing MPLAB X IPE V2.10 (for Windows x86/x64 users) ........................... 186
Configuring MPLAB X IPE V2.10 ...................................................................... 189
PM PCBA PMC (PIC) Software Installation Using MPLAB X IPE V2.10 ............ 192
Testing ............................................................................................................ 198

Component Removal and Installation ............................................................... 199

Ventilator Covers .................................................................................................... 200

Battery Compartment Cover .......................................................................... 200
eSYS Cartridge Compartment Cover ............................................................... 200
Top Cover ........................................................................................................ 201
Disconnecting All Power ........................................................................................ 202
Internal Battery ...................................................................................................... 203
eSYS Cartridge ........................................................................................................ 205
eSYS Diaphragm ..................................................................................................... 207
FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor ............................................................................................. 210
Calibrating the FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor ............................................................. 212
Air Inlet Filter ......................................................................................................... 213
AC Inlet ................................................................................................................... 215
Primary Cooling Fan Filter ...................................................................................... 217
Primary Cooling Fan ............................................................................................... 218
Oxygen Inlet ........................................................................................................... 220
Motor Controller (MC) PCBA .................................................................................. 221
EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket ........................................................................ 223
EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket Removal ................................................. 223
Leak Solenoid Removal ................................................................................... 225
Compressor Cooling Fan ........................................................................................ 226
Removal .......................................................................................................... 226
Installation ...................................................................................................... 227
Separating the UI from the Base ............................................................................ 231
Front Panel ............................................................................................................. 232
Gas Outlet Port ....................................................................................................... 233
Philips Healthcare

UI Retainer ............................................................................................................. 234

Proximal Pressure Port ........................................................................................... 235
Speakers ................................................................................................................. 236
Power Management (PM) PCBA ............................................................................ 237

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

8

Power Supply ......................................................................................................... 239

CPU PCBA ............................................................................................................... 240
Real-Time Clock Battery ......................................................................................... 242
Left Side Wall ......................................................................................................... 243
Gas Delivery Subsystem (GDS) ............................................................................... 244
Air Valve ................................................................................................................. 246
eSYS Cover Optical Sensor ..................................................................................... 248
Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA ............................................................................. 249
Exhalation Valve ..................................................................................................... 250
Sensor/Driver PCBA ............................................................................................... 251
Transfer Fan ........................................................................................................... 252
Right Side Wall ....................................................................................................... 253
Oxygen Inlet Filter ................................................................................................. 254
Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA ................................................................................... 255
Oxygen Solenoid Valve ........................................................................................... 256
Solenoid Valves ...................................................................................................... 257
Compressor (Blower) ............................................................................................. 258
Opening the User Interface (UI) / Rear Bezel ......................................................... 259
Power Switch Overlay ............................................................................................ 260
Switch PCBA ........................................................................................................... 261
Nav-Ring Assembly ................................................................................................ 262
Front Bezel, Touchscreen ....................................................................................... 263
LCD ......................................................................................................................... 264
User Interface (UI) PCBA ........................................................................................ 265
LCD Tray ................................................................................................................. 266
Bottom Feet ........................................................................................................... 267
Labels ..................................................................................................................... 268
RJ45 Block Plug ...................................................................................................... 270
Removing the RJ45 Port Plug ......................................................................... 270
Inserting the RJ45 Port Plug ........................................................................... 271
Repacking and Shipping ......................................................................................... 272

Performance Verification .................................................................................. 273

Performance Verification Tests .............................................................................. 273

Philips Healthcare

Performance Verification Test Requirements .........................................................274

Required Test Equipment and Service Accessories ................................................ 279
Required Test Equipment for Performance Verification ................................ 279

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 9

Required Service Accessories for Performance Verification .......................... 280

Preliminary Cleaning, Inspection, and Setup ......................................................... 281
View and Record Ventilator Information ............................................................... 281
Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup ................................................................... 283
Measurement Selection Screen ...................................................................... 283
Averaging Setup Menu ................................................................................... 285
Trigger Options ............................................................................................... 285
Configurations Menu ...................................................................................... 287
Performance Verification Procedures .................................................................... 290
Electrical Safety (Test 1) ................................................................................. 290
Leak Tests (Test 2) .......................................................................................... 292
EST/SST (Test 3) .............................................................................................. 299
Controls (Test 4) ............................................................................................. 301
Pressure Accuracy (Test 5) .............................................................................. 303
Air Delivery (Test 6) ........................................................................................ 306
Air Delivery Barometric Pressure Compensation Table .................................. 308
Air Flow Accuracy (Test 7) .............................................................................. 309
Oxygen Flow Accuracy (Test 8) ....................................................................... 311
Oxygen Accuracy (Test 9) ................................................................................ 313
S/T Performance (Test 10) .............................................................................. 315
VCV / PCV Performance (Test 11) ................................................................... 318
Alarms / USB-A Port Power (Test 12) ............................................................. 322
Power Fail (Test 13) ........................................................................................ 325
Internal Battery (Test 14) ................................................................................ 326
Returning the Ventilator to Operation ................................................................... 327
Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair ................................................ 329
Test 1: Electrical Safety ................................................................................... 329
Test 2: Leak Tests ............................................................................................ 330
Test 3: EST / SST (Dual Limb) .......................................................................... 333
Test 3: SST (Single Limb) ................................................................................. 334
Test 4: Controls ............................................................................................... 335
Test 5: Pressure Accuracy ............................................................................... 336
Test 6: Air Delivery .......................................................................................... 337
Test 7: Air Flow Accuracy ................................................................................ 338
Test 8: Oxygen Flow Accuracy ........................................................................ 339
Test 9: Oxygen Accuracy ................................................................................. 339
Philips Healthcare

Test 10: S/T Performance ............................................................................... 339

Test 11: VCV/PCV Performance ...................................................................... 340
Test 12: Alarms / USB-A Port Power ............................................................... 341

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

10

Test 13: Power Fail ......................................................................................... 341

Test 14: Internal Battery ................................................................................. 341
Electrical Safety / EST-SST Data Form .................................................................... 343
Performance Verification Data Form ..................................................................... 345
Air Delivery Barometric Pressure Compensation ........................................... 349

Replacement Parts List ..................................................................................... 355

Parts List - Ventilator .............................................................................................. 355

Parts List - Replacement O2 Transport Manifolds and Tank to Manifold Hoses .... 361
Parts List - Ventilator Stand ................................................................................... 361
Parts List - System Test & Troubleshooting Tools ................................................... 362
Parts List - Software Tools ...................................................................................... 363
Parts List - Accessory Repair .................................................................................. 363

Respi-Link ......................................................................................................... 365

Downloading Ventilator Software ......................................................................... 366

Installing Ventilator Options .................................................................................. 371
Reinitiate a Software Package .................................................................................374
Remote Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 375

Glossary ........................................................................................................... 377

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Symbols used on ventilator labels and packaging 11

Symbols
Refer to these tables to interpret symbols used on the ventilator labels and packaging and on
the ventilator screen. Symbols are listed alphabetically by description. To interpret symbols
pertaining to accessories, refer to the instructions for use provided with those accessories.

Symbols used on ventilator labels and packaging

Symbol Description
Accept button on the navigation ring (nav ring)

Adjustment direction on the navigation ring (nav ring)

Alarm and remote alarm

Attention, consult the accompanying documents. Used for Warning and

Caution information.

Battery

Brazilian Conformity. Certification by INMETRO (National Institute of

Metrology, Standardization and Industrial Quality)/SGS (Societe Generalle
de Surveillance).

Corrosive

Date of manufacture

Degree of fluid ingress protection provided by the enclosure (drip-proof)

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

12 Symbols used on ventilator labels and packaging

Symbol Description
Do not block the cooling fan Inlet (at the rear of the ventilator).

Do not disassemble. Refer to authorized service personnel.

Ethernet connection

European Community Representative

European Conformity. Symbol is on rear panel of ventilator.

Fire Hazard

Hospital-grade
(On power cord)
Intertek certification mark

Invasive ventilation (intubated patient), dual limb

Invasive ventilation (intubated patient), single limb

Lot or batch number

Manufacturer

Noninvasive ventilation (patient with mask), single limb

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Symbols used on ventilator labels and packaging 13

Symbol Description
Option, AVAPS+ software

Option, C-Flex software

Option, PPV software

Order number

Oxygen

Prescription only

Product must be disposed of in accordance with the WEEE directive.

Protective earth (ground)

Read the user manual before using the ventilator.

Read the user manual before using the ventilator.

Recycle

Recycle (Taiwan)

Requires alternating current (AC)

RS-232 serial input/output

Philips Healthcare

Serial number

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

14 Symbols used on the graphical user interface

Symbol Description
This side up

Two states of control: ON and Shutdown

Type B applied part, which is equipment that provides a particular degree

of protection against electric shock, particularly in regard to allowable
leakage current and of the protective earth connection
UR - UL recognition symbol

USB port

Use by date

Symbols used on the graphical user interface

Symbol Description
Accept button. Accepts set values.

Adjust Cursor Position. Moves the cursor around stored flow-volume and
pressure volume loops for viewing data points at specific points of the loop.

Alarm

Alarm (audible)

Alarm is silenced

Alarm message is displayed. Touch to hide alarm messages.

Alarm message is hidden. Touch to display alarm messages.

Philips Healthcare

Alarm reset

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Symbols used on the graphical user interface 15

Symbol Description
Cancel button. Cancels set values.

Data is over range

Data is under range

Dual Limb, invasive ventilation is selected.

Flow, liters per minute. BTPS compensated.

Help button. Touch to display onscreen help information.

Increase and decrease (adjustment arrow) buttons. Adjusts a setting or

selects a value.

Informational message

Intentional leak. The number corresponds to the leak symbol printed on

Philips Respironics masks.

Loops Autoscale button. Rescales the X and Y axes of the Loops display
window to fit the data currently displayed.

No valid data to display

Pause Graph button. Freezes waveforms in the Graphs window or loops in

the Loops window.

Pause in progress

Pressure, centimeters of water or hPa

Ramp Time is OFF (no ramp time set).

Philips Healthcare

Resume Graph button. Resumes all waveform graphs from a paused state.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

16 Symbols used on the graphical user interface

Symbol Description
Single Limb, invasive ventilation is selected.

Single Limb, non-invasive ventilation is selected.

Time Scale adjust button. Rescales the X axis of the graph display data at 3,
6, 12, and 24 second increments.

User-set Ramp Time. Ramp graphic fills in as Ramp Time progresses.

Ventilator is powered by AC power and the battery is installed.

Ventilator is powered by AC power and the battery is not installed.

Ventilator is powered by the battery. This symbol shows the approximate

battery time remaining in hours and minutes, and it shows the capacity
graphically.

Vertical Autoscale button. Autoscales the Y axis of the graphs to fit the data
currently displayed.

Volume, milliliters

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Definitions 17

General Safety
Read this information before servicing the ventilator. This section covers general safety
information only. Safety information that applies to a specific task is included in the procedure
description for that task.

Definitions
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury. Warning text will appear bold and the paragraph will be indicated with the “general
warning” symbol:

CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury. Caution text will appear bold and the paragraph will be indicated with the
“general warning” symbol:

NOTE Indicates information that is of particular importance to the successful accomplishment of the
referenced task. This information will appear bold and the paragraph will be indicated with the
“information” symbol:
OR
Indicates information which if not carefully applied can result in unsatisfactory maintenance
results including test failure, degraded performance, or equipment damage. This notice will
appear bold and the paragraph will be indicated with the “notice!” symbol:

Basic Safety

WARNING

• Do not service this ventilator for any application until you have read,
understood, and can apply all the safety information, safety procedures,
and emergency procedures contained in this “Safety” section. Servicing
the ventilator without a proper awareness of how to do so safely could
lead to serious personal injury or death.
• Do not release this ventilator for use until you are certain that the
periodic maintenance is current. If any part of the ventilator is known or
suspected to be defective or incorrectly adjusted, do not use the
ventilator until it is repaired. Operating the ventilator with defective or
incorrectly adjusted components could expose you, the operator, or the
Philips Healthcare

patient to safety hazards.

• Do not service the ventilator until you are properly trained on safe and
effective maintenance processes and have been authorized to do so. If
you are unsure of your ability to properly service the ventilator safely

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

18 Electrical Safety

and effectively, do not service it. Servicing the ventilator without proper
training could lead to fatal or other serious personal injury.
• Never attempt to remove, modify, override, or frustrate any safety
device on the ventilator. Interfering with safety devices could lead to
fatal or other serious personal injury.
• Use the ventilator for its intended purposes only. Do not use the device
with any product that Philips does not recognize as compatible with it.
Operating the ventilator for unintended purposes, or with incompatible
products, could lead to fatal or other serious injury.

Electrical Safety

WARNING

• To prevent unintentional disconnection of the power cord, always use

the correct, Philips Healthcare-supplied power cord and lock it into
place with the power cord retainer before use.
• Connect the ventilator and any ventilator accessories to a grounded AC
outlet. Do not remove or defeat the grounding wire. Failure to properly
ground the ventilator and accessories may result in electric shock.
• If the integrity of the protective earth conductor (grounding) of the AC
supply mains is in doubt, the vent should be operated on battery power
while an alternate means of ventilation is obtained or a repair is made.
• The V680 ventilator should not be positioned in a way that makes it
difficult to disconnect from mains power if necessary. Disconnect from
supply mains by removing the power cord from the wall outlet.
• Remove the protective covers from the ventilator only to perform
required service activities. Covers must be in place while the ventilator
is in use. Only qualified service personnel may remove secured (held in
place by screws or fasteners) covers. Failure to comply may result in
electric shock.
• Do not place a container filled with liquid on the ventilator. Doing so
may result in electric shock due to liquid ingress inside the AC power
connector.
• Regularly inspect the system power cord and plug. Ensure that they are
not damaged in any way. Any damage may result in electric shock.

This ventilator has been verified by a recognized third-party testing agency as a Class I device
with Type BF isolated patient-applied parts. (The safety standards met by this equipment are
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Fire/Explosion Safety 19

included in the “Technical Specifications” section.) For maximum safety, observe these
warnings and cautions.

An equipotential ground (earth) connection point is provided. Use the ventilator in areas
meeting local standards for electrical safety in rooms used for medical purposes; for example,
the US National Electrical Code. IEC 60601 also gives guidance about an equipotential ground
(earth) connection point.

Fire/Explosion Safety

WARNING

• Operate the ventilator in a well ventilated environment away from

flammable gases, including anesthetics. Use of the ventilator in
environments for which it was not designed may lead to fire or
explosion. The system is not compliant in AP/APG environments, as
defined by IEC 60601-1.
• Do not to use the ventilator in a hyperbaric chamber. Using the
ventilator in a hyperbaric chamber may lead to fire. It may also lead to
inaccurate breath delivery and spirometry.

Mechanical Safety

WARNING

• Operate the ventilator only when attached to its cart or in one of the
mounting configurations indicated in the installation instructions.
Operating the ventilator in an improper orientation may lead to
impaired ventilator performance.
• Do not block the compressor intake. This may endanger the patient due
to impaired ventilator performance.
• Do not block the fan intake. This may result in ventilator failure due to
ventilator component overheating.
• Do not cover or position the ventilator so as to adversely affect its
operation or performance (e.g., positioned next to a curtain that blocks
the flow of cooling air, thereby causing the equipment to overheat).
• Do not block the speakers (on the sides of the ventilator). Blocking the
speakers may endanger the patient if an audible alarm goes unnoticed.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

20 Product Compatibility

Product Compatibility

WARNING

Do not use the ventilator in combination with other products or components,

unless Philips expressly recognizes those other products or components as
compatible.

Compatible parts and accessories are listed in the “Parts and Accessories” section of the V680
User Manual.

For further information about compatible products or components, contact your Philips
representative.

Product Modification

WARNING

Do not modify the ventilator without express approval from Philips Healthcare.
Changes and additions to the device that are made by persons without the
appropriate training or using unapproved spare parts may void the Philips
warranty. As with all complex technical products, maintenance by unqualified
persons or using unapproved spare parts carries serious risks of system damage
and personal injury.

Changes and additions to the ventilator should be made only by Philips or by third parties
expressly authorized by Philips to do so. Such changes and additions must comply with all
applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction concerned,
and must conform to best engineering practices.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

WARNING

• Avoid stacking the ventilator or using it adjacent to other devices. The

presence of nearby devices that cause electromagnetic interference
(EMI) may interrupt ventilator operation or degrade system
performance, possibly endangering the patient. If adjacent or stacked
Philips Healthcare

use is necessary, observe the ventilator to verify normal operation. See

“Regulatory and Environmental Compliance” on page 45.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electromagnetic Compatibility 21

• Use only cables or accessories specified for use with the system. Other
cables or accessories may endanger the patient by resulting in increased
emissions or decreased immunity of the system.
• Connect to the ventilator only items that have been specified as part of,
or compatible with, the ventilator. When using electrically powered
peripheral equipment, the combination is considered to be a medical
system. It is your responsibility to comply with IEC 60601-1 and test the
system to those requirements. If you have questions, contact your
Philips representative.

Your ventilator system has been manufactured in compliance with existing electromagnetic
compatibility requirements. It is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment
specified in “Regulatory and Environmental Compliance” on page 45. Ensure that it is used in
such an environment.

Use of this system in the presence of an electromagnetic field may disrupt its operation. If this
occurs often, review the environment in which the system is being used to identify possible
sources of radiated emissions. These emissions could be from other electrical devices used
within the same room or an adjacent room, or from portable and mobile RF communications
equipment such as cellular phones and pagers, or from radio, TV, or microwave transmission
equipment located nearby. In cases where electromagnetic interference (EMI) is causing
disturbances, it may be necessary to relocate your system.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

22 Electromagnetic Compatibility

This page is intentionally blank

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Intended Use of the V680 Ventilator 23

General Information

Intended Use of the V680 Ventilator

The V680 Ventilator is a mechanical ventilator designed to provide invasive and non-invasive,
continuous or intermittent, respiratory support in a hospital or other institutional healthcare
environment. The V680 ventilator is intended for pediatric and adult patients weighing at least
5 kg (11 lb).

The V680 Ventilator is intended for use by qualified, trained personnel under the direction of a
physician and also intended for intra-hospital transport.Ventilation types and modes

Patient Interface and Accessories

Use the V680 Ventilator only with various combinations of Respironics-approved patient
circuits, interfaces, humidifiers, nebulizers and other accessories.

The V680 ventilator is connected to a patient by means of a patient circuit which is connected
to a mask, endotracheal tube (ETT), or tracheostomy tube.

Ventilator Configurations and Capabilities

The ventilator offers three ventilation configurations: single-limb invasive (INV), single-limb
noninvasive (NIV) and dual-limb invasive (INV). Each offers a range of modes.

For single-limb INV or NIV:

• CPAP (continuous positive airway pressure) with Apnea Backup
• PCV (pressure-controlled ventilation)
• S/T (spontaneous/timed)
• AVAPS+ (average volume-assured pressure support). The volume-targeted AVAPS+
mode combines the attributes of pressure-controlled and volume-targeted ventila-
tion.
• PPV (proportional pressure ventilation). The optional PPV mode provides pressure-
targeted ventilation in proportion to the patient’s efforts.
Philips Healthcare

For dual-limb INV:

• A/C-PCV (assist/control, pressure-controlled ventilation)
• A/C-VCV (assist/control, volume-controlled ventilation)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

24 Intended Use of the V680 Ventilator

• SIMV-PCV (synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation, pressure-controlled

ventilation) with apnea backup
• SIMV-VCV (synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation, volume-controlled ven-
tilation) with apnea backup
• PRVC (pressure-regulated, volume-controlled)
• PSV (spontaneous pressure support ventilation) with apnea backup

Apnea Backup Mode

A specific set of ventilator settings to be used in case of apnea. It is available during single-limb
ventilation in CPAP mode, and during dual-limb ventilation in SIMV-PCV, SIMV-VCV, and PSV
modes. Choose between volume- or pressure-targeted breath types within Apnea Mode
setup.

Auto-Trak+ Algorithm

Available in single-limb modes. Automatically compensates for intentional and dynamically

fluctuating unintentional leaks to help maintain optimum patient-ventilator synchrony. Trigger
and cycle sensitivity settings allow tailoring to various patient types.

User Interface

The ventilator’s ergonomic design, including a 12.1-inch (31-cm) color touchscreen, a

navigation ring, and key panel, lets you easily access ventilator settings and monitored
parameters.

eSYS Exhalation Cartridge

The eSYS cartridge is a reusable exhalation system. Gas flow through the eSYS cartridge is
controlled by a valve diaphragm and seat that are electromagnetically actuated. A flow sensor,
pressure port, and heater element to mitigate condensation are housed inside the cartridge.
The exhalation valve actively controls flow/pressure through the exhaust path by actuating a
diaphragm within the eSYS cartridge.

Oxygen Monitoring

An integrated sensor measures oxygen in the delivered gas mixture. The V680 ventilator will
not operate without an oxygen sensor installed. This sensor is user-replaceable and accessible
from the eSYS enclosure. A tool may be required to loosen the oxygen sensor during
replacement.

Monitoring
Philips Healthcare

The ventilator displays monitored parameters as numbers and as real-time waveforms (graphs
and loops). Graph pause and cursor measurement functions are available.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Intended Use of the V680 Ventilator 25

Alarms

The ventilator’s operator-adjustable and nonadjustable alarms help ensure the patient’s
safety.

Power and Gas Supplies

The ventilator uses as its primary power source AC mains. An internal backup battery powers
the ventilator for at least 4 hours using nominal settings.

The ventilator uses high-pressure oxygen. An integral centrifugal compressor (blower)

pressurizes gas for delivery to the patient.

NOTE

Oxygen delivered through the compressed gas hose is used as fresh gas.

Mounting

The ventilator can be mounted via a quick-release mechanism to the V680 ventilator stand.
When equipped with the optional cylinder holder, the stand can accommodate two oxygen
cylinders up to 160 mm in diameter. An oxygen manifold kit is available, which allows two
oxygen cylinders and one wall oxygen supply line to be used as inputs to the ventilator.

Communications Interface

The ventilator can output data through the RS-232 serial port upon receiving a command from
a host computer or bedside monitoring system. The ventilator is equipped with a remote
alarm/nurse call connection to activate alarms remotely.

Upgradability via Respi-Link Remote Diagnostic System

The Respi-Link interface permits software upgrade and remote troubleshooting of the
ventilator through the RS-232 port. (Not available in all countries.)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

26 Physical Description

Physical Description

Patient Circuits, Masks/Patient Interfaces, and Accessories

The photograph below shows the Respironics V680 Ventilator with its patient circuit and
common accessories.

Circuit Support
Arm

Display Screen eSYS Cartridge

(under cover)

Bacteria filters

Humidifier

Patient circuit
(dual-limb shown)

Humidifier power
Oxygen cylinder cord

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Physical Description 27

AC Inlet
O2 Inlet

O2 Transport Manifold

Storage Basket
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

28 Ventilator Unit

Ventilator Unit
The following illustrations show the controls, indicators, and other important parts of the
ventilator unit.
2

1 4

10 9 8

Number Description
1 Graphical user interface. Color LCD (liquid crystal display) with touchscreen.
2 Navigation ring. Lets you adjust values and navigate the graphical user interface by rotating the
finger on its touch pad.
3 Accept button. Activates selections.
4 Proximal pressure port. Connection for tubing that monitors patient pressure in the patient circuit.
5 eSYS Cartridge (exhalation from patient). Exhalation system cartridge assembly with a return gas
port and a heated flow sensor.
6 Ventilator outlet port (To patient). Main connection for the patient circuit. Delivers air and oxygen in
prescribed pressures to the patient.
7 Two speakers to provide redundant safety backup.Located beneath the ventilator.
8 Alarm LED. Flashes during a high-priority alarm. On continuously during a ventilator inoperative
condition.
9 Battery (charged) LED. Flashes when battery is charging. On continuously when battery is charged.
Philips Healthcare

Off when ventilator is running on battery or when the ventilator is off and AC power is not
connected.
10 ON/Shutdown key with LED. Turns on AC power and initiates ventilator shutdown. LED is
continuously on when AC power is connected.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Ventilator Unit 29

Air Inlet Cover

Oxygen (FiO2)
sensor

Number Description
1 Oxygen (FiO2) sensor (Inside, under upper side panel). Measures delivered oxygen
2 Air inlet filter cover. Allows intake of air for delivery to the patient and access to the inlet air filter.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

30 Ventilator Unit

11

10

9
8 3 7 6 5 4 3 2

Number Description
1 Backup battery (compartment under side panel). 4-hour minimum backup battery.
2 Remote alarm/nurse call connector
3 Reserved for future use.
4 Power cord retainer
5 Power cord
6 RS-232 serial and analog I/O connector (female DB-25). Connects to hospital
information systems and other serial devices, and functions as an interface for analog
signals. Connects Respi-Link remote diagnostic system gateway for software updates.
7 USB Port - Connect ONLY to an approved accessory listed in User Manual Appendix C,
“Parts and Accessories”.
8 Cooling fan filter
9 High-pressure oxygen inlet connector
10 Right side cover. Houses eSYS cartridge, oxygen (FiO2) sensor, exhalation valve, air
valve, air inlet filter, and air inlet filter housing
11 Option labels
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 About the Backup Battery 31

About the Backup Battery

WARNING

• A ventilator shutdown due to a total loss of power during ventilation

poses serious risks to the patient. Always have a backup battery
installed and fully charged.
• The backup battery must be installed in the ventilator. Periodically check
and replace the battery as needed. Refer servicing to qualified service
personnel.
• To reduce the risk of power failure, pay close attention to the battery’s
charge level. The battery’s operation time is approximate and is affected
by ventilator settings, discharge and recharge cycles, battery age, and
ambient temperature. Battery charge is reduced at low ambient
temperatures or in situations where the alarm is continuously sounding.

The internal backup battery protects the ventilator from AC (mains) power interruptions. If AC
power fails, the ventilator automatically switches to operation on backup battery with no
interruption in ventilation. The battery powers the ventilator until AC power is restored or
until the battery is depleted. The battery powers the ventilator typically for at least 4 hours.

As a safeguard, the ventilator provides a low battery alarm. It also has a capacitor-driven
backup alarm that sounds for at least 2 minutes when AC and backup battery power is
completely lost.

The ventilator charges the battery whenever the ventilator is connected to AC, with or without
the ventilator switched on. The battery (charged) LED flashes to show that the battery is being
charged.

Check the battery charge level before putting a patient on the ventilator and before
unplugging the ventilator for transport or other purposes. The power source symbol at the
bottom right-hand corner of the screen shows the power source in use. If the ventilator is
running on battery, the level of battery charge is shown (Figure 3-5). If the battery is not fully
charged, recharge it by connecting the ventilator to AC power for a minimum of 5 hours.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

32 About the Backup Battery

Pressing the Help button shows you the time remaining until the battery is fully charged. If the
battery is not fully charged after this time, have the ventilator serviced.

ON/Shutdown LED
Power source symbol (when powered)
On continuously: AC
Battery (charged) LED
power is connected The ventilator is powered by AC
Flashes: Battery is charging
and the battery is installed.
On continuously: Battery is charged
(90 to 100%)
Off: Ventilator is running on battery,
The ventilator is powered by AC
or the ventilator is off and AC power is
and the battery is not installed.
not connected

The ventilator is powered by the

battery. This symbol shows the
approximate battery time
remaining in hours and minutes,
and it shows the capacity
graphically.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Graphical User Interface (GUI) 33

Graphical User Interface (GUI)

Through the graphical user interface you make ventilator settings and view ventilator and
patient data. During ventilation, the upper screen displays alarms and patient data. The middle
screen displays real-time graphs and loops, and alarm and informational messages. The lower
screen lets you access modes and other ventilator settings, display help information, and see
the power status.

Alarm Status Bar Icons for Patient Type and Interface Type

Patient Data Window

Graphs Window

Window type and

Maneuver Buttons
Loops Window

Settings Window

Help Button

Power State Indicators

Philips Healthcare

Compressed graphs window with Alarms/ Loops window with Alarms/Messages list
Messages list

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

34 Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Single Limb Control Settings: Ranges, Resolutions, and Accuracies
Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy Factory default
Mode settings
Modes CPAP, S/T, PCV, N/A N/A S/T
AVAPS (optional), PPV
(optional)
Control settings
Auto-Trak+ Trigger (Trigger Normal (0), +1 to +7 1 N/A Adult: Normal (0)
Sensitivity Setting) Pediatric: +3
Auto-Trak+ E-Cycle Normal (0), -2 to +6 1 N/A Normal
(Expiratory Cycle Sensitivity
Setting)
C-Flex Off, 1 to 3 1 N/A Off
CPAP 4 to 25 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 4 cmH2O
EPAP 4 to 25 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 4 cmH2O
IPAP 4 to 40 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 12 cmH2O
I-Time (Inspiratory Time) 0.30 to 3.00 sec 0.1 sec ± 0.03 sec Adult: 1.00 sec
Pediatric: 0.7 sec
Max P/min 1.0 to 5.0 cmH2O/min 0.5 cmH2O/min ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 5 cmH2O
(AVAPS+ Maximum Change
in Pressure per Minute)
Max E 0 to 100 cmH2O/L 1 cmH2O/L N/A 5 cmH2O/L
Max P (PPV Maximum 5 to 40 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 20 cmH2O
Pressure Limit)
Max P (AVAPS Maximum 6 to 40 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 20 cmH2O
IPAP Pressure)
Max R 0 to 50 cmH2O/L/sec 1 cmH2O/L/s N/A 2 cmH2O/L/s
Max V (PPV Maximum 200 to 3500 mL 5 mL ± 15% Adult: 1500 mL
Volume Limit)
Min P (AVAPS Minimum 5 to 30 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 10 cmH2O
IPAP Pressure)
O2 (Oxygen) 21 to 100% 1% ± 3% 21%
PPV % 0 to 100% 1% N/A 80%
Ramp Time Off, 5 to 45 min 5 min ± 1 sec Off
(single limb NIV only)
Rate (Respiratory Rate) 1 to 80 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM Adult: 12 BPM
Pediatric: 20 BPM
Philips Healthcare

Rise (Rise Time) 1 to 5 1 N/A 2

VT (AVAPS Target Tidal Adult: 50 to 2000 mL BTPS 5 mL ± 15% Adult: 500 mL
Volume) Pediatric: 50 to 500 mL BTPS Pediatric: 200 mL

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Technical Specifications 35

Single Limb Control Settings: Active Controls by Mode

CPAP S/T PCV AVAPS PPV

Timing Rate Ratea

I-Time I-Time*
Baseline pressure CPAP EPAP
Inspiratory IPAP Max P Max P
pressure
Min P IPAP*
Rise Time Rise Rise*
O2 O2
Volume VT Max V
Ramp feature Ramp Time
Mode-specific C-Flex PPV %
Max E
Max R

a. Used in backup only

Dual Limb Control Settings: Ranges, Resolutions, and Accuracies

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy Factory default
Mode settings
Modes A/C-PCV, SIMV-PCV, PSV, A/C-VCV, N/A N/A A/C-PCV
SIMV-VCV, PRVC
Control settings
E-Cycle 10 to 80% 1% N/A 25%
I-Time (Inspiratory Time) 0.30 to 5.00 sec 0.1 sec ± 0.03 sec Adult: 1.00 s
Pediatric: 0.7 s
I-Trig (Flow Trigger) 0.5 to 20.0 L/min 0.5 L/min N/A 3.0 L/min
Max P (PRVC Maximum 3 to 65 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 20 cmH2O
Pressure Limit)
Max V (PRVC Maximum Adult: 55 to 2500 mL 1 mL ± 15% Adult: 2500 mL
Volume Limit) Pediatric: 55 to 500 mL Pediatric: 300 mL
Min P (PRVC Minimum 2 to 64 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 10 cmH2O
Pressure)
O2 (Oxygen) 21 to 100% 1% ± 3% 21%
PC (Pressure Control 2 to 65 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 12 cmH2O
above PEEP)
PEEP 0 to 40 cmH2O” 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) 0 cmH2O
Philips Healthcare

PS (Pressure Support Off, 2 to 65 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target) Off

above PEEP)
*It may not be possible to achieve PEEP as low as 0 cmH2O under all conditions when using a 10 mm circuit.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

36 Technical Specifications

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy Factory default

Rate (Respiratory Rate) 1 to 80 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM Adult: 12 BPM
Pediatric: 20 BPM
Rise (Rise Time) 1 to 5 1 N/A 2
Sigh On, Off N/A N/A Off
(Flow Pattern) Square, Ramp (descending) N/A N/A Ramp
VT (Target Tidal Volume) Adult: 50 to 2000 mL 5 mL ± 15% Adult: 500 mL
Pediatric: 50 to 500 mL Pediatric: 200 mL

Dual Limb Control Settings: Active Controls by Mode

A/C-PCV AC-VCV SIMV-PCV SIMV-VCV PSV PRVC
Timing Rate Rate
I-Time I-Time
Mandatory PC VT PC VT VT
breath
control
Spontaneous PS
breaths
E-Cycle

Baseline PEEP
Pressure- Rise Rise
specific
Volume- Flow Pattern Flow Pattern
specific
Sigh
General I-Trig
Apnea Mode
O2
Mode-specific Max P
Max V
Min P

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Technical Specifications 37

Patient Data

This table lists patient data ranges, resolutions, and accuracies

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy
Patient data window
Breath phase/trigger Spont, Mand, Exhale, Color-coded display: N/A
indicator Support and Assist • Spont - turquoise
• Support - turquoise
• Mand - orange
• Assist - orange
• Exhale - blue
Mechanics
Dyn C 1 to 200 mL/cmH2O 0.1 mL/cmH2O Dual-limb:
± 3 mL/cmH2O + 25% actual
Single-limb:
± 3 mL/cmH2O + 30% actual
Dyn Re 1 to 200 cmH2O/L/s 0.1 cmH2O/L/s Dual-limb:
± 5 cmH2O/L/s + 25% actual
Single-limb:
± 5 cmH2O/L/s + 30% actual
Dyn Ri 1 to 200 cmH2O/L/s 0.1 cmH2O/L/s Dual-limb:
± 5 cmH2O/L/s + 25% actual
Single-limb:
± 5 cmH2O/L/s + 30% actual
Dyn Pplat 0 to 70 cmH2O 1 cmH2O Dual-limb:
± 2 cmH2O + 25% actual
Single-limb:
± 2 cmH2O + 25% actual
Dyn E 5 to 1000 cmH2O/L 0.1 cmH2O/L N/A
NOTE: The accuracy of dynamic mechanics estimates may be less than stated in cases of high airway resistance or
when tidal volume is less than 300 mL. However, the estimates remain very useful for trending purposes. If the
Static Pplat and Dyn Pplat are closely matched, then all other dynamic mechanics estimates will also be accurate.
NOTE: Dynamic mechanics values are not accurate if the inspiratory to expiratory pressure differential is less than
5 cmH2O.
Rate
Rate 0 to 99 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM
I:E 1 to 99 N/A ± 10% or 0.1
Spont R 0 to 99 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM
Te 0.3 to 100 secs 0.1 sec ± 20 ms
Oxygen
Philips Healthcare

O2 18 to 100% 1% ± 3%
Volume
VTE 0 to 3500 mL 1 mL ± 4 mL + 15% actual

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

38 Technical Specifications

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy

Spont VTE 0 to 3500 mL 1 mL ± 4 mL + 15% actual
Mand VTE 0 to 3500 mL 1 mL ± 4 mL + 15% actual
Pt. Leak 0 to 200 L/min 1 L/min N/A
Tot.Leak 0 to 200 L/min BTPS 1 L/min N/A
VTI 0 to 3500 mL 1 mL ± 4 mL + 15% actual
Spont Ve 0 to 99 L/min 0.1 L/min ± 4 mL + 15% or 0.1 L/min
(whichever is greater)

E
0 to 99.0 L/min BTPS 0.1 L/min ± 4 mL + 15% or 0.1 L/min
(whichever is greater)
Pressure
PIP 0 to 74 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± 2 cmH2O + 4% actual
PEEP 0 to 50 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± 2 cmH2O + 4% actual
EPAP 0 to 50 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± 2 cmH2O + 4% actual
MAP 0 to 65 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ± 2 cmH2O + 4% actual
Weaning
Pt. Trig 0 to 100% 1% ± 10%
TI/TTOT 0% to 99% 1% ± 5%
F/VT 0 to 999 1 ± 10% or 1
Waveform window
P waveform 0 to 70 cmH2O Time axis: 1 second N/A

waveform -240 to 240 L/min BTPS Time axis: 1 second N/A

V waveform 50 to 3500 mL BTPS Time axis: 1 second N/A
Loops window
-V Flow: Flow: Flow: ± 2 L/min + 4% actual
(Flow-Volume) loop -10 to -240 L/min negative Adult 60 mL
10 to 240 L/min positive Pediatric, 30 mL

Volume: Volume: Volume: ±4 mL + 15% actual

50 to 3500 mL Upper limit: Adult 600
mL, Pediatric, 350 mL
Lower Limit: 0 mL
P-V Pressure: Pressure: Pressure: ± 2cmH2O + 4%
(Pressure-Volume) loop Upper limit: 10 to 80 cmH2O Upper limit: 20 cmH2O actual
Lower limit: 0 to -15 cmH2O Lower limit: 0 cmH2O

Volume: Volume:
50 to 3500 mL Upper limit: Adult 600 Volume: ±4 mL + 15% actual
mL, Pediatric, 350 mL
Philips Healthcare

Lower Limit: 0 mL

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Alarms 39

Alarms
This table lists the adjustable alarm ranges and resolutions.

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy Factory default

Hi Rate 5 to 90 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM Adult: 20 BPM
(High Rate Alarm) Pediatric: 30
BPM
Lo Rate Off, 1 to 89 BPM 1 BPM ± 1 BPM Off
(Low Rate Alarm)
O2 On, Off N/A ± 5% On
(Oxygen Alarm)
Hi VT Adult: 50 to 3500 mL BTPS 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Adult: 1500 mL
(High Tidal Volume Alarm) Pediatric: 50 to 800 mL BTPS Pediatric: 500
mL
Lo VT Adult: Off, 5 to 1500 mL BTPS 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Off
(Low Tidal Volume Alarm) Pediatric: Off, 5 to 600 mL
BTPS
HIP 5 to 70 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ±2 cmH2O + 4% 35 cmH2O
(High Inspiratory Pressure actual
Alarm)
LIP Off, 1 to 60 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ±2 cmH2O + 4% Off
(Low Inspiratory Pressure actual
Alarm)
•E
Lo V
Adult: 0.1 to 98.9 L/min BTPS 0.1 L/min ± 15% or .3 L/min Adult: 5 L/min
Pediatric: 0.1 to 29.9 L/min (whichever is Pediatric: 1 L/
(Low Minute Ventilation
BTPS greater, min
Alarm)
or
±4 mL + 15% p0er
minute or 0.1 LPM
(whichever is
greater)
•E
Hi V
Adult: Off, 0.2 to 99 L/min 0.1 L/min ± 15% or .3 L/min Off
BTPS (whichever is
High Minute Ventilation
Pediatric: Off, 0.2 to 30L/min greater,
Alarm)
BTPS or
±4 mL + 15% p0er
minute or 0.1 LPM
(whichever is
greater)
Hi Mand VT Adult: 50 to 3500 mL 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Adult: 1500 mL
(High Mandatory Tidal Pediatric : 50 to 800 mL Pediatric: 500
Volume Alarm) mL
Philips Healthcare

Lip T 5-60 sec 1 sec ± 100 ms 20 sec

(Low Inspiratory Pressure
Delay Time)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

40 Alarms

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy Factory default

Lo Mand VT Adult: Off, 5 to 1500 mL 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Off
(Low Mandatory Tidal Pediatric: Off, 5 to 600 mL
Volume Alarm)
Hi Leak Off, 1 to 99 L/min 1 L/min N/A Off
(High Leak Alarm)
Apnea T Off, 10 to 60 secs 1 sec ± 100 ms 20 secs
(Apnea Delay Time Alarm)
Hi PEEP 1 to 15 cmH2O 1 cmH2O ±2 cmH2O + 4% 6 cmH2O
(High PEEP Alarm) actual
Hi Spont VT Adult: 50 to 3500 mL 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Adult: 1500 mL
(High Spontaneous Tidal Pediatric: 50 to 800 mL Pediatric: 500
Volume alarm) mL

Lo Spont VT Adult: Off, 5 to 1500 mL 5 mL ±4 mL + 15% actual Off

(Low Spontaneous Tidal Pediatric: Off, 5 to 600 mL
Volume alarm)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Menu Window Settings 41

Menu Window Settings

Settings and Ranges

Parameter Range
Brightness 1 to 5
Loudness • 1 to 10
• Volume Escalation On/Off
Vent Info Ventilator Information
ScreenLock On, Off
Port • Whisper Swivel (Philips Respironics Whisper Swivel)
(single limb IV) • DEP (Philips Respironics Disposable Exhalation Port
• PEV (Philips Respironics Plateau Exhalation Valve
• Other (Other Exhalation Port)
• None (No inline circuit exhalation port)
Mask/Port Mask: 1, 2, 3, 4, Other
(single limb NIV) Port:
• Whisper Swivel (Philips Respironics Whisper Swivel)
• DEP (Philips Respironics Disposable Exhalation Port
• PEV (Philips Respironics Plateau Exhalation Valve
• Other (Other Exhalation Port)
• None (No inline circuit exhalation port)

Respiratory Mechanics Maneuvers

Parameter Range Resolution Accuracy
Dual limb modes only
Static C&R Static C: 1 to 200 mL/cmH2O 0.01 mL/cmH2O ± 1 mL/cmH2O + 20% actual
Static E: 5 to 1000 cmH2O/L 0.1 cmH2O/L N/A
Static R: 1 to 100 cmH2O/L/s 0.01 cmH2O /L/s ± 3 cmH2O/L/s + 20% actual
Static Pplat: 0 to 65 cmH2O 0.01 ± 2 cmH2O + 10% actual
P0.1 -50 to 0 cmH2O 0.1 cmH2O ± 0.5 cmH2O + 10% actual
MIP -50 to 0 cmH2O 0.1 cmH2O ± 0.5 cmH2O + 10% actual
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

42 Menu Window Settings

Operator-accessible Diagnostic Mode Functions

Function Range
Language Français (French), Deutsch (German), Italiano (Italian), Magyar (Hungarian),
Polski (Polish), Português (Brazilian Portuguese), Español (Spanish)
Date/Time Customizable formats for type of time and date display. Set current time and
date.
NOTE: Ventilator does not compensate for daylight savings time.
Pressure Units cmH2O, hPa
Restore Default Settings --
Software Options --
Baud Rate 9,600, 19,200, 115,200
Significant Event Log Displays most recent 2000 entries
Touch Screen Calibration --

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Physical Characteristics 43

Physical Characteristics
Parameter Specification
Weight 12.3 kg (27 lb) with battery
11.3 kg (25 lb) without battery
Dimensions

(34.2 cm)
13.5 in.

(45.7 cm) (43.4 cm)

18 in. 17.1 in.

V680 ventilator stand Maximum load 32 kg (70.5 lb)

Note: Maximum load in addition to the ventilator is 19.7 kg (43.5 lb).

Environmental Specifications
Parameter Specification
Temperature Operating: 5 to 40°C (41 to 104°F)
Storage: -20 to 50°C (-4 to 122°F)
Relative humidity Operating: 15 to 95% (non-condensing)
Storage: 10 to 95% (non-condensing)
Barometric pressure 525 to 850 mmHg (70 to 113 kPa)
NOTE: You may experience reduction in peak flow and pressure at high altitudes.
Transport Temperature: -20 to 60 ºC (-4 to 140 ºF)
Humidity: 10 to 95% RH, non-condensing
Barometric pressure: 450 to 850 mmHg
Orientation During operation, not to exceed an angle of 12° from horizontal on any of the four sides
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

44 Pneumatic Specifications

Pneumatic Specifications
Parameter Specification
High-pressure oxygen supply Pressure: 2.76 to 6.00 bar / 276 to 600 kPa / 40 to 87 psig
Flow: 175 SLPM
Composition, cleanliness, and dryness: Must meet all requirements for USP
(U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention) medical-grade oxygen
Air supply Integrated compressor (blower)
Inspiratory outlet Connector: ISO 15 mm female / 22 mm male conical
(To patient port)
eSYS Exhalation Cartridge Exhaled gas flow accuracy: ± (0.1 SLPM +5% of reading) after calibration.
Total Leak: ≤ 50 mL/min (STPD) at 40 cmH2O.
Gas port connector: 22mm conical
O2 sensor Accuracy: ± 5% after calibration
T90 Response Time: 50 sec for VT = 50 mL, 21 sec for VT = 1000 mL

Electrical Specifications
Parameter Specification
AC voltage 100 to 240 VAC
AC frequency 50 to 60 Hz
AC power 300 VA
Battery PN 1076374 / 989805626941: 14.4 V, 11.0 Ah, 163 Wh

Maximum system current draw: 11 A

Charge voltage: +16.9 V maximum
Minimum operating time: 240 minutes (4 hours) under nominal conditions

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Patient Circuit Specifications 45

Patient Circuit Specifications

For safe operation, the ventilator requires a patient circuit and inspiratory filter that meet the
requirements in following table.

Each patient circuit has a different inspiratory and expiratory pressure drop associated with it.
During SST, the ventilator verifies that the maximum pressure drop does not exceed the
specifications below for each circuit size as selected in the ventilator configuration screen.

Ventilator Breathing System Specifications

Component Specification
Patient circuit Pressure drop:
• Adult circuit (22 mm): less than 6 cmH2O at 30 LPM
• Pediatric circuit (15 mm): less than 6 cmH2O at 30 LPM
• Pediatric circuit (10 mm): less than 6 cmH2O at 15 LPM
Resistance:
• 22mm and 15mm circuits: total resistance of less than or equal to 12 cmH2O/L/sec
• 10mm circuits: total resistance of less than or equal to 24 cmH2O/L/sec
Inspiratory filter Particle size: Captures particles of 0.3 m (micron) with > 99.99% efficiency
Resistance: < 0.7 cmH2O at 0.5 L/s
Dead space: 68 mL
Connectors: 15 mm ID/22 mm OD, 22 mm ID
Expiratory filter Particle size: Captures particles of 0.3 ìm (micron) with > 99.99% efficiency
Resistance: < 0.7 cmH2O at 0.5 L/s
Dead space: 68 mL
Connectors: 15 mm ID / 22 mm OD, 22 mm ID

To meet performance specifications, the ventilator requires a patient circuit and filters that
meet the requirements in the following two tables

Accessory Requirements
Parameter Specification
Compliance Maximum compliance of the gas pathway including the breathing circuit:
3 mL/cmH2O
Resistance Maximum resistance of the breathing circuit and attachments:
22 mm circuit: 5 cmH2O at 30 L/min
Philips Healthcare

15 mm circuit: 5 cmH2O at 15 L/min

10 mm circuit: 5 cmH2O at 2.5 L/min

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

46 Other Specifications

Other Specifications
Parameter Specification
Flow delivery 150 L/min with 40 cmH2O airway pressure and 608 mmHg
barometric pressure
Flow range -240 to 240 L/min BTPS
Dynamic pressure regulation ± (2 cmH2O + 4% of target)
NOTE: Negative (subatmospheric) pressure settings are
not available.
Start-up time Ready to ventilate 9 seconds after power on
Inspiratory and expiratory pressure drop following  6.0 cmH2O at 2.5 LPM, using a 10 mm circuit
equipment failure  6.0 cmH2O at 15 LPM, using a 15 mm circuit
 6.0 cmH2O at 30 LPM, using a 22 mm circuit
Inspiratory filter/expiratory filter (PN 1014047) Particle size: Captures particles of 0.3 μm (micron) with
>99.99% efficiency
Resistance: < 0.7 cmH2O at 0.5 L/s
Dead space: ≤ 68 mL
Connectors: 15 mm ID/22 mm OD, 22 mm ID
Time required for the oxygen concentration to The ventilator adjusts O2 within one breath.
change from 21% to 90% • FiO2 within the gas delivery system and entire breathing
circuit adjusts at the following rate:
• up to 14 s (for delivered volume of 500 mL, dual-limb 22
mm OD patient circuit with water traps)
• up to 14 s (for delivered volume of 150 mL, dual-limb 15
mm OD patient circuit with water traps)
Audio alarm loudness 60 to 85 dB(A) (primary alarm)
 65 dB(A) (backup alarm)
Acoustic noise • Sound power level . 59.2 dB(A)
(tested per 80601-2-12)
• Average sound pressure level . 51.2 dB(A)
(tested per 80601-2-12)
• Average sound pressure level . 50 dB(A)
(tested per 60601-2-12 using nominal adult case settings)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 47

Regulatory and Environmental

Compliance

WARNING

• Do not use in presence of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). There is a

risk of reciprocal interference posed by the presence of the ventilator
during MRI treatments.
• Observe precautions for electrostatic discharge (ESD) and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) to and from other equipment.) Be
aware that EMI devices may interrupt ventilator operation and put the
patient at risk.
• The V680 Ventilator should not be used adjacent to or stacked with
other equipment; if adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the equipment
should be observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in
which it will be used.
• The V680 ventilator may cause radio interference or may disrupt the
operation of nearby equipment. It may be necessary to take mitigation
measures, such as re-orienting or relocating the ventilator or shielding
the location.
• Use of non-approved accessories, transducers or cables may increase
EMC emissions or decrease the EMC immunity performance of the
equipment.

CAUTION

• The use of portable and mobile radio frequency (RF) communications

equipment can affect this and other pieces of medical equipment.
• Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces
must be certified to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC 60950 for data
processing equipment and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment).
Furthermore, all configurations shall comply with the system standard
IEC 60601-1-1 or IEC 60601-1:2005, Clause 16.
• The V680 Ventilator complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2007, providing
reasonable protection against electromagnetic interference in a typical
Philips Healthcare

medical installation. The equipment generates, uses and can radiate

electromagnetic interference (EMI), and if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause interference with other

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

48 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) References

devices in the vicinity. If interference does occur, correct it using one or

more of the following measures:
• Move the receiving device or increase separation between
the equipment.
• Consult Philips Healthcare or members of the hospital’s
engineering department for more information.

NOTE

Medical electrical equipment requires special precautions regarding EMC and

must be installed and placed into service per the instructions.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) References

IEC 60601-1-2 Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements and Tests

CISPR 11 Radiated and Conducted RF Disturbance Characteristics--Limits and
Methods of Measurement (Class A)
IEC 61000-3-2 Limits for Harmonic Current Emissions
IEC 61000-3-3 Limitation of Voltage Changes, Fluctuations, and Flicker Emissions
IEC 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test (8/15KV)
IEC 61000-4-3 Radiated Electromagnetic Field Immunity Test (10V/M)
IEC 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity Test
IEC 61000-4-5 Surge Immunity Test
IEC 61000-4-6 Immunity to Conducted RF Disturbances (10V)
IEC 61000-4-8 Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity Test
IEC 61000-4-11 Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions, and Voltage Variations Immunity Tests
MIL-STD 461E RE101 Electromagnetic Field Generation (Army Level)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration 49

Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration

Medical equipment needs special precautions regarding electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
and needs to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information provided in
this document.

Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Emissions

The V680 Ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
user of the V680 Ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic enforcement - guidance
RF Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 The V680 Ventilator uses RF energy only for its internal
function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are
not likely to cause interference in nearby electronic
equipment.
RF Emissions CISPR 11 Class A
Harmonic emissions Class A The V680 Ventilator is suitable for use in all establishments
other than domestic, and may be used in domestic
IEC 61000-3-2
establishments and those directly connected to the public
Voltage fluctuations/ Complies low voltage power supply network that supplies buildings
flicker emissions used for domestic purposes.
IEC 61000-3-3
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

50 Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration

Electromagnetic Immunity

Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity

The V680 Ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The user
of the V680 Ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 Compliance level Electromagnetic environment
test level guidance
Electrostatic ±6 kV contact ±8 kV contact Floors should be wood, concrete or
discharge (ESD) ±8 kV air ±15 kV air ceramic tile. If floors are covered
IEC 61000-4-2 with synthetic material, the
relative humidity should be at least
30%.
Electrical fast ±2 kV for power ±2 kV for power Mains power quality should be that
transient/burst supply lines. supply lines. of a typical hospital environment.
IEC 61000-4-4 ±1 kV for input / ±1 kV for input /
output lines output lines
Surge ±1 kV differential ±1 kV differential Mains power quality should be that
IEC 61000-4-5 mode mode of a typical hospital environment.
±2 kV common ±2 kV common mode
mode
Voltage dips, <5% UT (>95% dip <5% UT (>95% dip in Mains power quality should be
short in UT) for 0.5 cycle UT) for 0.5 cycle that of a typical hospital
interruptions and 40% UT (60% dip in 40% UT (60% dip in environment. If the user of the
voltage variations UT) for 5 cycles UT) for 5 cycles V680 Ventilator requires
on power supply continued operation during power
70% UT (30% dip in 70% UT (30% dip in
input lines mains interruptions, it is
UT) for 25 cycles UT) for 25 cycles
IEC 61000-4-11 recommended that the V680
5% UT (>95% dip in 5% UT (>95% dip in Ventilator be powered from an
UT) for 5 sec UT) for 5 sec uninterruptible power supply or a
battery.
Power frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields
(50/60 Hz) should be at levels characteristic
magnetic field of a typical location in a typical
IEC 61000-4-8 hospital environment.

NOTE: UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration 51

Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity

Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity
The V680 Ventilator is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the V680
Ventilator should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
level
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to
any part of the V680 Ventilator, including cables, than the recommended
separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of
the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance:

3.5
3 Vrms d = ------- P
V1 where V1 = 3 Vrms
Conducted RF 150 kHz to 80 MHz 3 Vrms
IEC 61000-4-6 outside ISM bandsa

10 Vrms
Radiated RF 150 kHz to 80 MHz 10 Vrms 12
d = ------ P
IEC 61000-4-3 in ISM bands a V2 where V2 = 10 Vrms

10 V/m 10 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz

12
d = ------ P
E1 80 MHz to 800 MHz, where E1 = 10 V/m

23
d = ------ P
E1 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz, where E1 = 10 V/m

where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W)
according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended
separation distance in meters (m).b
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic
site survey,c should be less than the compliance level in each frequency range.d
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following
symbol:
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

52 Electromagnetic Compatibility Declaration

NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects and people.
a. The ISM (industrial, scientific and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz; 13.553 MHz to 13.567
MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
b. The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz are
intended to decrease the likelihood that mobile/ portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought
into patient areas. For this reason, an additional factor of 10/3 has been incorporated into the formulae used in calculating the
recommended separation distance for transmitters in these frequency ranges.
c. Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio,
AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment
due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which
the V680 Ventilator is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the V680 Ventilator should be observed to verify normal
operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the V680
Ventilator.
d. Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment

and the V680 ventilator
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter (m)
150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz in ISM 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
outside ISM bands bands
Rated maximum output
power of transmitter (W)
3.5 12 12 23
d = ------- P d = ------ P d = ------ P d = ------ P
V1 V2 E1 E1

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.37 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.17 1.20 1.20 2.30
10 3.69 3.79 3.79 7.27
100 11.67 12.00 12.00 23.00
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in meters (m) can be
determined using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the
transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: The ISM (industrial, scientific and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz;13.553 MHz to
13.567 MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
NOTE 3: An additional factor of 10/3 has been incorporated into the formula used in calculating the recommended separation distance for
transmitters in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz to decrease the
likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas.
NOTE 4: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects and people.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 WEEE recycling directive 53

WEEE recycling directive

This ventilator is compliant with the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
recycling directive

If you are subject to the WEEE directive, refer to http://www.healthcare.philips.com/main/

about/Sustainability/Recycling/ for the passport for recycling this product.

Safety
Protection Against Electric
Class 1
Shock
Degree of Protection Against
Type B applied part
Electric Shock
Degree of Protection Against
IPX1
Harmful Ingress of Fluids
Rating Continuous Operation
Suitability for use in oxygen-
Not suitable
rich environment
EN/IEC 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety, 2nd
edition
EN/IEC 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety, 3rd
edition
IEC 60601-1-2 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Safety,
Collateral standard: Electromagnetic compatibility – Requirements and tests
CSA C22.2 No. 601.1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety
UL 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety
EN 60601-2-12 Medical Electrical Equipment – Part 2-12: Particular Requirements for the
Safety of Lung Ventilators – Critical Care Ventilators
ISO 80601-2-12 Medical Electrical Equipment – Part 2-12: Particular Requirements for the
Safety of Lung Ventilators – Critical Care Ventilators
EN 60529 Degrees of Ingress Protection Provided by Enclosures (IPX1 at zero degrees tilt)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

54 Safety

This page is intentionally blank

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Unpacking and Inspection 55

First-time Installation
Before putting the ventilator into service for the first time, install it as described in this chapter.

Unpacking and Inspection

• Unpack the ventilator and inspect it for damage.
• Inspect the exterior cabinet of the ventilator for cracks, scratches, or blemishes.
• Inspect the front panel for scratches or abrasions.
• Inspect the Air Inlet and Fan Inlet filters and ensure they are in place.
• Correct and/or report any problems found to Philips Healthcare before using the
ventilator.

Before using the ventilator the first time, we recommend wiping the exterior clean and
disinfecting components according to the instructions in “Decontamination” on page 95.

Included in the shipping container with the V680 ventilator are the following accessories:

1. Hard copy of User Manual (if required by sales order)

2. O2 Fitting (installed)
3. O2 Hose (complies with ISO 5359)
4. O2 Retention Plate (installed)
5. Power Cord (installed)
6. eSYS cartridge (installed)
7. Disposable Inspiratory filter
8. Disposable Exhalation filter
9. Reusable adult dual limb breathing circuit
10. Test Lung

The Ventilator Battery is shipped separately.

Your order may also include other optional accessories including a portable stand.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

56 Ventilator Placement

Ventilator Placement
The ventilator may be placed on a flat, stable, clean surface or mounted to a portable stand,
PN 1084491 / 989805648731 (partially assembled), or 1109864 / 989805648671 (fully
assembled).

WARNING

• Ventilator performance may be impaired due to improper orientation.

• Do not tilt more than 12 degrees in any direction. Take particular
care when crossing thresholds during intra-hospital transport.
• The ventilator should only be used on a flat, level surface capable
of safely holding 12.25 kg (27 lbs) or more, or properly mounted to
a V680 cart supplied by Philips Healthcare.
• Never use a power mains source that may be blocked from easy access.
Because there is no separate power switch on the ventilator, quick
disconnection from the power mains depends on immediate access to
the power plug at the AC mains outlet.

Ventilator Stand Assembly

To assemble the ventilator stand, follow the instructions that accompany it. An optional O2
cylinder mounting kit, PN 1109869 / 989805648721, is also available.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Oxygen Manifold Kit 57

Oxygen Manifold Kit

If desired, install the oxygen manifold kit as described in the instructions included with the kit.

The oxygen manifold allows two oxygen (O2) cylinders and one wall oxygen supply line to be
used as inputs to the ventilator.

Each of the three inlets has a check-valve that prevents pressure loss when disconnecting from
the wall or cylinders. This allows quick, easy transfer between oxygen supplies without
interruption of flow. Easy transfer of oxygen supply facilitates patient transport within the
facility and allows replacement of one cylinder while operating from the other.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

58 Battery Installation

Battery Installation
The battery is shipped separately from the ventilator, but is not installed. It should be installed
prior to using the ventilator.

WARNING

• To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard, take these
precautions with respect to the battery:
• Follow all instructions for proper use of the battery.
• Do not attempt to disassemble, open, crush, bend or deform,
insert foreign objects into, puncture, or shred the battery pack;
modify or remanufacture it; immerse or expose it to water or other
liquids; expose it to fire, excessive heat (including soldering irons);
or put it in a microwave oven.
• Do not drop the battery.
• Do not short-circuit the battery or allow metallic or conductive
objects to contact the battery connector housing.
• Use the battery with the Respironics V680 Ventilator only.
• Refer battery replacement to qualified service personnel.
• Remove the battery from the ventilator if the ventilator will be
unused for some time. Leaving the battery installed will accelerate
the discharge of the battery which can damage the battery or result
in the battery being unavailable when the ventilator is placed back
into operation.

Install the battery as follows (see photos on following page). You will need a 3-mm hex wrench.

WARNING

Never attempt to disconnect or connect the battery while the ventilator is in

operation.

CAUTION

• The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical
burn if mistreated. Do not disassemble, heat above 100C (212F), or
incinerate. Replace the battery only with Respironics PN 1076374 /
989805626941. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or
explosion.
Philips Healthcare

• Dispose of a used battery promptly. Keep the battery away from

children.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Battery Installation 59

1. If the ventilator power is on, shut down the ventilator.

NOTE

Failure to properly shut down the ventilator before battery installation may
result in erroneous alarms after power-on.
2. Unplug the ventilator from the power mains.
3. Remove the side panel by turning the captive fastener a ¼ turn and releasing.

Captive Fastener

Battery Cable

Bracket

Position the battery

with the vent hole
up and the Philips
logo facing out

4. Using a 3 mm hex wrench, remove the battery bracket by removing two screws.
5. Holding the battery so that the vent hole faces up and the Philips logo faces out,
thread the battery cable through the battery bracket. Position and place the
battery inside the battery compartment. Pinching the end of the battery
connector, plug it in so that it locks in place.
6. Reinstall the battery bracket by replacing the two screws. Reinstall the side panel
and secure the fastener with a ¼ turn clockwise.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

60 Battery Installation

7. Make sure the battery is properly installed by plugging the ventilator into an AC
power receptacle and verifying that the yellow Battery (charged) LED on the
front panel flashes. The flashing LED indicates that the battery is being charged.

NOTE

• Following battery installation, if a “Check Vent” or “Vent Inoperative”

alarm occurs during the pre-operational check, discontinue use of the
ventilator immediately and contact Philips Healthcare. The Vent
Inoperative alarm occurs if AC power is disconnected and a battery is
not installed, or if the battery is fully discharged.
• A new battery must be charged for at least 5 hours before being placed
into service.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 First-time Installation Test Procedure 61

First-time Installation Test Procedure

Perform the following checks and tests to verify the ventilator's operation including battery,
alarm, and remote alarm functionality.

View and Record Ventilator Information

1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5
seconds of power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
the Diagnostics menu.
2. Touch Service to display the Ventilator Information screen, and record the
following information on the “First-Time Installation Data Form” on page 69:
• Software options
• Ventilator serial number
• Software version
• Total power-on hours
• Hours since last PM
• PIC Software Version
• Bridge Software Version
• Exhalation Flow Sensor Firmware Version
• Battery lot number
• Battery manufacture date
Philips Healthcare

3. Turn the ventilator OFF.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

62 View and Record Ventilator Information

Electrical Safety

Perform the electrical safety test per the procedure outlined in the Performance Verification
Test chapter of this service manual (See “Electrical Safety (Test 1)” on page 290.).

Configuration and Screen Calibration

After completing the setup activities described above, enter the diagnostics mode to re-
calibrate the touch screen, and set or check the ventilator settings for language, units of
measure, and time and date.

1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics Menu.
2. Select Touch Screen Calibration from the menu options, then touch Start and
follow the onscreen prompts to recalibrate the touch screen.
3. Once back to the main menu of diagnostics, touch System Settings then check or
set for the appropriate Date/Time, Pressure Units, and Language.

EST/SST

SST/EST verifies the functional integrity of the ventilator by testing its hardware subsystems
and components.

WARNING

• Do not use a ventilator that has failed SST/EST without verifying

operational readiness by other means. Doing so may place a patient at
risk.
• Never initiate an SST/EST while the patient is connected to the
ventilator. The high airway pressures and gas flows generated during
SST/EST can injure a patient.

Required equipment:
An asterisk (*) denotes a test supply included in V680 Service Test kit PN 1116068 / 453561533831
Philips Healthcare

Item Part Number

Breathing circuit, dual-limb Reusable, Adult 22mm * 1104598 / 989805646601 (or equivalent)
Single-Limb patient circuit assembly w/DEP 582073 / 989805609611 (or equivalent)
Bacteria filter (x2) * 1014047 / 989805618161

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 View and Record Ventilator Information 63

Item Part Number

Plug, tapered 9/16 - 3/4 in., silicone * or 1055323 / 453561512741
15mm x 22mm patient elbow connector with cap
Regulated oxygen source N/A
Remote alarm nurse call system and Philips
approved remote alarm cable, or
• DMM (Digital Multimeter)
• Remote alarm test cable * 1027818 / 453561508001
• Remote alarm test cable adapter * 1027817 / 453561507991

NOTE

When conducting Single or Dual limb SST without access to a remote alarm
nurse call system, use a DMM and the remote alarm test cable with adapter, to
monitor the output of the ventilator's Remote Alarm output during the Remote
Alarm subtest of SST.
Connect the Grey connector (marked Tip) of the remote alarm test cable to the
test cable adapter at the DMM to simulate a normally open (N.O.) call system. A
resistance change from OPEN (infinite) to SHORT (0.00 +/- 3ohms) should be
indicated when the Remote Alarm subtest is selected and active.

Procedure

1. Connect the ventilator to AC power and to the oxygen supply.

2. Turn the ventilator on by pressing the ON/Shutdown button.
3. Connect a single-limb patient circuit to the ventilator
4. Select New Patient and configure the ventilator for Single-Limb SST as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Single Limb - NIV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask/Patient Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: DEP
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
5. Touch Start SST.
6. Follow the on-screen prompts and complete all subtests of SST. Upon successful
completion of Single-Limb SST, select Exit Tests to return to Ventilator
Configuration.

Single-Limb SST test is complete. Proceed to configure the ventilator for Dual-Limb EST/ SST
test.
Philips Healthcare

7. Connect a Dual-limb patient circuit to the ventilator

8. Configure the ventilator for Dual-Limb EST/SST testing as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

64 View and Record Ventilator Information

• Circuit Type: Dual Limb - INV

• Humidity Management: Non Heated-Wire Expiatory Limb
• Circuit Diameter: 22mm
• Exhalation Port: eSYS Exhalation Cartridge (no action required)
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
9. Touch Start EST.
10. Follow the on-screen prompts and complete all subtests of EST. Upon completion
of the test, select Exit Tests to return to the Ventilator Configuration screen.
11. Remove plug from the end of the patient circuit.
12. Touch Start SST.
13. Follow the on-screen prompts and complete all subtests of SST. Upon successful
completion of Dual-Limb SST, select Exit Tests to return to Ventilator
Configuration.
14. Remove plug from the end of the patient circuit

Dual-Limb EST/SST tests are complete. Proceed to operational checks.

Operational Checks

Required equipment:

An asterisk (*) denotes a test supply included in V680 Service Test kit PN 1116068 / 453561533831

Item Part Number

Breathing circuit, dual-limb Reusable, Adult 22mm * 1104598 / 989805646601 (or equivalent)
1-L test lung 1021671 / 989805611871 (or equivalent)
Circuit tube, 18-in. smooth bore* 1000060 / 453561533841 (or equivalent)
Valve, Ball, 22mm ends * 1058431 / 453561512931 (or equivalent)

WARNING

Do not perform these checks while attached to a patient.

1. Connect the ventilator to AC power, and to a wall or regulated tank oxygen sup-
ply.
2. Connect the dual-limb patient breathing circuit with test lung to the ventilator.
Ensure that the breathing circuit is assembled correctly and that both inspiratory
Philips Healthcare

and expiratory filters are installed.

3. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter ventilator configuration.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 View and Record Ventilator Information 65

4. Configure the ventilator as follows:

• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Dual Limb - INV
• Humidity Management: Non-Heated Wire Expiatory Limb
• Circuit Diameter: 22mm
• Exhalation Port: eSYS Exhalation Cartridge (no action required)
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
5. Next, touch Accept Settings and Enter Standby Mode, then press Start Mode.
6. Touch Start AC-PCV Mode at the top of screen, or exercise the test lung, to exit
Standby and enter ventilation.
7. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits, and reset any alarms if
necessary.

Ventilator settings Alarm limits

Mode: A/C - PCV Hi Rate: 20 BPM
PC: 12 cmH2O Lo Rate: Off

Rate: 10 BPM O2: On

O2: 21% HIP: 35 cmH2O

I-Trig: 3.0 L/min Hi VE: Off L/min

PEEP: 4 cmH2O Lo VE: Off L/min

I-Time: 1.00 sec Hi Vt: 1500 mL

Rise: 3 Lo Vt: Off mL

Hi Leak: Off L/min

Apnea T: 20 sec

LIP: OFF cmH2O

Hi PEEP: 6 cmH2O

Backup Battery (Power Source Transition)

NOTE

The battery must be adequately charged to run this test.

8. Disconnect the ventilator from AC power while the ventilator is running.
9. Verify that the ventilator switches over to battery power and that the power
source symbol located in the lower right-hand corner of the screen changed from
the AC power plug symbol to the battery icon.
10. When the backup battery is in use verify the following:
Philips Healthcare

• The green LED above the ON/Shutdown key remains lit.

• The audible alarm sounds intermittently to indicate the ventilator is operating from
battery power.
• The Alarms message window displays “Running on Internal Battery”.
• The Battery LED on the front panel is off.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

66 View and Record Ventilator Information

11. Reconnect the ventilator to AC power and verify the audible alarm resets and
that the alarm message is struck through.
12. Verify the ventilator is again running on AC power (symbol displayed in lower
right-hand corner of the screen changes to a Plug icon), and that the battery LED
is on or flashes to indicate that the battery is charging.
13. Touch Alarm Reset.

Alarm Tests

The ventilator performs a self-check during start-up and continuously during operation. Alarm
functionality is verified by this self-check. Perform these alarm tests, which demonstrate the
alarms' operation.

WARNING

• To reduce patient risk from inappropriate ventilatory support, avoid

turning off the alarms.
• Manufacturer default settings are not appropriate for all patients. Prior
to using the ventilator, verify that the current alarm settings or defaults
are appropriate for each particular patient.

Preparation

Using the previously applied mode and alarms settings, simulate the following alarms:

High Inspiratory Pressure

1. Touch Alarm Settings and lower the HIP alarm limit to 14 cmH2O.
2. VERIFY that the High Inspiratory Pressure alarm is activated, audible and alarm
LED flashes, the ventilator cycles into exhalation.
3. Verify that while the alarms is active, the peak inspiratory pressure (PIP)
delivered during subsequent breaths is limited to the HIP alarm setting of 14
cmH2O.
4. Raise the HIP alarm limit back to 20 cmH2O and verify the High Inspiratory
Pressure alarm resets.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

Low Tidal Volume

Philips Healthcare

1. Touch Alarm Settings, then select Tidal Volume (VT), and raise the Lo VT alarm
setting to a value above the ventilator displayed tidal volume measured as VTE.
2. VERIFY that the Low Tidal Volume alarm is activated.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 View and Record Ventilator Information 67

3. Return the Lo VT alarm setting to OFF.

4. VERIFY that the Low Tidal Volume alarm resets and the alarm message is struck
through.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

High Tidal Volume

1. Touch Alarm Settings, then select Tidal Volume (VT), and lower the Hi VT alarm
setting to a value below the ventilator displayed tidal volume measured as VTE.
2. VERIFY that the High Tidal Volume alarm is activated.
3. Return the Hi VT alarm setting to 1500ml.
4. VERIFY that the High Tidal Volume alarm resets and the alarm message is struck
through.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

Patient Disconnect

1. Disconnect the test lung from the end of the patient wye.
2. VERIFY that the Patient Disconnect alarm is activated.
3. Reconnect the test lung.
4. VERIFY that the Patient Disconnect alarm resets, the alarm message is struck
through, and that the ventilator automatically resumes ventilation.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

Proximal Pressure Line Disconnect/Occlusion

1. Disconnect the proximal pressure tubing from the proximal pressure fitting at the
front panel of the ventilator.
2. Verify that the Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded alarm is
activated.
3. Reconnect the proximal pressure tube.
4. VERIFY that the Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded alarm resets
and the alarm message is struck through.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

Patient Circuit Occluded

1. Disconnect the patient circuit at the eSYS inlet and block the end of the circuit.
Philips Healthcare

2. VERIFY that the Patient Circuit Occluded alarm is activated within 3 to 5 breath
cycles.
3. Unblock the end of the circuit and reconnect it to the eSYS inlet.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

68 View and Record Ventilator Information

4. VERIFY that the Patient Circuit Occluded alarm resets and the alarm message is
struck through.
5. Touch Alarm Reset.

Patient Circuit Partially Occluded

1. Disconnect the patient circuit's expiratory limb from the bacterial filter at the
eSYS Cartridge gas return port, leaving the bacterial filter connected to the port.
2. Using a ball valve to control exhaled flow to simulate a patient circuit occlusion,
connect one side of the valve to the end of the expiratory limb of the patient
circuit. Confirm the ball valve is in the full open position.
3. Next, connect the opposite end of the ball valve to an 18 inch length of 22mm
smooth bore tubing then connect the open end of this tube to the gas return
port of the eSYS Cartridge. Reset alarms as necessary.
Partial occlusion test setup

4. With the ball valve in the open position, allow the ventilator to cycle a few
breaths to reset any active alarms, then slowly close the valve almost completely
until you see the partial occlusion alarm.

NOTE

This alarm can be difficult to trigger, but is possible.

5. VERIFY that the Patient Circuit Partially Occluded alarm is activated.
Philips Healthcare

6. Open the ball valve and verify that the Patient Circuit Partially Occluded alarm is
reset and the alarm message is struck through.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 View and Record Ventilator Information 69

7. Remove the ball valve and 18 inch smooth bore tube from the expiratory limb of
the patient circuit, and the ventilator.
8. Reconnect the expiratory limb of the patient circuit to the bacteria filter at the
eSYS Cartridge gas return port.
9. Touch Alarm Reset.

Oxygen Supply Failure

1. Set O2 to above 21%.

2. Disconnect the ventilator from the oxygen gas supply at the wall or source
connector.
3. VERIFY that the Oxygen Not Available alarm is activated.
4. Reconnect the oxygen gas supply.
5. VERIFY that the alarm resets, the alarm message is struck through, and that the
ventilator automatically resumes ventilation.
6. Set O2 to 21%.
7. Touch Alarm Reset.

Apnea

1. Touch Modes, set the mode to PSV then touch Activate PSV Mode.
2. Wait for 20 seconds.
3. Verify the ventilator activates the Apnea alarm and resumes breath delivery at a
rate of 12 BPM (one breath cycle every 5 seconds).
4. Next, simulate two consecutive spontaneous breaths by expanding or
compressing and releasing the test lung.
5. VERIFY that the alarm resets, the alarm message is struck through, and that the
ventilator automatically resumes ventilation.

NOTE

Mandatory ventilation will only resume once another spontaneous breath

effort is detected, or after another 20 seconds has elapsed and the Apnea alarm
is active.
6. Return to A/C-PCV mode, then touch Alarm Reset to clear any alarm messages.
7. Turn the ventilator OFF.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

70 View and Record Ventilator Information

Prepare the Ventilator for End-user Operation

After completing the first-time installation setup and test activities described above, enter the
diagnostics mode and clear the diagnostics event log, and restore the ventilator to default
settings prior to placing the ventilator into service.

1. Remove all test equipment, tools, and materials from the ventilator and place
the ventilator into Diagnostics mode.
To place the ventilator into diagnostic mode, power up the ventilator, press and hold the
Nav-ring Enter button and the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5
seconds of power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button to enter the
Diagnostics menu.
2. Touch System Setting then Date/Time and verify that the date and time are correct.
3. Next, connect the 25-pin to 9-pin HIS/EMR null modem serial cable between the
ventilator COM port and the Service PC.
4. Launch Tera-Term to enable communication with the ventilator.
5. Type the following command (all capital letters) into the terminal dialog box, and
press Enter to clear the diagnostics log.
#CLRLOG
6. When the diagnostic log has been successfully cleared, the terminal dialog box
displays:
?CLRLOGOK
7. Type the following command (all capital letters) into the terminal dialog box and
press Enter.
DRPT
8. Confirm the contents of the original event log have cleared, and that the Date/
Time stamp of current log entry is accurate. The content of the event log should
only list code 2004 “Cleared Event Log”.
9. Remove the HIS/HER null modem serial cable from the ventilator.
10. Touch System Settings, and then Restore Default Settings.
11. Turn ventilator OFF.
12. Perform a final wipe down of the ventilator and touch screen following the
guidance of the ventilator and touch screen decontamination process described
in the Care and Maintenance chapter of this manual (see page 95).

This concludes first-time installation and preparing the ventilator for end-user operation.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 First-Time Installation Data Form 71

First-Time Installation Data Form

Complete this form whenever First-Time installation of the ventilator is performed.

Make copies of this form for data collection.

Date: Notification number(s):

CUSTOMER INFORMATION

Name:

Address:

City/State:

Account no.:

Preliminary ventilator cleaning and inspection Circle one

Was the ventilator, stand, or accompanying accessories received damaged? YES NO

If yes, provide a brief description of damage and repair:

Cleaned ventilator exterior? YES NO

Inspected cooling fan filter? YES NO

Inspected inlet filter? YES NO

Battery installed, verify battery status LED on front panel flashes yellow to indicate
PASS FAIL
battery is being charged.

Serial number: Software version:

PIC Software version: Bridge Software version:

Exh. Flow Sensor Firmware Version:

Installed options PPV AVAPS+ C-Flex

(circle all that apply): Other: _______________________________________________

Total power-on hours: Hours since last PM:

Battery lot number: Battery Mfg date:

Test 1: Electrical safety Circle one Value after

Passed value Failed value
Philips Healthcare

Proper cooling fan operation? YES NO repair

Proximal pressure port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

Gas outlet port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

72 First-Time Installation Data Form

Oxygen fitting retainer screw GND resistance

Ω Ω Ω
(<0.2 )

Exh. Compartment Side Cover Mounting Screw

Ω Ω Ω
GND resistance (<0.2 )

Forward leakage current µA µA µA

100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA

Reverse leakage current µA µA µA

100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA

Test 2: Configuration/ Touchscreen Calibration Circle one

Touchscreen calibration PASS FAIL

Correct Date/Time PASS FAIL

Language Set PASS FAIL

Pressure Units Set PASS FAIL

Test 3: SST / EST Circle one

Single-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Dual-Limb EST PASS FAIL

Dual-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Test 4: Operational Checks Circle one

Backup Battery (power source transition)

AC power disconnected, the ventilator switches to operate on

PASS FAIL
battery power

Power source indicator at display changes from a AC Plug to the

PASS FAIL
Battery icon

ON/Shutdown key is Green and remains lit PASS FAIL

Ventilator annunciates intermittent alarm indicating ventilator is

PASS FAIL
operating from battery power source

Alarms message window displays “Running on Internal Battery” PASS FAIL

Battery LED on front panel OFF PASS FAIL

AC power reconnected, “Running on Internal Battery” alarm resets

PASS FAIL
and message is struck through.
Philips Healthcare

Power source indicator at display changes from a Battery back to the

PASS FAIL
AC Plug icon

Battery status LED flashing PASS FAIL

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 First-Time Installation Data Form 73

Alarms - High Inspiratory Pressure

Ventilator alarms High Inspiratory Pressure, breath delivery cycles to

PASS FAIL
the exhalation phase.

Peak Inspiratory Pressure (PIP) limited to 14 cmH2O while HIP alarm

PASS FAIL
is active

HIP alarm setting returned to 20cmH2O, the High Inspiratory

PASS FAIL
Pressure alarm resets

Alarms - Low Tidal Volume

Ventilator alarms Low Tidal Volume. PASS FAIL

Low VT alarm setting returned to OFF, the Low Tidal Volume alarm
PASS FAIL
resets

Alarms - High Tidal Volume

Ventilator alarms High Tidal Volume. PASS FAIL

High VT alarm setting returned to 1500 ml, the Low Tidal Volume
PASS FAIL
alarm resets

Alarms - Patient Disconnect

Ventilator alarms Patient Disconnect PASS FAIL

Test lung reconnected to patient wye, the Patient Disconnect alarm

PASS FAIL
resets

Alarms - Proximal Pressure Line Disconnect/Occlusion

Ventilator alarms Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded PASS FAIL

Proximal pressure line reconnected, the Proximal Pressure Line

PASS FAIL
Disconnected or Occluded alarm resets.

Alarms – Patient Circuit Occluded

Ventilator alarms Patient Circuit Occluded PASS FAIL

Patient circuit reconnected, the Patient Circuit Occluded alarm

PASS FAIL
resets.

Alarms – Patient Circuit Partially Occluded

Ventilator alarms Patient Circuit Partially Occluded PASS FAIL

Ball valve opened, the Patient Circuit Partially Occluded alarm resets PASS FAIL

Alarms – Oxygen Supply Failure

Ventilator alarms Oxygen Not Available PASS FAIL

Oxygen gas supply reconnected, the Oxygen Not Available alarm

PASS FAIL
resets
Philips Healthcare

Alarms – Apnea

Ventilator triggers the Apnea alarm then resumes breath delivery at

PASS FAIL
a rate of 12 (one breath every 5 seconds).

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

74 First-Time Installation Data Form

Apnea alarm resets when spontaneous breath is detected and

pauses breath delivery until either another spontaneous breath is
PASS FAIL
detected or the 20 second delay has lapsed and the alarm is
reactivated.

Prepare Ventilator for End-user Operation

Correct Date/Time PASS FAIL

Clear diagnostics event log and confirm Event Log is cleared PASS FAIL

Restore default settings PASS FAIL

Technician’s Name (print): Date

Technician’s Signature:

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 System Operational Overview 75

Principles of Operation

System Operational Overview

The Respironics V680 ventilator is a microprocessor-controlled pneumatic system. It is
powered by AC with a battery backup to protect against power failure or unstable power and
to facilitate intra-hospital transport. The ventilator’s pneumatics deliver gas and its electrical
systems control pneumatics, monitor the patient, and distribute power.

The user provides inputs to the ventilator through a touchscreen, keys, and a navigation ring.
These inputs become instructions for the pneumatics to deliver a precisely controlled gas
mixture to the patient. Pressure and flow sensors provide feedback, which is used to adjust gas
delivery to the patient. Monitored data based on sensor inputs is also displayed by the
graphical user interface. The ventilator’s microprocessor system controls gas delivery and
monitors the patient. The gas delivery and monitoring functions are cross-checked by an alarm
controller. This cross-checking helps prevent simultaneous failure of these two main functions
and minimizes the possible hazards of software failure.

A comprehensive system of visual and audible alarms helps ensure the patient’s safety. Clinical
alarms can indicate an abnormal physiological condition. Technical alarms, triggered by the
ventilator’s self-tests, can indicate a hardware or software failure. In the case of some
technical alarms, an emergency ventilation mode is provided that may give the user additional
time for corrective actions, which may include disconnecting the ventilator and providing
alternative ventilation. When a condition is critical enough to possibly compromise safe,
prolonged ventilation, the ventilator is placed into the ventilator inoperative state, in which
oxygen flow and centrifugal compressor operation are disabled.

The ventilator has several means to ensure that safe patient or respiratory pressures are
maintained. The maximum airway pressure is ensured by the high inspiratory pressure (HIP)
alarm limit. If the set high pressure limit is reached, the ventilator cycles into exhalation.

Pneumatic System Operation

Gas delivered to the patient is a combination of room air and compressed oxygen. Room air
enters through an intake filter. Oxygen enters though an inlet connector, and a proportional
valve provides the operator set concentration. The air and oxygen are mixed, then the
centrifugal-flow compressor regulates the gas to the appropriate flow and pressure using
feedback from the ventilator outlet (machine) pressure sensor and flow sensor. Target flows
and pressures are adjusted to compensate for the resistance and compliance of the inspiratory
Philips Healthcare

filter, patient circuit, and humidifier. This helps ensure accurate and responsive pressure and
flow delivery and leak compensation. The proximal pressure sensor provides a direct pressure
measurement at the patient connector for monitoring and circuit compensation. The proximal
pressure line is purged periodically by the positive pressure of the inspiratory gas.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

76 Pneumatic System Operation

During inspiration, the ventilator delivers gas to the patient through an inspiratory bacteria
filter, a single- or dual-limb patient breathing circuit, a humidification device (optional) and a
patient interface such as a mask or ET tube. An oxygen sensor monitors the oxygen
concentration of the delivered gas. An air (inspiratory hold) valve provides a means to close
the inspiratory path for certain respiratory mechanics maneuvers.

In dual-limb modes, during exhalation the exhalation valve opens, and the patient's exhalate is
returned to the ventilator through the expiratory limb of the patient circuit, through the
bacteria filter, and expelled through the eSYS cartridge. The eSYS cartridge includes a valve
diaphragm, an exhalation flow sensor, an exhalation pressure measurement port, and a heater.

The exhalation valve is used in conjunction with the centrifugal compressor and machine
pressure sensor to control PEEP. Exhalation flow and pressure measurements are used for
spirometry data and occlusion detection.

In single-limb modes, exhalation proceeds passively through the exhalation port that is part of

the patient circuit. This exhalation port also continually exhausts gas from the circuit during
inspiration, to minimize rebreathing and ensure CO2 removal.

The pneumatic subsystem includes the:

• Air Inlet Manifold
• Air Valve
• Centrifugal compressor (blower)
• Oxygen solenoid valve
• Air and oxygen flow sensors
• Pressure transducers (O2 Inlet, Machine, Proximal, Barometric, Exhalation)
• FiO2 Sensor and 3-Way Output Boot
• Internal Leak Valve
• Solenoid valves
• Motor controller (MC) PCBA
• Data acquisition (DA) PCBA
• eSYS Cartridge, containing:
• Exhalation Flow Sensor
• Heaters
• Exhalation Valve Diaphragm
• Exhalation Valve
Philips Healthcare

• Valve PCBA
• Sensor/Driver (SD) PCBA

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic System Operation 77

The schematic below displays an overview of the pneumatic system of the Respironics V680
Ventilator.

Principal Pneumatic Components

Air Inlet
Ambient air is entrained through the air inlet.

Air Inlet Filter

The air inlet filter is designed to filter 5-micron particles at 70%

efficiency at 150 SLPM flow.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

78 Pneumatic System Operation

Air Inlet Manifold and Air Valve

The air valve and valve driver circuitry control the flow of air
during static mechanics maneuvers in conjunction with the air
inlet manifold. The air valve is normally open (magnetically
biased).
Air Valve

Air Inlet Manifold

Air Flow Sensor

The air flow sensor measures a subset (bypass flow) of total flow
in the pneumatic air path and interpolates the measurements
according to constants that are calculated during gas delivery
subsystem (GDS) calibration. The air flow sensor also helps
provide closed-loop control of gas flow during oxygen blending.

Manifold

Internal Leak Valve

The internal leak valve and valve driver circuitry block the flow of
air through the internal leak port orifice. The internal leak valve is
normally closed.

EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket

3-Way Output Boot

The 3-Way Output boot routes delivered gas to the ventilator

output and the FiO2 sensor.

FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor

The FiO2 sensor measures the percentage of O2 in the delivered

gas. The FiO2 sensor is field-replaceable and accessible from within
the eSYS enclosure.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic System Operation 79

eSYS Cartridge

The eSYS cartridge includes the following components:

• Exhalation Flow Sensor - measures flow through the
exhalation path over a range of -240 SLPM to 240 SLPM.
• Exhalation Pressure Port routes pressure to exhalation
pressure transducer located on the Sensor/Driver Board
• Heaters (2) - mounted on the Exhalation Flow Sensor and
the Gas Return Port
• Exhalation Valve Diaphragm interfaces to the exhalation
valve poppet to control flow through the exhalation path

Exhalation Pressure Transducer

The exhalation pressure transducer on the Sensor Driver PCBA measures the pressure at the
eSYS gas inlet over a range of -50 to +85 cmH2O.
Machine and Proximal Pressure Transducers
The machine and proximal pressure transducers on the DA PCBA measure the machine and
proximal pressure over a range of -20 to +65 cmH2O.
Barometric Pressure Transducer
The barometric pressure transducer on the Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA measures barometric
pressure over a range of 525 to 850 mmHg.
Oxygen Pressure Transducer
The oxygen (O2) pressure transducer on the DA PCBA can measure accurate inlet pressures
over a range of 0 to 100 psig. An alarm results if oxygen supply pressure is below 40 psig (276
kPa) or above 92 psig (634 kPa). Underside of the DA PCBA shown below.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

80 Pneumatic System Operation

Barometric Pressure
Transducer

Oxygen Pressure
Transducer

Machine Pressure
Transducer

Proximal Pressure
Transducer

Manifold Assembly, Oxygen Inlet Filter, Oxygen Filter Element

The manifold assembly includes a connection for the oxygen inlet,

allowing country-specific oxygen connections to be attached to
the manifold. The manifold provides the pneumatic interfaces to
the air inlet, oxygen inlet, compressor inlet, and proximal and
machine pressure lines.

The oxygen inlet filter removes 5-micron particles from the oxygen
gas supply. A 40-micron sintered bronze filter element acts to
reduce turbulence in the oxygen flow. The 40-micron oxygen
breather vent reduces noise in the oxygen flow.

Oxygen Solenoid Valve

The oxygen solenoid valve and valve driver circuitry control the
flow of oxygen according to the set O2 and flow. The oxygen
solenoid valve is closed when there is a loss of power or system
reset.

Oxygen Flow Sensor

The oxygen flow sensor measures a subset (bypass flow) of the
total flow. These measurements are interpolated according to
constants that are calculated during GDS calibration. Together, the
oxygen solenoid valve and flow sensor provide closed-loop control
Philips Healthcare

for delivered oxygen flow.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic System Operation 81

Centrifugal Compressor (Blower)

The centrifugal compressor is controlled by the Motor Controller
(MC) PCBA, and generates flow and pressure for the system.
The compressor includes an impeller, housing, and a three-phase
brushless DC motor.
The compressor delivers a maximum pressure of less than 125
cmH2O in a dead-head condition, can accelerate from 10,000 to
22,500 revolutions per minute (RPM) in 120 msec from a nominal
5- to 25 cmH2O pressure rise. Maximum motor speed is
approximately 40,000 RPM. The compressor motor has internal
Hall Effect sensors that are monitored by the MC PCBA and
measure impeller speed.
Solenoid Valves
Four solenoid valves are mounted on the manifold and controlled
by the DA PCBA. These three-way autozero solenoids include:
• SOL1 (purge solenoid)
• SOL2 and SOL4 (machine pressure autozero solenoids)
• SOL3 and SOL4 (proximal pressure autozero solenoids).

1 2 3 4
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

82 Electronics

Electronics
The electronics system provides software-based control and monitoring, power management,
user input, display, subsystem I/O, external communication, and alarms. The electronics
system includes a Cirrus EP9307 microcontroller for control and monitor processing.

Control tasks include breath delivery, patient data calculation, and alarm detection/response.
Monitoring tasks include controlling the LCD, front panel keys and indicators, inputs, and
primary alarm output. An independent watchdog control provides safety monitoring.

The electronics system includes:

• Power management (PM) PCBA
• Power supply
• Internal battery
• CPU PCBA
• Motor controller (MC) PCBA
• Data acquisition (DA) PCBA
• Flow sensors
• User interface
• Liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Backlight inverter PCBA
• Touch screen assembly
• Nav-ring assembly
• Power switch overlay
• Switch PCB
• User interface (UI) PCBA
• Sensor/Driver PCBA
• Valve PCBA
• EMC PCBA
• Fans:
• Primary Cooling
• Compressor Cooling
• Transfer
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electronics 83

Principal Electronic Components

Power Management (PM) PCBA
• Battery charging and management circuitry
• Internal supply voltages (supply voltages: 3.3 V, 5 V, 12 V, 35 V).
• Fan power and tach monitoring.
• Backup alarm control circuitry, including power fail detection.
• Power switch control circuitry.
• System alarm and reset management.
• Electrical interfaces between the CPU PCBA, LCD, and the user
interface (UI) PCBA.
• Includes an EEPROM for calibration data, board identification
information, and PM PCBA power-on hours.
Power Supply
• Provides ventilator and battery recharging power from AC line
voltage.
• Converts AC line voltage (90 to 264 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz) into 24
VDC power.
• Includes input over-current, output over-voltage, and output
current-limiting protection.
Internal Battery
• 14.4 V, 11.5 Ah lithium-ion battery has a run-time of at least
four hours under normal conditions.
• Provides operating power when AC power is not available.
• Provides charge and temperature status to the PM PCBA.
• Internal circuitry monitors battery status, provides self-
contained fault control features, and communicates this
information to the PM PCBA.
• Recharges in approximately 5 hours
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

84 Electronics

CPU PCBA
• Microprocessor: once in a run state, the microprocessor can
only be reset by a watchdog time-out or out-of-specification
power condition. Monitors operation of the ventilator and
controls delivery of air and oxygen to the patient. Verifies safe
ventilator operation.
• Flash memory: 8 MB program storage.
• RAM: 8 MB for program execution and volatile data storage.
• EEPROM: 4 KB of storage for board-specific information
(including operating hours, time since last service, serial
numbers, part numbers, and software and hardware revisions).
• Watchdog timer: disables the compressor (blower) and oxygen
flow if not strobed by software within a predefined time
window that is independent of the CPU master clock. In
addition, ensures that software is operating.
• Real-time clock (RTC): a time of day clock that provides the date
and time to the ventilator, and is powered by a dedicated 3-V
lithium coin cell battery.
• LCD interface supports a display of 1024 x 768 pixels in 262k
colors with a refresh rate of at least 50 Hz. The CPU PCBA
controls LCD brightness by varying a control voltage over a
range of 0 to 3.5 V (minimum to maximum brightness).
• Touch screen interface supports a five-wire type touch screen.
• Nav-ring rotary adjustment interface with a minimum
resolution of 24 ticks per revolution.
• User key switches: interfaces to front panel keys.
• Alarm subsystem: includes a speaker driver circuit for the two
main speakers, a backup piezo alarm, and a three-wire relay-
controlled remote alarm interface (normal open, NO, or normal
closed, NC) on the ventilator back panel.
• The compressor (blower) speed monitor measures compressor
speeds from 3,000 to 50,000 RPM with 2% accuracy.
• Electrical interfaces to the power management (PM) and motor
controller (MC) PCBAs.
• Two USB ports and an Ethernet connection are present on the
back panel of the ventilator. One USB port and the Ethernet
connection are not used at this time and are provided for future
enhancements. One USB port may be used to power the
Aerogen USB Controller nebulizer only. The Ventilator HIS Serial
Communications Port Pinout below summarizes hospital
information system (HIS) RS-232 port pinout.
• RS-232 serial and analog I/O connector (female DB-25).
Connects to hospital information systems and other serial
devices, and functions as an interface for analog signals.
Connects Respi-Link remote diagnostic system gateway for
software updates. The Ventilator HIS Serial Communications
Port Pinout below summarizes hospital information system
(HIS) RS-232 port pinout.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electronics 85

Ventilator HIS Serial Communications Port Pinout

Pin Signal I/O Description

1 HIS_RS232_SHLD Power HIS RS232 cable shield

2 HIS_RS232_TxD Output HIS RS232 transmit data output
3 HIS_RS232_RxD Input HIS RS232 receive data input
4 HIS_RS232_RTS Output HIS RS232 ready to send
5 HIS_RS232_CTS Input HIS RS232 clear to send
6 HIS_RS232_DSR Input HIS RS232 data set ready
7 HIS_SIG_RTN Power HIS RS232 signal common
8 PULSE_OX_IN Input Pulse oximeter analog input
9 HIS_DIG_IN0 Input HIS digital input #0, 0-3.3 V digital logic level (0-5 V tolerant)
10 HIS_DIG_IN1 Input HIS digital input #1, 0-3.3 V digital logic level (0-5 V tolerant)
11 HIS_ANALOG_IN00 Input HIS analog input #0, 0-5.0 V analog voltage level
12 HIS_ANALOG_IN01 Input HIS analog input #1, 0-5.0 V analog voltage level
13 HIS_SIG_RTN Power HIS RS232 signal common
14 HIS_DIG_IN2 Input HIS digital input #2, 0-3.3 V digital logic level (0-5 V tolerant)
15 HIS_DIG_IN3 Input HIS digital input #3, 0-3.3 V digital logic level (0-5 V tolerant)
16 HIS_DIG_OUT0 Output HIS digital output #0, 0-3.3 V digital logic level
17 HIS_DIG_OUT1 Output HIS digital output #1, 0-3.3 V digital logic level
18 HIS_DIG_OUT2 Output HIS digital output #2, 0-3.3 V digital logic level
19 HIS_DIG_OUT3 Output HIS digital output #3, 0-3.3 V digital logic level
20 HIS_RS232_DTR Output HIS RS232 data terminal ready
21 HIS_SIG_RTN Power HIS RS232 signal common
22 nHIS_BOOT_SEL Input Boot select signal: 0 = download, 1 = flash
23 HIS_ANALOG_OUT0 Output HIS analog output #0, 0-5.00 V analog voltage level
24 HIS_ANALOG_OUT1 Output HIS analog output #1, 0-5.00 V analog voltage level
25 HIS_ANALOG_OUT2 Output HIS analog output #2, 0-5.00 V analog voltage level
SHLD Chassis Power Cable shield
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

86 Electronics

Motor Controller (MC) PCBA

• Controls the compressor motor according to speed or current as
commanded by ventilator software.
• Provides electrical interfaces to the DA PCBA, oxygen and air
flow sensors, fan, and primary speaker.
• Includes monitoring of an embedded temperature sensor in the
compressor motor.
• Includes analog to digital converters (ADCs) and digital to
analog converters (DACs) for flow control and monitoring.
• Includes two energy storage capacitors that increase motor
power usage efficiency and power a backup audible alarm (a
piezo alarm) and Alarm LED for at least two minutes.
• Includes EEPROM for calibration data, board identification
information, and MC PCBA power-on hours.
Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA
• Provides precision measuring and signal conditioning.
• Includes analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) and digital-to-
analog converters (DACs) for flow and pressure monitoring
signals.
• Controls the oxygen solenoid valve with 12-bit accuracy.
• Includes barometric (measurement range 525 to 850 mmHg)
and oxygen pressure (measurement range 0 to 100 psig)
transducers.
• Includes individual patient proximal and machine pressure
transducers (measurement range -20 to +65 cmH2O).
• Includes EEPROM for calibration data, board identification
information, and DA PCBA power-on hours.
• Drives the solenoid valves mounted to the manifold.
• Interfaces to the air and oxygen flow sensors.
Flow Sensors
• Calibrated to the specific gas (air or oxygen).
• Provide the signal source for the oxygen and air flow signals.
Convert manifold gas flow into an analog signal, which is sent to
DA PCBA for filtering and conversion.
• Air flow sensor measures flows from -240 to 240 SLPM. Oxygen
flow sensor measures flows from 0 to 240 SLPM.
• Includes EEPROM for calibration data, board identification
information, and power-on hours for each flow sensor.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electronics 87

User Interface
• Includes indicators and controls for setting and monitoring
parameters.
• Includes LCD, backlight inverter PCBA, touch screen, power
switch overlay, rotary adjustment (Nav-ring) assembly, UI PCBA,
and switch PCBA.
• Audible alarms: Primary audio alarm includes two alarm
speakers in the base unit (adjustable from 60 to 85 dBA at 1 m),
one connected through the PM PCBA, and one connected
through the MC PCBA. Backup audio alarm (piezo alarm)
mounted on the CPU PCBA.
LCD Assembly
• 12.1-in. diagonal flat panel, 768 x 1024 pixels with 262K colors.
• Connects to backlight inverter PCBA and CPU PCBA through the
PM PCBA.
• LED backlight with expected life of 50,000 Hours.

Touch Screen Assembly

• Uses a robust five-wire resistive panel.
• Resolves touches in a configuration 0.3 x 0.3-in. matrix.

Nav-Ring Assembly (Rotary Adjustment)

• Rotary adjustment used to change setting values.
• Center push-button (on the Switch PCBA) to accept a value of a
selected field.

Power Switch Overlay

• Includes power switch, and embedded indicators for power
status, battery charge status, and alarms.
Switch PCBA
• Interconnection between rotary adjustment and UI PCBA and
CPU PCBA.
• Provides a center push button and interface to Nav-ring.
• Connects to UI PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

88 Electronics

UI PCBA
• Provides a connection for backlight PCBA, touch panel,
switches, and switch PCBA to PM PCBA.
• Mounts behind LCD, provides connectors to backlight inverter
PCBA, power switch overlay, switch PCBA, and touch screen.
• Connects to PM PCBA.
Sensor/Driver PCBA
• Includes analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) and digital-to-
analog converters (DACs) for heater control and FiO2 sensing.
• Controls the Air (inspiratory hold) and Exhalation valve with 16-
bit accuracy.
• Includes exhalation pressure transducer (measurement range -
50 to +85 cmH2O).
• Includes EEPROM for calibration data, board identification
information, and PCBA power-on hours.
• Drives the internal leak valve.
• Interfaces to the Valve PCBA, MC PCBA, and PM PCBA

Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA

• Provides electrical connections to exhalation flow sensor,
heaters
• Provides pneumatic interface for the exhalation pressure sensor
• Interfaces to the Sensor/Driver PCBA

eSYS Cartridge Access Cover Optical Sensor

• Detects the presence of the exhalation subsystem access cover
• Interfaces to the Sensor/Driver PCBA

EMC PCBA
• Interconnect board that helps suppress electromagnetic
interference (EMI)

EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket

eSYS PCBA and Cable Assembly

• Provides connections for the eSYS cartridge heaters and the
exhalation flow sensor (also within the eSYS cartridge).
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electronic Signal Paths 89

Electronic Signal Paths

The following table summarizes the electronic signal paths for ventilator components.
Component Signal Path Sequence
Air flow sensor DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Air Valve SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA, PM PCBA
Alarm indicator Power switch overlay, UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Backlight inverter PCBA Input: UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Output: LCD CCFL
Barometric pressure DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Battery indicator Power switch overlay, UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Compressor motor MC PCBA, DA PCBA, CPU PCBA
CPU PCBA DAC CPU PCBA
DA PCBA ADC DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
DA PCBA DAC DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Ethernet connector CPU PCBA
Exhalation Pressure Transducer SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Exhalation Valve SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA, PM PCBA
Fan, Compressor Cooling MC PCBA, CPU PCBA, PM PCBA
Fan, Primary Cooling MC PCBA, CPU PCBA, PM PCBA
Fan, Transfer SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU
FiO2 Sensor SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Internal battery PM PCBA
Internal Leak Valve SD PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA, PM PCBA
LCD Power: PM PCBA
Signal: PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
CCFL: Backlight inverter PCBA
MC PCBA ADC MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
MC PCBA DAC MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Nav-ring assembly Switch PCBA, UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Nurse call connector CPU PCBA
Oxygen flow sensor DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Oxygen inlet pressure sensor DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Oxygen solenoid valve DA PCBA
Power indicator Power switch overlay, UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Power supply Input: AC inlet
Philips Healthcare

Output: PM PCBA
Power switch Power switch overlay, UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Proximal pressure sensor DA PCBA, MC PCBA, CPU PCBA

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

90 Electronic Signal Paths

Component Signal Path Sequence

Solenoid valves DA PCBA
Speaker #1 MC PCBA, CPU PCBA
Speaker #2 PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Switch PCBA UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
Touch screen UI PCBA, PM PCBA, CPU PCBA
USB device connector CPU PCBA
USB host connector CPU PCBA

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081

From GUI

Speaker Speaker
O2
Sensor

Blower
Assembly
Fan
Fan
System Diagrams

EMC PCB
Power
Supply

Exhalation Valve
Air Flow
Actuator Sensor
DA PCB
Battery
O2
Sensor
J2

Sensor
Driver J1
PCB MC PCB PM PCB
Gas
Delivery CPU PCB
ŝƌsĂůǀĞ System
AC
Fan
Module

Electrical/Pneumatic System Diagram

System Diagrams 91

Respironics V680 Service Manual

 92 System Diagrams

1100109
V8100
Heater
Gas
Return Patient Port
Port 
Fan
Proximal

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual

1103141 1064582 Connector
Flow PCBA, CPU
Sensor 1068749
1055882
& PCBA,
Heater 1055172 PCBA,
Mtr Ctrlr PWB Mgmt
Fan Assy 1104363
1111227
FiO2 Assy, User
LCD Cable Interface
1099733
PCBA, 1031460 (1094747)
eSYS
Chassis Plate Speaker #1

Fan User Interface Cable

1033546 (1037171)
1099732 Blower Assy
PCBA,
Valve 1041938 1032417
Pwr Supply AC Inlet
P1 P3 AC_Line 1
Options AC Neut 2
1098995 Earth Gnd 3
1097290 PCBA
PCBA,
Exhalation Sensor
Valve
Actuator
&
Battery
Driver
Exhalation 1050395 P2 P4
Valve Housing PCBA,
Data Acq

1099846
Motor, 1031460
FV, Alps Speaker #2

Inspiratory 1106288
Valve Housing PCBA, EMC
V8100 1033547
Leak GDS
Solenoid Manifold
EMC / Solenoid
Bracket

eSYS
Cover
Detection
Switch

System Wiring Diagram

1099929 Rev D
Philips Healthcare
 Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081

Mechanical Enclosure Interface
Legacy V60 Enclosure eSys Enclosure
To Gas
Delivery
System Intake
Intake Intake
Air Valve
Manifold Filter

V680 Sensor & +12V +24V

Driver PCBA
Air Valve Driver
PMB PCBA Buck-Boost +24V
Vmain Converter +12V +24V
(11.5V – 27V) (LT3789)

Exhalation Valve
Driver
+24V
Exhalation Valve

Heater Driver
+12V
12V_OVP
Exhaust Diaphragm
FiO2 Signal
Conditioning Exhaust
+12V

Heater 1
Fan EN

Valve Driver DAC Heater DAC Feedback ADC Removable

30-pin 16-bit 4-ch 12-bit 4-ch 12-bit 12 ch Heater 2 Cover for
Connector (DAC8554) (DAC7554) (MAX1229) Cartridge
Motor Control 5V_OVP +5V
PCBA
Access
+3.3V
Digital Flow Exhalation Flow
Section Sensor Sensor
Bridge uC SPI 3
V60 LVDS LVDS SPI 1 (MSP430F5310)
Comm Decode Cover Cover
Detect Sensor Pressure
EEPROM SPI 2 Port
32k

Pressure Removable
Internal Leak Valve POR
Sensor eSys Cartridge
Driver
Fan

Exhaust From Gas

Internal Leak Delivery
Valve System
Operator Access
FiO2
Sensor Without Use of Tools

Gas Output Gas Return

V680 Electrical Interface

System Diagrams 93

Respironics V680 Service Manual

 94 System Diagrams

Assumptions: Barrier Insulation/Isolation Definition:

x Class I Device Air Test
Creepage Type B Applied Parts
x Type B Applied Part Isolation Working Voltage Type MOP Clearance Voltage
(m m )
(m m ) (VAC)

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual

x Patient Connections are made through non- Non-conductive
A 240 VAC BOP N/A 1.6 3 1500
conductive plastic tubing Tubing
B 240 VAC BI 1 MOOP 2.5 4 1500
x Metal/conductive enclosure interior is Non-conductive
C 240 VAC DI/RI 2 MOPP 5 8 4000 Tubing
covered in plastic
D 74 VDC BI 1 MOOP 2 4 1000
x Accessible conductive parts/surfaces are
Protective Earth E 36 VDC BI 1 MOOP 2 4 500

x Creepage Distances assume Pollution F (1) 38 VDC Functional N/A N/A N/A N/A G
G G
Degree 2 and Material Group IIIb G 38 VDC BI 1 MOPP 2 4 500
x Patient Connection is non-conductive tubing (1) Isolation to chassis protective earth is functional only. Must sustain a voltage of
x Back panel I/O (USB, Ethernet, D-SUB) are 240VAC to allow testing of single-fault SIP/SOP conditions, but does not provide a
safety barrier.
reserved and not for operator use
Accessible Without
x Accessible connector housings for back Use of Tool
panel I/O are Protective Earth Plastic LCD, Touchscreen, Proximal
Backlight Pressure (Removable Cover)
Buttons & LEDs Gas Return
x Alarm System SIP/SOP specified for Port
(Removable
connection to approved SELV circuit only – Conductive Gas Output Cartridge)
36 VDC N.C.
x Using off-the-shelf AC/DC Power supply that FiO2
C
will be IEC60601-1 and UL60601-1 compliant
with supporting CB report. AC/DC
100-240V A Output Exhalation
x All motor/actuator insulation is functional only (24 VDC) Valve
Air
and not illustrated Power Management, CPU,
x Highest internal working voltage is 38 VDC B Sensor & Driver Circuitry
Battery Pack (38 VDC)
x Gas Return cartridge is accessible and (15 VDC)
removable without use of tools for cleaning/
sterilization
Air

Definitions:
BOP - Basic insulation between parts of Opposite Polarity. D Air Valve Air
BI - Basic Insulation
DI - Double Insulation
RI - Reinforced Insulation 36VDC
MOP – Means Of Protection Back Panel I/O
2x USB,
MOOP – Means Of Operator Protection
Ethernet, D-SUB
MOPP – Means Of Patient Protection
E F
S.F.C. - Single Fault Condition
N.C. - Normal Condition Conductive O2 Input
Creepage - Shortest path along the surface of insulating material between
two conductive parts
Air Clearance - Shortest path in air between two conductive parts Plastic Plastic
Remote Alarm
Air

SIP/SOP - Signal Input Port/Signal Output Port SIP/SOPs Port

F - Functional Only - Insulation that does not perform a safety function

Barrier Insulation / Isolation Diagram

1099929 Rev D
Philips Healthcare
 Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081

V680
Legacy V60 Enclosure eSys Enclosure

Intake
Ambient Air Supply Air Valve Manifold & Intake
Filter

Power
Valve Drive

Exhalation
Valve
Existing V60 Electronics Kona
Sensor &
& Pneumatics Driver
PCBA
Exhaust

Removable
SPI Comm Sensor Input Exhaust
Cartridge New component or
subassembly

New or modified
signal group

Existing component
or subassembly

Existing signal

Gas Output
group
Gas Return

V680 Block Diagram

System Diagrams 95

Respironics V680 Service Manual

 96 System Diagrams

Fan

AC Mains
O2
Legacy V60 Enclosure eSys Enclosure
AC/DC Battery

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual

Supply Pack
Intake
Gas Delivery System Ambient Air Supply Air Valve Manifold Intake
Vsupply
& Filter
Vbatt

Power
Management Vmain
PCBA Insp. Hold Drive
Gas Mixture

Internal Leak Control

Power Exh. Flow
Vent Flow
12VDC
5VDC Heater Exh. Drive
Fan 3.3VDC Exh. Driver
Motor Insp. Hold Driver Electrical signal
This page is intentionally blank

CPU Power & Data Controller connection

I/O Enable Sensor &
PCBA PCBA Valve
Reset Driver PCBA Flow Sensor Exhaust
Fan PCBA New or modified
FiO2 Sensor
SPI Comm Exhalation pneumatic signal
SPI Addr Valve
Fan Existing pneumatic
Internal Removable
Blower signal
Leak Leak eSys
Sensor
Valve Cartridge
PCBA
User Interface Fan New component or
Proximal Pressure subassembly
Exh. Pressure

3-Way FiO2
FiO2 FiO2 Sensor
Output Boot Sensor Existing component
Leakage
LCD Machine Pressure Proximal or subassembly
Cover
Touchscreen Pressure Cover
Detect
Assembly Patient Port Port
New or modified
system input/output
Gas Output Gas Return
Existing system

User Input
input/output

V680 Detailed Block Diagram

1099929 Rev D
Philips Healthcare
 Decontamination 97

Care and Maintenance

WARNING

To reduce the risk of electric shock, turn off the ventilator and disconnect it
from AC power mains before cleaning or servicing it.

NOTE

It is the user’s responsibility to comply with the information provided in this

chapter.

To ensure the safety and reliability of your ventilator, follow these maintenance procedures
along with your own institutional policies for cleaning, disinfecting, and maintaining
equipment. All the procedures in this manual are intended to be performed by the operator.
For further maintenance, contact your service representative.

Decontamination

CAUTION

• To prevent possible damage to the ventilator, do not drip or spray any

liquids directly onto any surface.
• To prevent possible damage to the ventilator, use only those cleaning
agents listed in this manual.

NOTE

Do not attempt to sterilize or autoclave the ventilator.

Ventilator
Philips Healthcare

Use a soft, moist, lint-free cloth to clean the outside surfaces of the ventilator. The following
cleaning agents are acceptable for use:
• Commonly used disinfection wipes
• Water

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

98 Decontamination

• Hydrogen peroxide (3%)

• Soapy water or mild detergent
• 10% bleach solution (10% bleach, 90% water)
• 91% isopropyl alcohol
• Germicidal disposable cloth (alkyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.07%; alkyl
dimethyl ethylbenzyl ammonium chloride 0.07%, remaining inert ingredients)
• Ammonium cleaner disinfectant
• Ethyl alcohol (70%)

Cleaning agents other than those listed above are not recommended.

Touchscreen

CAUTION

Never clean the touchscreen with an abrasive brush, pad, cloth, or device, since
this will cause irreparable damage.

NOTE

Handle the touchscreen with care. To prevent possible damage to the touchscreen:
• Do not spray, pour, or drip water and/or cleaning solution directly onto
the touchscreen.
• Avoid using cleaners other than glass cleaners. Do not use any vinegar-
based solutions.
• After cleaning, remove all moisture with a dry, soft cloth.

To clean the touchscreen, dampen a soft cloth with isopropyl alcohol or a nonabrasive glass
cleaner and wipe the screen.

eSYS Exhalation Cartridge Cleaning and Sterilization

WARNING
Philips Healthcare

• Never attempt to clean or resterilize the cartridge if blood or secretions

are visible in the eSYS air path. In that case, the eSYS cartridge must be
disposed of according to hospital protocols.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Decontamination 99

• To reduce the risk from contaminated exhalate expelled into the

environment and to protect the eSYS exhalation cartridge from
contamination which could result in failure, always use an expiratory
filter.
• If the expiratory filter fails or is damaged, clean and disinfect the
contaminated exhalation path between patient uses to minimize the risk
of infection from exhaled contaminates.

For information on how to remove and replace the eSYS, see “Replacing the eSYS Exhalation
Cartridge” on page 155 or the label located inside the eSYS cover.

Exterior Cleaning

The exterior surfaces can be cleaned by wiping down with the following cleaning agents:
• Commonly used disinfection wipes
• Hydrogen peroxide (3%)
• Soapy water or mild detergent
• 10% bleach solution (10% bleach, 90% water)
• 91% isopropyl alcohol
• Germicidal disposable cloth (alkyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.07%; alkyl
dimethyl ethybenzyl ammonium chloride 0.07%, remaining inert ingredients)
• Ammonium cleaner disinfectant
• Ethyl alcohol (70%)

Sterilization Procedures

Provided the required expiratory filter is used and the recommended replacement interval is
followed, the eSYS cartridge does not normally require sterilization.

However, in case of filter failure or institutional guidelines that require ventilator system
components be periodically disinfected or sterilized, the eSYS cartridge can be sterilized using
the following method:
• Steam Autoclave

NOTE

Sterilization should be performed with the diaphragm and retaining ring

removed. See “eSYS Diaphragm” on page 207 for instructions. For information
on how to remove and replace the eSYS, see “eSYS Cartridge” on page 205 or
the label located inside the eSYS compartment cover.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

100 Decontamination

Steam Autoclave

1. Pre-vacuum
2. Three pre-conditioning pulses
3. Temperature = 132°C
4. Full cycle exposure time = 4 minutes
5. Dry time = 30 minutes

After processing, care should be taken to reassemble the diaphragm and retainer retaining
ring in the correct orientation.

Calibration

Before placing the eSYS cartridge back into service, follow the eSYS return-to-use procedure
detailed below. If calibration fails and you are certain the cartridge is assembled correctly, try
installing another eSYS cartridge. If calibration still fails, return the ventilator to qualified
service personnel.

The eSYS cartridge has been tested to withstand at least 50 steam autoclave sterilization
cycles.

If the cartridge appears damaged or fails repeated EST exhalation valve calibration, dispose of
the cartridge according to institutional protocols.

eSYS Cartridge Return to Use Procedure

A reprocessed eSYS cartridge must be tested to verify performance prior to use on a new
patient.

1. Power down the ventilator and disconnect it from AC power.

2. Remove the ventilator eSYS cover and install the eSYS cartridge. Replace the
cover.
3. Reconnect the ventilator to AC power. Turn on the ventilator by pressing the ON/
Shutdown key on front panel.
4. Select New Patient, then select the patient type, dual-limb patient circuit, and
humidification type.
5. Install filters on the inspiratory port and on the eSYS, then confirm on the
touchscreen that filters are installed.
Philips Healthcare

6. Install a dual-limb patient circuit.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Reusable Patient Circuits, Filters and Masks 101

Press the Start EST button to execute the Extended Self-Test, including the Exhalation Valve
Calibration Test.

NOTE

Do not skip this test.

7. Follow the on-screen prompts to execute the tests.
8. If all tests pass, the reprocessed eSYS cartridge and ventilator are ready for use
on the next patient.

NOTE

If repeated EST Exhalation Valve Calibration tests fail, the performance of the
eSYS has been degraded and it should be discarded and replaced. try installing
another eSYS cartridge. If calibration still fails, return the ventilator to qualified
service personnel.

Reusable Patient Circuits, Filters and Masks

Follow the instructions that accompany the circuit.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

102 Preventive Maintenance

Preventive Maintenance

WARNING

To reduce the risk of electric shock, turn off the ventilator and disconnect it
from AC power mains before cleaning or servicing it.

Perform preventive maintenance on your Respironics V680 Ventilator according to the

schedule in Schedule of Preventative Maintenance Table below. You can view the hours of
ventilator operation in the Vent Info window.

Schedule of Preventive Maintenance

Frequency Component Maintenance
Patient circuit, including • Per manufacturer recommendations.
Every week mask and main flow • Regularly check water traps and patient circuit
or bacteria filter hoses for water accumulation. Empty as
according to
required.
institutional guidelines,
and between Expiratory filter/water Regularly check water trap for water accumulation.
patients trap module Empty as required. Replace filter and trap per
institutional guidelines.
Primary Cooling Fan Filter Inspect for occlusions, dust, lint, etc. If discolored or
Every month or more dirty, remove and wash or rinse thoroughly, and let
frequently in dusty dry completely before reinstalling (see page 217).
conditions
Air inlet filter Inspect and replace if needed (see page 213).
Backup battery Inspect and replace if needed (see page 203).
FiO2 sensor Replace every 8-12 months, or if the sensor cannot be
calibrated (see page 210).
Ventilator Preventive maintenance*: Install annual preventive
Every year maintenance kit (PN 1111320 / 453561532321). Kit
contents are subject to change.
• Clean ventilator interior and exterior.
• Inspect the oxygen inlet filter.
• Complete performance verification procedure.
eSYS cartridge • Sterilize with approved method (see page 95).
• Inspect for cracking and correctly installed
As required
diaphragm and retaining ring (see page 207).
• Run EST or SST.
Compressor (blower) Preventive maintenance*: Install 35,0000 hour
preventive maintenance kit (PN 1114816 /
453561533441). Kit contents are subject to change.
35,000 hour • Clean ventilator interior and exterior.
Philips Healthcare

maintenance
• Replace compressor.
• Inspect oxygen inlet filter.
• Complete performance verification procedure.

* Must be accomplished by authorized service personnel according to the instructions in this service manual.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions 103

Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions

Follow these steps to perform the annual preventive maintenance (PM) procedure on the
ventilator.

NOTE

The annual PM procedure must be performed by a qualified service technician

in an appropriate setting, such as a biomedical repair facility. Use a clean patient
circuit and filters when performing any testing or operational checkout.

1. Clean the exterior of the ventilator using universal precautions (including mask,
gloves, eye protection).
2. Enter Diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter button and
turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on the user
interface. Within 5 seconds, press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
Diagnostic mode. The Diagnostics Menu appears.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

104 Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions

3. Touch Service to display the Ventilator Information screen.

4. Record the following information on the Performance Verification Data Form:

• Software options
• Ventilator serial number
• Software version
• Total power-on hours
• Hours since last PM
• Battery lot number
• Battery manufacture date
5. Generate a diagnostic report (DRPTA) for the ventilator (“Generating a Diagnostic
Report (DRPTA)” on page 160).
6. Turn off the ventilator by pressing the ON/Shutdown button.
7. Disconnect all power, remove the top cover, and remove the EMI shroud from
the power supply (see “Power Supply” on page 239).
8. Use an electrostatic discharge (ESD) safe vacuum to remove any accumulated
dust and debris from the inside the ventilator enclosure.
9. Inspect all electrical and pneumatic connections.
10. Replace the air inlet filter (“Air Inlet Filter” on page 213).
Philips Healthcare

11. Remove the oxygen filter cap from the GDS (“Oxygen Inlet” on page 220). Inspect
the oxygen inlet filter for contamination or debris and verify that it is properly
installed.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions 105

12. From outside the bottom enclosure, remove the filter retainer and replace the
primary cooling fan filter (see page 217).

Filter retainer

Cooling Fan Filter

13. Reassemble the ventilator and complete the Performance Verification.

14. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter Diagnostic mode.
15. Turn on the PC and connect a standard 9-pin male/female RS-232 null modem
cable and a 9-pin to 25-pin female/male adapter between the PC serial port and
the ventilator.
16. Click on the Tera Term icon to enable communication with the ventilator.
17. Type: #RESETPM (all caps) in the dialog box, and press Enter to reset hours since
the last PM to zero.
Philips Healthcare

18. When the hours since last PM have been successfully reset, the dialog box will
display: ?RESETPMOK

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

106 Annual Preventive Maintenance Instructions

19. Type: #CLRLOG (all caps) in the dialog box, and press Enter to clear the diagnostic
log.

20. When the diagnostic log has been successfully cleared, the dialog box displays:
?CLRLOGOK
21. Touch System Settings, and then touch Restore Default Settings.
22. Touch Date/Time and correct the date and time if necessary.
23. Turn the ventilator off by pressing the ON/Shutdown button.
24. Upon successful completion of the performance verification, hours reset, and
restoring the default settings, enter the required information on the PM and
electrical safety labels.
25. Apply the clear chemical-resistant label over the PM label.

Electrical Safety
PM Label
Label
Philips Healthcare

The annual PM is complete.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Disposal 107

Disposal
Dispose of all parts removed from the device according to your institution’s protocol. Follow all
local, state, and federal regulations with respect to environmental protection, especially when
disposing of the electronic device or parts of it (for example, oxygen cell, circuit boards,
batteries).

Storage
See “Environmental Specifications” on page 41 for ventilator storage requirements.

NOTE

Remove the battery from the ventilator if the ventilator will be out of service
for an extended time.
Leaving the battery installed in an inactive ventilator will accelerate the
discharge of the battery which can damage the battery or result in the battery
being unavailable when the ventilator is placed back into operation. See
“Internal Battery” on page 203 for more information.

Service and Repairs

For technical service or repair information not included in this chapter, contact Philips
Healthcare.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

108 Repacking and Shipping

Repacking and Shipping

CAUTION

• To prevent possible damage to the ventilator, always ship it with the

original packing material. If the original material is not available, contact
Philips Healthcare to order replacements.

NOTE

• Shipping of lithium ion batteries is strictly controlled by international

regulations and laws. Do not ship the battery either in the ventilator or
separately by sea or air. Contact your Philips Healthcare representative
to obtain appropriate packaging for ground transport of batteries.
• Remove the battery from the ventilator before shipping the ventilator.
See “Internal Battery” on page 203 for more information. Ship the
battery and ventilator separately in appropriate packaging in
conformance with federal, state, and local regulations. Contact Philips
Healthcare to obtain appropriate ventilator or battery packaging.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 109

Diagnostic Mode and Troubleshooting

Use diagnostic mode to perform these functions:

• System settings:
• Language
• Ventilator date and time
• Pressure units
• Restore default settings
• Enable software options
• Baud rate
• Service:
• Ventilator information
• Pneumatics and outputs screens (for troubleshooting)
• Miscellaneous features (viewing the significant event log, downloading software,
touch screen diagnostics, high pressure leak test, and GDS leak test, eSYS leak test
and exhalation valve calibration).
• Touch screen calibration

This chapter also provides detailed information on diagnostic codes and troubleshooting.

WARNING

Do not enter diagnostic mode while a patient is connected to the ventilator.

NOTE

Diagnostic mode is primarily reserved for use by a qualified service technician.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

110 Entering Diagnostic Mode

Entering Diagnostic Mode

1. Press and hold the Nav-ring Enter button then press and release the ventilator
On/Shutdown button on the user interface.
2. Within five seconds, press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter the
Diagnostics Menu (shown below).

To exit diagnostic mode at any time, press the ON/Shutdown button on the ventilator.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 System Settings 111

System Settings
The System Settings button allows access to these functions:
• Language (language button is a different color)
• Date/Time
• Pressure Units
• Restore Default Settings
• Software Options
• Baud Rate
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

112 Selecting a Language

Selecting a Language
The Set Language screen allows you to select the language displayed during ventilation mode.

NOTE

Screens displayed after touching the Service button from the Diagnostics Menu
appear in English, regardless of the selected language.

1. From the System Settings screen, touch Language.

2. Touch the language button on the Set Language screen .

3. The screen shows the selected language.

Philips Healthcare

4. To apply the new language, touch Ventilator Shutdown.

5. To exit without changing the language, touch Cancel.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Date and Time 113

Setting Date and Time

The Set Date and Time screen allows you to update the ventilator’s date and time. The
ventilator uses these settings for the significant event log, and does not adjust settings for
daylight savings.

1. From the System Settings screen, touch Date/Time.

2. Enter the date and time, then touch Accept.
3. To exit without changing the date and time, touch Cancel.

.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

114 Restoring Default Settings

Restoring Default Settings

The Restore Default Settings screen allows you to restore ventilation and alarm settings to
their default values. This function does not change other settings such as brightness, loudness,
language, Baud rate, or pressure units.

1. From the System Settings screen, touch Restore Default Settings.

2. Touch Restore Defaults on the Restore Default Settings screen.
3. To exit without restoring default settings, touch Cancel.

4. When all ventilator and alarm settings have been restored to factory default
values, the screen displays this message:
Ventilation and Alarm Settings have been restored to factory defaults.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Selecting Pressure Units 115

Selecting Pressure Units

The Set Pressure Units screen allows you to select what unit of pressure the ventilator
displays during ventilation and Diagnostic modes.

1. From the System Settings screen, touch Pressure Units.

2. Touch the selected pressure unit button on the Set Pressure Units screen
3. The screen displays the selected pressure unit and this message:
Pressure units will apply after a ventilator shutdown and restart.
4. To apply the new unit of pressure, touch Ventilator Shutdown.
5. To exit without changing the unit of pressure, touch Cancel.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

116 Enabling Software Options

Enabling Software Options

Every software option has a unique enable code for each ventilator. A unique option code is
required for each software option before it can be enabled.

NOTE

Do not install an option until you have verified that the ventilator serial number
on the enclosure matches the serial number shown on the Ventilator
Information screen. If a serial number must be reprogrammed, do so before
enabling an option.
1. From the System Settings screen, touch Software Options.
2. Use the onscreen keypad on the Enable Software Options screen to enter the
option code, then touch Accept.
3. If the option code is invalid, the screen prompts you to re-enter.
4. When the software option has been successfully enabled, the screen displays
Enabled: followed by the option name.
5. Repeat as needed to enable additional options.
6. To exit the Enable Software Options screen at any time, touch Back to System
Settings.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Set Baud Rate 117

Set Baud Rate

The Set Baud Rate screen allows you to change the ventilator Baud rate for serial
communications during ventilation mode. Diagnostic mode always uses 19,200 Baud.

1. From the System Settings screen, touch Baud Rate.

2. Touch the button to select the Baud rate
3. The screen then displays this message: Baud rate is now set to: followed by the
selected Baud rate.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

118 Service Button

Service Button
The Service button allows access to these functions:
• Ventilator information
• Pneumatic controls
• Output controls
• Miscellaneous (significant event log, download mode, and touch screen diagnostics, high
pressure leak test, and system leak test).

NOTE

• Screens displayed after touching the Service button from the

Diagnostics Menu appear in English, regardless of the selected language.
• Service button functions are intended for use by qualified service
technicians.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Viewing Ventilator Information 119

Viewing Ventilator Information

Ventilator information is used for periodic maintenance and troubleshooting.

1. From the Service screen, touch the Vent Info tab.

2. The Ventilator Information screen displays software options, serial numbers,
software versions, power-on hours, hours since last PM, and information on the
internal battery and PCBAs.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

120 Pneumatic Controls Screen

Pneumatic Controls Screen

This Pneumatic Controls screen provides the following for verification of system function and
troubleshooting.

Control buttons for:

• Adjusting pressures, flows, and oxygen concentrations
• Controlling solenoids 1, 2, ,3 and 4 to augment the pneumatic routing of pressure within
the GDS block for manual control of Machine and Proximal Pressure Transducer source
reference and auto-zeroing functions
• Controlling the position of the Air (Inspiratory) and Exhalation (Exh.) valves
• Controlling the open or closed state of the Internal Leak Valve

Real-time monitors for:

• CPU, Motor Controller, Data Acquisition, Sensor/Driver PCBA, Compressor, and Internal
Battery temperatures
• Air, Oxygen, and Exhalation flow sensor measurements
• Machine, Proximal, Exhalation, Oxygen Inlet, and Barometric pressures
• Blower speed, current draw, and voltage
• Percent of oxygen concentration within the delivered gas as measured by the systems
internal oxygen sensor cell
• Power supply output, and system voltages.
• Internal Battery voltage, percentage of charge, and current
• Primary enclosure cooling fan tachometer
• State of the eSYS cover optical switch: OFF = cover removed, ON = cover installed

1. Accessing the Pneumatic Controls ScreenFrom the Service screen,

touch the Pneumatics tab.
2. The screen displays real-time diagnostic information and pneumatic controls.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

Philips Healthcare Pneumatic Controls Screen 121

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

122 Pneumatic Controls Screen

Pneumatic Control Specifications

Temperatures
Compressor (blower) 95 °C Motor 60 °C
Battery 100 °C Data 60 °C
CPU 60 °C Sensor/Driver 60 °C

Voltages
1.8V Supply 1.73 to 1.88 V 24V Supply 22.6 to 26.88 V
3.3V Supply 3.04 to 3.52 V 35V Supply 32.85 to 40.15 V
5V Supply 4.50 to 5.60 V Backup Volts 3.12 to 3.48 V
12V Supply 11.5 to 13.0 V Battery Volts 10.0 V (fully
discharged) to
16.9 V (charged)

Amp/RPM specifications
Compressor Amp Varies. Occasional 1 A peak at VMOTOR ~ 14.3 V and 21,000 RPM and
0.5 A peak at VMOTOR ~ 7 V and 10,000 RPM
Compressor RPM 0 (compressor not turning: 3000 RPM displayed) to ~ 22 V at
~ 31,000 RPM
Battery Amp +2.6 to 0.0 A (battery charging to charge complete); ~ 1.0 A at VBATT
~ 15 V without compressor running

Battery runtime at % charge information

The times listed are estimates. Actual battery times can vary.
100% Approximately 6 hours 50% Approximately
3.0 hours
90% Approximately 5.4 hours 40% Approximately
2.4 hours
80% Approximately 4.8 hours 30% Approximately
1.8 hours
70% Approximately 4.2 hours 20% Approximately
1.2 hours
60% Approximately 3.6 hours 10% Approximately 0.6
hours
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Output Controls Screen 123

Output Controls Screen

The Output Controls screen provides the following:

Controls and monitors for:

• Setting CPU0, CPU1, DATA (Data Acquisition PCB), Motor (Motor Controller PCB), or 16b
(Sensor/Driver 16-bit) wrap counts when verifying ADC-DAC Wrap output/input agree-
ment.
• ON/OFF control and tachometer for the eSYS compartment transfer cooling fan.
• ON/OFF control of S/D (Sensor Driver) PCBA 24V, 12V and 5V supplies.
• ON/OFF control of eSYS COMM (communications).
• Heater: DAC output control for setting voltage applied to eSYS Cartridge heater element
ON or OFF. (0 counts = OFF or 0Vdc, 30000 counts = ON or ~12.70Vdc).
• Heater En: Heater Enable control used to set the state of the eSYS Cartridge heater cir-
cuit ON or OFF.

NOTE

• Heater counts must be set as ON (30000 counts) before power will be

applied to the heater element within the eSYS Cartridge.
• The system will automatically return the Heater Enable setting back to
OFF after 120 seconds has elapsed from the time turned ON or if leaving
the Outputs screen, to avoid overheating of the eSYS cartridge.
• Heater current and voltage

1. Accessing the Output Controls ScreenFrom the Service screen, touch

the Outputs tab. The screen shows diagnostic information and output controls.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

124 Output Controls Screen

Results:

For any of the DAC Wrap signals, the ADC count out should be equal to the DAC count in
± 23 counts over the full range of 0 to 4050 counts. An out-of-specification result could be a
fault in any one of the following:
• ADC chip internal fault
• DAC chip internal fault
• Addressing error of the ADC or DAC
• SPI interface failure (DAC only reads data from SPI bus, ADC reads and writes data)
• DAC Wrap feedback path shorted to adjacent signal or open
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Output Controls Screen 125

NOTE

A fault of “Vref” will not necessarily show up here as the paired DAC and ADC
chips use a common reference voltage. There is at least one other ADC input
that is generated from a separate reference (that is, 3.3V supply) that would fail
if “Vref” were off significantly.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

126 Miscellaneous

Miscellaneous
The Miscellaneous screen allows you to access the significant event log, touch screen
diagnostics, download mode, high pressure leak test, GDS leak test, eSYS leak test, and
exhalation valve calibration.

Accessing the Miscellaneous Screen

1. From the Service screen, touch the Misc tab. To exit the Miscellaneous screen at
any time, touch Back to Diagnostics Menu.

The screen includes the Significant Event Log, Download Mode, Touch Screen Diagnostics, High
Pressure Leak Test, GDS Leak Test, eSYS leak test, and Exhalation Valve Calibration buttons.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Significant Event Log 127

Significant Event Log

The significant event log allows you to view a log of setting changes, alarms, and diagnostic
codes.

1. From the Miscellaneous screen, touch Significant Event Log.

• You can use the arrow buttons to page through the significant event log 25 entries at
a time.
• To display the beginning or end of the significant event log, touch the To Newest or
To Oldest button.

Refer to the Reports and Software Downloads chapter (starting on page 149) for information
on interpreting the significant event log and saving it to a computer.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

128 Download Mode

Download Mode
The Download Mode screen allows you to load operational software onto the CPU PCBA.

1. From the Miscellaneous screen, touch Download Mode to prepare the

ventilator for a software download.
Refer to the Reports and Software Downloads chapter (starting on page 149) for more
information on downloading software.
2. When the software download is complete, the Download Complete screen
appears (shown below).

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Touch Screen Diagnostics Screen 129

Touch Screen Diagnostics Screen

The Touch Screen Diagnostics screen allows you to verify touch screen x and y coordinates.

1. From the Miscellaneous screen, touch Touch Screen Diagnostics.

On the Touch Screen Diagnostics screen, touch the screen in multiple places to verify correct
touch screen function.

Touch Screen Diagnostic Information

• The Touch Screen Diagnostics screen will exit and return to the Misc tab screen when
the Nav-ring Enter button is pressed.
• The Touch Screen Diagnostics screen will display a grid with the following pixel line coor-
dinates: 64, 128, 256, 384, 512, 640, 704, and 755 for the X direction and 64, 128, 256,
384, 512, 640, 768, 896, and 960 in the Y direction in the portrait oriented screen layout.
• The Touch Screen Diagnostics screen will display a cursor at the calibrated coordinate
location where a user touch is detected. The calibrated coordinate location is the initial
user touch location adjusted by calibration algorithm.
Philips Healthcare

• The Touch Screen Diagnostics screen will display the ADC (raw) and the cursor (pixel)
coordinate values of the location where a user touch is detected.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

130 Touch Screen Diagnostics Screen

Touch Screen Calibration

The Touch Screen Calibration button allows you to calibrate the touch screen x and y
coordinates (Calibrate Touch Screen):

1. From the Diagnostics Menu, touch Touch Screen Calibration. If the Touch Screen
Calibration button does not respond, press the Nav-ring Enter button to begin.
2. Follow the onscreen instructions to perform the calibration. Touch the middle of
each target with a blunt, narrow object.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 131

Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

NOTE

Alarm code defaults are set by the manufacturer and cannot be modified by the user.

This section lists possible ventilator diagnostic codes (codes which are generated by the
ventilator when an event such as a setting change or fault condition is detected, or when an
alarm indicates patient or ventilator conditions), and the recommended repair for each. Follow
the repair procedures in the order presented until the problem is resolved

Vent Inop Diagnostic Codes (1000-100D)

High-priority error conditions that preclude continued safe operation of the ventilator. A Vent Inop alarm displays
on the screen, turns on remote alarm interfaces, and disables oxygen flow and compressor operation. Immediately
place the patient on another means of ventilatory support.
CBIT = continuous built-in tests. POST = power on self test..

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1000 (CBIT) 3.3 V supply failed. Replace the PM PCBA.

Twenty consecutive measurements of the 2.20 V supply are greater than
3.52 V.
1001 (CBIT) 12 V supply failed. Replace the PM PCBA.
Twenty consecutive measurements of the 12.0 V supply on the DA PCBA
are less than 10.5 V or greater than 14.0 V.
1002 (CBIT) Compressor temperature too high. • Verify that cooling fan is operational
Compressor temperature is greater than or equal to 115°C for longer • Replace the compressor.
than 10 min. • Replace the MC PCBA.

1003 (CBIT) Internal temperature high at CPU PCBA. Replace the CPU PCBA.
The internal temperature measured on the CPU PCBA is greater than 70°C
for longer than 5 seconds.
1004 (CBIT) Internal temperature high at DA PCBA. • Verify that cooling fan is operational.
The internal temperature measured on the DA PCBA is greater than 70°C • Replace the DA PCBA.
for longer than 5 seconds.
1005 (CBIT) Internal temperature high at MC PCBA. • Verify that cooling fan is operational.
The internal temperature measured on the MC PCBA is greater than 70°C • Replace the MC PCBA.
for longer than 5 seconds.
1006 (CBIT) DA PCBA ADC failed. Replace the DA PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

DAC output is not equal to 150 counts for 6 consecutive measurements.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

132 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1007 (POST) Machine and proximal pressure sensors failed. • Replace DA PCBA to MC PCBA cable.
1008 (CBIT) Auto-zeroing of machine and proximal pressure transducers in POST • Replace the DA PCBA.
failed. • Replace the MC PCBA.
• Replace the PM PCBA.
• Replace the CPU PCBA.
1009 Pressure regulation high. • Verify proximal and machine tubing
connections.
The proximal pressure was 25 cmH2O greater than the pressure limit
• Verify pressures and flows.
listed below and greater than the HIP setting for 1 second ± 20 msec:
• Replace the DA PCBA.
• Pressure limit • Replace the MC PCBA.
• CPAP mode: CPAP setting
• S/T mode: IPAP setting
• PCV mode: IPAP setting
• AVAPS mode: IPAP Max Pressure Setting
• PPV mode: IPAP setting for machine-initiated breaths, PPV Max P
for patient-initiated breath
Or: The measured machine pressure is 25 cmH2O greater than the
pressure limit listed below + the estimated pressure drop due to the air
flow through the patient circuit, and it is greater than HIP setting for 1
second ± 20 msec:
• Pressure limit
• CPAP mode: CPAP setting
• S/T mode: IPAP setting
Or: The measured proximal pressure was greater than or equal to 64
cmH2O or the machine pressure was greater than or equal to 64 cmH2O
for 1 second ± 20 msec.
100A (CBIT) DA PCBA ADC reference failed. • Verify 3.3V in diagnostics.
The ADC reading from the measured 3.3 V supply is less than 2703 - 290 • Verify 2.5V ref on DA PCBA.
counts or greater than 2703 + 165 counts for 6 consecutive samples, • Replace DA PCBA to MC PCBA cable.
scheduled to be 10 msec apart. • Replace the DA PCBA.
• Replace the PM PCBA.
• Replace the CPU PCBA
100B (POST) Watchdog test failed. • Replace the CPU PCBA.
Watchdog timer was not strobed as expected with both an 8 ms and a 12 • Replace the MC PCBA.
ms window. • Replace the FGDS Assembly.

100C (CBIT) Air valve stuck closed or blower stall condition detected during EST, SST, • Check/Replace the Air Valve
standby mode, and ventilation mode • Check/Replace the Blower
Displays when an Inspiratory Valve Occlusion is detected. The ventilator is • Replace the Sensor Driver PCBA
in the ventilator inoperative state. • Replace the Air Flow Sensor

100D (POST) Air Flow Sensor Calibration Data Error • Replace the DA to MC Cable
Air Flow sensor calibration is corrupt or not present. The ventilator is in • Replace the Flow Sensor Cable
the ventilator inoperative state. • Replace the Air Flow Sensor
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 133

Check Vent Diagnostic Codes (1100-11FF)

High-priority error conditions that require immediate attention. Ventilator continues to
operate with limited performance. Do not use the ventilator until the problem is corrected.)

CBIT = continuous built-in tests. POST = power on self test.

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1100 Program CRC test failed. • Reload software.

(CBIT) The CRC of the ventilator program block in RAM is computed periodically • Replace the CPU PCBA.
and compared with stored CRC value to ensure that the program image is
valid. When the CRC values do not match, the ventilator will restart.
1101 Ventilator restarted due to anomalies detected during operation. Replace the CPU PCBA.
This could include invalid or corrupted information, unanticipated
situations, or object allocation errors.
1102 Primary alarm failed. • Listen for audible sound from speakers.
(POST) When the Primary Audible Alarm Test fails for either speaker, alarms are • Verify that the speakers are connected.
annunciated using both the primary and backup audio devices. • Verify that the non-insulated wires from
the speaker cone to the speaker
terminals do not contact (short) to the
speaker housing.
• Replace speaker #1 (MC PCBA).
• Replace speaker #2 (PM PCBA).
• Replace the CPU PCBA.
1104 Backup alarm failed. • Replace the PM PCBA.
(POST) When the Backup Audible Alarm Test fails, alarms normally annunciated • Replace the CPU PCBA.
by the backup audio device use the primary speakers.
1105 (POST) Alarm LED failed. • Replace the power switch overlay.
Either (1) the LED is on and the voltage signal from the power • Replace the UI to PM PCBA cable.
management controller is less than 1.0 V or greater than 2.5 V or (2) the • Replace the PM PCBA (PM PCBA only if
LED is functioning).
LED is off and the voltage is greater than or equal to 0.5 V.
1106 (POST) Machine pressure sensor calibration data error. Replace the DA PCBA.
When the integrity of the calibration data cannot be verified for the
machine pressure transducer, the proximal pressure sensor is used to
measure machine pressure (solenoid 3 is de-energized; solenoid 4 is
energized). Proximal pressure is not measured and pressure-related
alarms are compromised.
1107 (POST) Proximal pressure sensor calibration data error. Replace the DA PCBA.
When the integrity of the calibration data cannot be verified for the
proximal pressure transducer, the proximal pressure is not measured and
pressure-related alarms are compromised.
1108 (POST) Machine pressure sensor autozero failed. • Verify pin alignment between solenoids
and the DA PCBA.
1109 (CBIT) The proximal pressure sensor is used to measure machine pressure
• Replace machine auto-zero solenoids
(solenoid 3 de-energized; solenoid 4 energized), the proximal pressure is (SOL 2 and SOL 4).
not measured, and pressure-related alarms are compromised. • Replace the DA PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

110A (POST) Proximal pressure sensor autozero failed. • Verify pin alignment between solenoids
and the DA PCBA.
110B (CBIT) The proximal pressure is not measured and pressure-related alarms are
• Replace proximal auto-zero solenoids
compromised. (SOL 3 and SOL 4).
• Replace the DA PCBA.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

134 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

110C (CBIT) Machine pressure sensor range error. • Cycle ventilator power to reset proximal
pressure sensor.
The proximal pressure sensor is used to measure machine pressure
• Replace the DA PCBA.
(solenoid 3 de-energized; solenoid 4 energized), proximal pressure is not
measured, and pressure-related alarms are compromised.
110D (CBIT) Proximal pressure sensor range error. • Cycle the ventilator power to reset
proximal pressure sensor.
The proximal pressure is not measured and pressure-related alarms are
• Replace the DA PCBA.
compromised.
•

110F (POST) Oxygen flow sensor calibration data error. • Replace the flow sensor cable.
When the integrity of the oxygen flow sensor calibration data cannot be • Replace the flow sensor assembly.
verified, the ventilator continues to operate with air only. • Replace the DA PCBA.

1110 (POST) Oxygen pressure sensor calibration data error. Replace the DA PCBA.
When the integrity of the oxygen supply pressure transducer calibration
data cannot be verified, the ventilator continues to operate with air only.
1111 (CBIT) Oxygen device failed. • Inspect the oxygen inlet filter for
contamination or debris.
The ventilator continues to deliver breaths targeting the 21% oxygen
• Perform high pressure leak test
concentration setting regardless of the user-set oxygen setting. (page 294).
• Verify oxygen flows (page 313).
• Replace oxygen valve.
• Replace the DA PCBA.
1112 (CBIT) Oxygen pressure sensor range error. • Verify correct oxygen pressure sensor
function.
The ventilator continues to deliver breaths targeting the 21% oxygen
• Replace the DA PCBA.
concentration setting regardless of the user-set oxygen setting.
1113 (POST) Barometer calibration data error. Replace the DA PCBA.
When the integrity of the barometer calibration data cannot be verified,
the ventilator uses the default barometric pressure of 686.0 mmHg
(approximately 900 m/2953 ft above sea level).
1114 Barometer sensor range error. • Verify correct barometric pressure
sensor function.
When a barometer range test fails 150 consecutive times, the ventilator
• Replace the DA PCBA.
uses the default barometric pressure of 686.0 mmHg (approximately
900 m/2953 ft above sea level).
1115 Auxiliary alarm supply failed. • Replace the MC PCBA.
Three consecutive measurements of the auxiliary alarm supply were less • Replace the PM PCBA.
than 9.0 V or greater than 11.0 V. • Replace power supply.

1116 (CBIT) 1.8 V supply failed. Replace the CPU PCBA.

Twenty consecutive measurements of the 1.80 V supply were less than
1.73 V or greater than 1.88 V.
1117 (CBIT) 3.3 V supply failed. Replace the PM PCBA.
Twenty consecutive measurements of the 3.30 V supply were less than
Philips Healthcare

3.04 V.
1118 (POST) 5 V supply failed. Replace the PM PCBA.
Three consecutive measurements of the 5 V supply were less than 4.5 V
or greater than 5.6 V.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 135

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1119 (CBIT) 12 V supply failed. Twenty consecutive measurements of the 12.0 V Replace the PM PCBA.
supply measured at the DA PCBA were less than 11.5 V or greater than
13.0 V.
111A (POST) 24 V supply failed. Replace power supply.
AC power is connected to the ventilator and the 24 V supply measured
on the PM PCBA were out of the range 22.6 to 26.88 V.
111B (POST) 35 V supply failed. • Replace the PM PCBA.
Three consecutive measurements of the 35 V supply were less than • Replace the MC PCBA.
32.85 V or greater than 40.15 V two seconds after startup.
111C (CBIT) DA PCBA ADC failed. Replace the DA PCBA.
Six consecutive measurements of the DAC output were greater than or
less than 23 counts.
111D (CBIT) MC PCBA ADC failed. Replace the MC PCBA.
Six consecutive measurements of the DAC output were greater than or
less than 23 counts.
111E (CBIT) CPU PCBA ADC failed. Replace the CPU PCBA.
Six consecutive measurements of the DAC output were greater than or
less than 23 counts.
111F (CBIT) Internal temperature high at CPU PCBA. Replace the CPU PCBA.
The internal temperature measured on the CPU PCBA was greater than
60°C for longer than 5 seconds.
1120 (CBIT) Internal temperature high at DA PCBA. • Verify that the cooling fan is
operational.
The internal temperature measured on the DA PCBA was greater than
• Replace the DA PCBA.
60°C for longer than 5 seconds.
1121 (CBIT) Internal temperature high at MC PCBA. • Verify that cooling fan is operational.
The internal temperature measured on the MC PCBA was greater than • Replace the MC PCBA.
60°C for longer than 5 seconds.
1122 (CBIT) Compressor temperature high. • Verify that the cooling fan is
operational.
The compressor temperature was greater than 95°C for longer than 60
• Replace the compressor.
seconds.
• Replace the MC PCBA.
1123 (CBIT) Battery temperature high. • Replace internal battery.
The battery temperature was greater than 100°C. • Replace the PM PCBA.

1124 (CBIT) Battery failed. • Replace internal battery.

When the PM PCBA detects a battery error, the ventilator continues to • Replace the PM PCBA.
ventilate and the battery charger turns off.
1125 (CBIT) Cooling fan speed error. • Verify that cooling fan RPM is 4000 +
1000 RPM.
The cooling fan speed is less than 2000 RPM. Ventilator overheating
• Replace the fan.
possible.
• Replace the PM PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

1126 Flash file system error. • Repeat software download.

When the program block validity test fails, the ventilator enters the • Replace the CPU PCBA.
download mode.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

136 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1127 OVP circuit failed. • Replace the MC PCBA.

The 12/3.3 V OVP circuit did not detect a 3.3 V over-voltage condition • Replace the PM PCBA.
either (1) within 100 msec after the 3.3 V and/or the 12 V OVP test signal
was enabled or (2) the 3.3 V and/or 12 V OVP test signal was enabled
longer than 200 msec.
1128 Exhalation Valve Stuck Open • Replace the eSYS Cartridge (Diaphragm/
Retaining Ring)
• Replace the Sensor Driver PCBA
• Replace the Exhalation Valve
1129 Exhalation Valve Stuck Closed • Verify Exhalation Gas Outlet
• Replace the Exhalation Valve
• Replace the Sensor Driver PCBA
112A Sensor/Driver CPU Failure • Replace the SD PCBA to EMC PCBA
Cable
• Replace the EMC PCBA to MC PCBA
Cable
• Replace the SD PCBA
112B Exhalation Flow Sensor Failed • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Inspect eSYS Cartridge Connectors
• Replace the eSYS Cartridge
• Replace the EXH PCBA to SD PCBA Cable
112C Sensor/Driver PCBA Power Supply Failed • Verify SD PCBA 24V
• PM PCBA to SD PCBA Cable
• SD PCBA
• PM PCBA
112D Sensor/Driver PCBA ADC Failed • Replace SD PCBA

1133 eSYS Fan Speed Error • Verify Fan RPM

• Replace the Transfer Cooling Fan
• Replace the SD PCBA
112E Exhalation Pressure Sensor Auto Zero Failed • Replace SD PCBA

112F Exhalation Pressure Sensor Range Error • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS

1130 Exhalation Pressure Sensor disconnected • Check eSYS tubing for connections and
leaks

1131 Sensor/Driver Watchdog Failure • Replace SD PCBA

1132 eSYS Heater Failure • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation

• Inspect eSYS Cartridge Connectors
• Replace the eSYS Cartridge
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 137

Alarm Message Diagnostic Codes (1200 - 122B)

(Alarm conditions that indicate a patient or ventilator condition that requires immediate
attention.)

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1200 Alarm message: Patient Disconnect • Check the patient.

Patient is no longer connected to the ventilator, either through circuit, • Reconnect the patient circuit.
mask, or ET tube; or the patient circuit is disconnected from the • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
ventilator and the patient is no longer receiving ventilatory support.
• If the problem persists, provide
Ventilation continues. alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.
1201 Alarm message: Patient Circuit Occluded • Check the patient.
Patient circuit occlusion detected. • Single-limb: Check inspiratory limb and
filter for bulk liquid, crimps etc. Replace
• Dual-limb: Detection occurs within 5 breaths. filter and drain water as necessary.
• Single-limb: Detection occurs within 5 sec. • Dual limb: Check inspiratory and
expiratory limbs and filters for bulk
liquid, crimps, etc. Replace filter(s) and
drain water as necessary. If the problem
persist, check or replace eSYS cartridge
and run EST.
• If the problem is still unresolved provide
alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.
1202 Alarm message: Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded • Check the patient.
An occlusion or disconnection of the proximal pressure line is • Check the proximal pressure line.
detected. • Check the inspiratory limb for occlusion.
• Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
• Detection occurs within 3 sec. settings are appropriate.
• Air flow to the patient continues. • If the problem persists, provide
alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.
1203 Alarm message: Low Leak-CO2 Rebreathing Risk • Check the patient as the possibility of
CO2 rebreathing could pose a potential
Estimated volume of exhaled gas returned to the patient is high in problem.
single-limb configuration only. • Check the exhalation port for
External flow added to patient circuit to drive a jet nebulizer > 10 L/ occlusions.
min. • Check for appropriate patient interface
and exhalation port settings.
• If the approved exhalation port is
unobstructed, mask and port settings
are appropriate, and problem persists,
increase the ventilator baseline flow by
adding leak or increasing EPAP, if
possible.
• Check that the ventilator's internal
exhalation port pneumatic routing from
gas outlet port through the leak valve to
the base port fitting is not obstructed.
Philips Healthcare

1204 Alarm message: Low Internal Battery • Connect the ventilator to AC power.
Battery can provide operating power for only an additional 15 minutes • Provide alternate ventilation
under nominal conditions. Autoresets when ventilator is connected to
AC power.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

138 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1205 Alarm message: Pressure Regulation High • Check the patient.

Pressures exceed ventilator-defined thresholds. Ventilation continues. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• Autoresets when alarm condition removed. • If the problem persists, provide
• Transitions to the ventilator inoperative state if pressure continues alternative ventilation.
to rise. • Service the ventilator.
1206 Informational message: High Inspiratory Pressure • Check the patient.
Measured inspiratory pressure is greater than the HIP setting and the • Check the patient circuit for kinks or
occlusions.
ventilator cycles into exhalation.
• Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
• Autoresets after a complete inspiration without the alarm settings are appropriate.
condition. • If the problem persists, provide
• At first, an information message. alternative ventilation.
• If condition persists for two consecutive inspirations, this escalates • Service the ventilator.
to a high-priority alarm.
1207 Alarm message: Low Inspiratory Pressure • Check the patient.
Dual-limb: Measured inspiratory pressure is less than the LIP setting • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
for 3 consecutive mandatory breaths.
• If the problem persists, provide
Single-limb: Measured inspiratory pressure is less than the LIP setting alternative ventilation.
for longer than the LIP T setting. • Service the ventilator.
1208 Alarm message: Oxygen Not Available • Check the patient.
Oxygen supply pressure out of range, oxygen device failed, air flow • Check if the high/low O2 source is the
problem and correct as needed.
sensor and/or oxygen flow sensor calibration failed, or oxygen inlet
• If the problem persists, provide
pressure sensor calibration failed. The ventilator discontinues oxygen alternative ventilation.
support. • Service the ventilator.
1209 Alarm message: Low O2 Supply Pressure • Check the patient.
Oxygen supply pressure is less than 30 psig and O2 volume delivered is • Confirm that the ventilator is attached
to an oxygen source with sufficient
at least 5% lower than O2 setting for 30 sec. The ventilator continues pressure and flow.
to deliver as much oxygen as possible, but ends oxygen support when • If the problem persists, provide
oxygen inlet pressure drops to less than 18 psig. alternative ventilation.
• Autoresets when oxygen supply pressure exceeds 23 psig. • Service the ventilator.
120A Alarm message: High O2 Supply Pressure • Check the patient.
O2 inlet pressure is greater than 92 psig, O2 enrichment ends. • Check the oxygen source that is
connected to the ventilator.
• Autoresets when O2 supply pressure falls below 87 psig. • If the problem persists, provide
alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.
120B Informational message: Volume Limit Exceeded • Check the patient.
Estimated delivered patient tidal volume is greater than the PPV • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
maximum volume alarm limit. The breath is immediately terminated.
• Check for circuit or mask leaks.
Possible causes are excessive patient inspiratory effort; a significant
• If the problem persists, provide
change in the leak around the patient interface; or high PPV %, Max E, alternative ventilation.
or Max R setting. Ventilator cycles to exhalation. • Have the ventilator serviced.
• At first, an information message.
• If condition persists for three consecutive PPV breaths, this
escalates to a high priority alarm.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 139

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

120C Informational Alarm message: Maximum Pressure Exceeded • Check the patient.
Computed target pressure is greater than the PPV or PRVC maximum • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
pressure alarm limit. The pressure is limited.
• Check for circuit or mask leaks (single
PPV: Possible causes are excessive patient inspiratory effort; a limb).
significant change in the leak around the patient interface; or high • If the problem persists, provide
PPV%, Max E, or Max R setting. alternative ventilation.
PRVC: Possible causes are Max P threshold set too low to achieve • Have the ventilator serviced.
target volume, change in compliance or resistance. Target pressure is
limited.
• At first, an information message.
• If condition persists for three consecutive PPV or PRVC inspirations,
this escalates to a high-priority alarm.
120D Alarm message: Low Rate • Check the patient.
A low-priority alarm if the measured respiratory rate is less than the Lo • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
Rate setting, escalating to a high-priority alarm in 60 sec.
• If the problem persists, provide
Begins as a high-priority alarm if: alternative ventilation.
• The Lo Rate setting is < 4 BPM and there are no breaths for > 60/Lo • Service the ventilator.
Rate setting.
• The Lo Rate setting is > 4 BPM and there are no breaths for > 15 sec.
120E Alarm message: Low Minute Ventilation • Check the patient.
Estimated minute ventilation is less than the Lo VE alarm setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• First annunciated as a low priority alarm then escalates to a high- • If the problem persists, provide
priority alarm if the alarm condition persists for more than 60 sec. alternative ventilation.
• The Low Minute Ventilation Alarm auto-resets if the Minute • Service the ventilator.
Ventilation becomes greater than or equal to the Low Minute
Ventilation Setting, or when turned off by setting.
• The Low Minute Ventilation Alarm auto-resets if active and is
delayed for 120 ± 15 seconds after AVAPS+ mode is started or
AVAPS target volume has been changed and accepted.
120F Alarm message: Low Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Total Exhaled tidal volume measured is less than the Lo VT alarm • Check for leaks.
setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• First annunciated as a low priority alarm, then escalates to a high- • If the problem persists using dual limb
priority alarm if the alarm condition persists for more than 60 sec. circuit, run EST.
• The Low Tidal Volume Alarm auto-resets if the Total Exhaled Tidal
Volume (VTE in dual limb, Estimated Exhaled Tidal Volume in single
limb) increases greater than or equal to the Low Tidal Volume Alarm
Limit, or when the alarm is turned off by setting.
• The low tidal volume alarm auto-resets if active and is delayed for
the first 120 ± 15 seconds when entering AVAPS+ mode or changing
the target volume in AVAPS+ mode. This delay allows the AVAPS+
algorithm time to approach a steady state condition.
1210 Alarm message: High Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Measured estimated tidal volume is greater than the Hi VT setting. • Check for leaks.
• Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
• Escalates to a high-priority alarm if the alarm condition persists for settings are appropriate (E-Cycle
more than 60 sec. setting).
Philips Healthcare

• If the problem persists, provide

alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

140 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1211 Alarm message: High Rate • Check the patient.

Measured respiratory rate is greater than the Hi Rate setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• Escalates to a high-priority alarm if the alarm condition persists for • If the problem persists, provide
more than 60 sec. alternative ventilation.
• Service the ventilator.
1212 Alarm message: Running on Internal Battery • Connect the ventilator to AC power.
System is powered by the internal battery.
• Autoresets when ventilator is connected to AC power.
• Begins as a low-priority alarm and remains as an informational
message after reset.
1213 Alarm message: Using Default Settings • Check the patient.
Displayed after power on if setting values are corrupted or not set, or if • Check and adjust settings as required.
default values were restored by the user.
1214 Alarm message: Target Vt Not Achieved. Insufficient Max Pressure • Check the patient.
Target pressure exceeds Max P setting. The ventilator limits applied • Confirm that pressure settings are
compatible with the target.
pressure to Max P.
• Evaluate pressure and volume settings.
1215 Alarm message: Target VT exceeded. Min Pressure Too High • Check the patient.
Target pressure is less than Min P setting. The ventilator limits its • Confirm that pressure settings are
compatible with target.
applied pressure to Min P.
• Evaluate pressure and volume settings.
1218 Alarm message: Power Has Been Restored • Check the patient.
Power is restored following total loss of power. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• The ventilator restarts and continues ventilation in the mode set NOTE:
before power was lost.
It will take several hours to fully
recharge the backup battery. Consider
replacing the ventilator with a
ventilator that has a fully-charged
backup battery.
121A Alarm message: High PEEP • Check the patient.
Measured positive end expiratory pressure is greater than the PEEP • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
plus Hi PEEP setting.
• If the problem persists using dual-limb
circuit, run EST.
121B Alarm message: Low O2 • Check the patient.
Measured oxygen is less than the O2 setting by  6% for 60 sec. • Check the oxygen supply.
• Run EST to calibrate the oxygen sensor.
• Low O2 is automatically set based on the O2 % setting selected by
the user. • If calibration fails, install a new oxygen
sensor.
• If the problem persists, service the
ventilator.
121C Alarm message: High O2 • Check the patient.
Measured oxygen is greater than the O2% setting by  6% for 60 sec. • Check the oxygen supply.
• Run EST to calibrate the oxygen sensor.
Philips Healthcare

• High O2 is automatically set based on the O2 % setting selected by

the user. • If calibration fails install a new oxygen
sensor.
• If the problem persists, service the
ventilator.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 141

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

121D Alarm message: Replace eSYS cover and verify that eSYS is installed • The alarm will auto reset when data is
received from the flow sensor AND the
Displays when either of the following conditions are present: eSYS cover is detected.
• No data from exhalation flow sensor, or NOTE:
• eSYS cover is not detected.
The eSYS cartridge and cover must be in
place during single or dual limb circuit
configuration.
121E Alarm message: Apnea • Check the patient.
• Consider switching to a mandatory
Neither the ventilator nor the patient has triggered a breath for the
mode or increasing the mandatory rate.
operator selected apnea time.
• Check Apnea time setting for
• In some modes where apnea mode is enabled, the ventilator enters appropriateness
apnea ventilation.
121F Alarm message: Low Mandatory Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Measured mandatory tidal volume is greater than the Lo Mand VT • Check for leaks.
setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• If the problem persists using dual limb
circuit, run EST.
1220 Alarm message: Low Spontaneous Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Measured spontaneous tidal volume is less than the Lo Spont VT • Check for leaks.
setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• If the problem persists using dual limb
circuit, run EST.
1221 Alarm message: High Minute Ventilation • Check the patient.
Measured minute ventilation is greater than the Hi VE setting. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• If the problem persists using dual-limb
circuit, run EST.
1222 Alarm message: High Mandatory Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Measured mandatory tidal volume is greater than the Hi Mand VT • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
setting.
• If the problem persists using dual-limb
circuit, run EST.
1223 Alarm message: High Spontaneous Tidal Volume • Check the patient.
Measured spontaneous tidal volume is greater than the Hi Spont VT • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
setting.
• If the problem persists using dual-limb
circuit, run EST.
1224 Alarm message: I-Time Too Long • Check the patient
Displays when the ventilator detects a maximum inhalation time • Check for leaks.
condition and automatically cycles to exhalation. • Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate (E-Cycle
setting).
• If the problem persists, provide
alternative ventilation.
• Have the ventilator serviced.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

142 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

1225 Alarm message: Patient Circuit Partially Occluded • Check the patient.
A partial occlusion of the patient circuit is detected. Detection occurs • Check the patient circuit expiratory limb
for bulk liquid crimps, or blocked
within 5 breaths. expiratory filter.
• At first, a low-priority message. • Replace filter and drain water as needed
• If condition persists for 3 consecutive breaths, this escalates to a Run EST.
high-priority alarm. • If the problem persists, provide
alternative ventilation.
• Have the ventilator serviced.
1226 Alarm message: High Leak • Check the patient interface for evidence
of leaks.
Measured leak is greater than the Leak setting.
• Confirm that the ventilator and alarm
settings are appropriate.
• If the problem persists while using dual-
limb circuit, run SST to leak test the
circuit.
1227 Alarm message: Modify HIP Alarm Limit • Increase the HIP alarm limit.
Treatment pressure increased. The sum of the inspiratory pressure and
PEEP exceeds the HIP alarm setting.
1228 Informational message: O2 sensor missing • Check that the oxygen sensor cable jack
is fully inserted.
There is no signal from the oxygen sensor.
• If the informational message does not
clear, replace the oxygen sensor.
• If the problem persists, provide
alternative ventilation.
• Have the ventilator serviced.
1229 Informational message: O2 alarms disabled. Use external O2 monitor • Install an external monitor until the
alarm is set to On.
Displays when the Oxygen Alarm is set to Off.
• Run EST to recalibrate the internal
oxygen sensor.
• If calibration fails, replace the internal
oxygen sensor and rerun EST.
122A Alarm message: Barometric Pressure Low • Confirm that your current altitude is
consistent with 525 mmHg (high
When the barometric pressure reading is less than 525 mmHg for more altitude approximately 10,000 ±2000
than 10 sec, the Barometric Pressure Low alarm sounds. 525 mmHg is feet above sea level), which would most
used in the ventilator's BTPS compensation routines. likely indicate a true barometric
pressure change.
• If yes, check the patient, the ventilator,
and presence of other alarms to assure
appropriate ventilation.
• If you are not at high altitude above sea
level, replace the ventilator and have it
serviced.
122B Alarm message: Barometric Pressure High • Confirm that your current altitude is
consistent with 850 mmHg (altitude
The barometric pressure reading is greater than 850 mmHg for more below sea level), which would most
than 10 sec, the Barometric Pressure High alarm sounds. 850 mmHg is likely indicate a true barometric
used in the ventilator's BTPS compensation routines. pressure change.
• If yes, check the patient, the ventilator,
and presence of other alarms to assure
Philips Healthcare

appropriate ventilation.
• If your altitude is not below sea level,
replace the ventilator and have it
serviced.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 143

Informational Diagnostic Codes (2000 - 2005)

(No user action required)

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

2000 System startup (diagnostic) • Occurs when the ventilator is powered

ON in diagnostic mode
• No action required.
2001 System startup (ventilation) • Occurs when the ventilator is powered
ON in normal ventilation
• No action required.
2002 System shutdown • Occurs when the ventilator is powered
OFF
• No action required.
2003 Restored default settings • Occurs when default settings are
restored
• No action required.
2005 AC power restored • Occurs when the ventilator is running
on internal battery and is then
connected to AC power
• No action required.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

144 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Leaks Tests and EST/SST Diagnostic Codes (5000-501F)

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair
code

5000 Passed high pressure leak test. No action required.

5001 Failed high pressure leak test. • Verify that the oxygen source is
adequate for this test.
Leak detected.
• Check for leaks at the oxygen fitting,
oxygen filter element cap, oxygen
solenoid valve, and oxygen pressure
transducer.
• Check that the oxygen solenoid valve is
fully closed by verifying that there is
zero flow across the oxygen flow sensor.
If not, replace the oxygen solenoid
valve.
• Verify that the oxygen pressure
transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.
5002 Failed high pressure leak test. • Verify that the oxygen source is
adequate for this test.
Start pressure too low.
• Check for leaks at the oxygen fitting,
oxygen filter element cap, oxygen
solenoid valve, and oxygen pressure
transducer.
• Check that the oxygen solenoid valve is
fully closed by verifying that there is
zero flow across the oxygen flow sensor.
If not, replace the oxygen solenoid
valve.
• Verify that the oxygen pressure
transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.
5003 Failed high pressure leak test. • Verify that the oxygen source is
adequate for this test.
Start pressure too high.
• Verify that the oxygen pressure
transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.
5004 Failed high pressure leak test. • Verify that the shut-off valve is closed
and that the oxygen source is adequate
Pressure rise detected. for this test.
• Check for leaks at the oxygen fitting.
• Check that the oxygen solenoid valve is
fully closed by verifying that there is
zero flow across the oxygen flow sensor.
If not, replace the oxygen solenoid
valve.
• Verify that the oxygen pressure
transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.
5005 Passed GDS leak test. No action required.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 145

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

5006 Failed GDS leak test. • Verify that the internal exhalation port,
air inlet port, gas outlet port and
Leak detected. proximal port are plugged properly.
• Verify that the system leak test syringe
tubing is properly clamped.
• Check for disconnected or cut tubing
from the GDS to the gas outlet port, and
from the gas outlet port to the base
assembly.
• Check for misaligned or cut rubber
boots from the GDS to the compressor,
and from the compressor to the gas
outlet port.
• Check for leaks at the flow sensor
assembly, solenoid valves, and pressure
transducers.
• Verify that the machine and proximal
pressure transducers are reading
correctly. If not, replace the DA PCBA.
5007 Failed GDS leak test. • Verify that the internal exhalation port,
air inlet port, gas outlet port and
Start pressure too low. proximal port are plugged properly.
• Verify that the system leak test syringe
tubing is properly clamped.
• Check for disconnected or cut tubing
from the GDS to the gas outlet port, and
from the gas outlet port to the base
assembly.
• Check for misaligned or cut rubber
boots from the GDS to the compressor,
and from the compressor to the gas
outlet port.
• Check for leaks at the flow sensor
assembly, solenoid valves, and pressure
transducers.
• Verify that the machine and proximal
pressure transducers are reading
correctly. If not, replace the DA PCBA.
5008 Failed GDS leak test. • Verify that the system leak test syringe
tubing is properly clamped.
Start pressure too high.
• Verify that the machine and proximal
pressure transducers are reading
correctly. If not, replace the DA PCBA.
5009 Failed GDS leak test. • Verify that the system leak test syringe
tubing is properly clamped.
Pressure rise detected.
• Verify that the machine and proximal
pressure transducers are reading
correctly. If not, replace the DA PCBA.
500A eSYS leak test: Failed. Leak Detected. • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS

500B eSYS leak test: Failed. Start Pressure Too Low. • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS
Philips Healthcare

500C eSYS leak test: Failed. Start Pressure Too High. • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

146 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

500D eSYS leak test: Failed. Pressure Rise Detected. • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS

500E Dual Limb EST - Started No action required

500F Dual Limb SST - Started No action required

5010 Single Limb SST - Started No action required

5011 Self Test - Patient Disconnect test • Check breathing circuit connections

5012 Self Test - Patient Wye Blocked test. • Check breathing circuit for blockage

5013 Self Test - Pressure Sensor Agreement test • Verify eSYS Cartridge Installation
• Replace eSYS

5014 Self Test - Blower Shutoff test • Replace MC PCBA

5015 Self Test - Air Flow Symmetry test • Check breathing circuit for blockage or
leaks

5016 Self Test - O2 Flow Symmetry test • Check that O2 flow is turned on
• Check O2 supply pressure
• Check O2 line and connection for leaks
5018 Self Test - Circuit Compliance test • Check for proper circuit size
• Check for excess components
connected to circuit
5019 Self Test - Exhalation Port test

501A Self Test - Alarm Speaker test • Check speaker for connection or
damage

501B Self Test - Alarm LED test • Check LED for connection or damage

501C Self Test - Remote Alarm test • Check connection to remote alarm
system
• Check remote alarm speaker/
annunciator
• Verify function of hospital remote alarm
Philips Healthcare

system
501D Self Test - Exhalation Valve Calibration • Check eSYS diaphragm for proper
retaining ring installation
• Replace eSYS

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Diagnostic Codes, Alarms, and Troubleshooting 147

Diagnostic Description Recommended repair

code

5020 Self Test - Air Valve Calibration • Replace air valve

501E Self Test - O2 Sensor Calibration • Check O2 supply (flow & pressure)
• Replace O2 Sensor

501F Self Test - Canceled No action required

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

148 Miscellaneous Troubleshooting Tips

Miscellaneous Troubleshooting Tips

The table below summarizes troubleshooting tips for the ventilator. Follow the repair
procedures in the order presented until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Recommended repair

Cannot turn ventilator off because LCD is blank or touch Press ON/Shutdown and then release and press the Nav-
screen is unresponsive. ring Enter button.

Unexpected touch screen response. Calibrate the touch screen.

Low Leak-CO2 Rebreathing Risk alarm occurs during Verify the test setup and that the Whisper Swivel is
performance verification oxygen accuracy test. correctly installed.

DAC ADC reference voltage failure. Verify that the MC PCBA is fully seated onto the CPU
PCBA.
Cooling fan does not operate when the ventilator is off • Replace the fan.
and the internal battery is charging. • Replace the PM PCBA.
• Replace the power supply.

Patient Circuit Occluded alarm is active and there is no • Replace the MC PCBA.
flow from the ventilator. • Replace the compressor.
• Replace the CPU PCBA.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Service PC 149

Reports and Software Downloads

This chapter describes how to set up and use a service PC to generate diagnostic reports,
download software to the ventilator, or program the ventilator serial number.

Setting Up the Service PC

This section describes how to set up a service PC to communicate with the ventilator. Once
communication is enabled, you can generate diagnostic reports, download software to the
ventilator, or program the ventilator serial number.

Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

Follow these steps to set up the Tera Terminal program, which enables the ventilator to
communicate to a service PC.

1. From your web browser go to: http://ttssh2.sourceforge.jp/, then click the

download page link.

2. Click on teraterm-x.xx.exe.

NOTE

If your PC does not allow the download, follow the instructions for “click this
link.”

3. Click Run on the File Download screen.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

150 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

4. A progress screen is displayed during the file download.

5. When the file download is complete, click Run.

6. If the security warning screen appears, click Run.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term 151

7. When the Tera Term setup screen appears, click Next.

8. Click the I accept the agreement radio button, then click Next.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

152 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

9. Select a destination, then click Next.

10. Select Standard installation on the Select Components screen, then click Next.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term 153

11. Select a language, then click Next.

12. At the Select Start Menu screen, click Next.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

154 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

13. At the Select Additional Tasks screen select Create Tera Term shortcut to
Desktop, then click Next.

14. At the Ready to Install screen, then click Install.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term 155

15. Tera Term begins installing on your PC.

16. At the Completing the Tera Term Setup screen, click Launch Tera Term, then click
Finish.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

156 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

17. Once the Tera Term Setup is installed, the New Connection screen appears.

18. Select Serial, then click OK.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term 157

19. Select Setup, then click Serial port.

20. Select the serial port properties shown below, then click OK.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

158 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term

21. Select Setup, then click Terminal.

22. Select the terminal properties shown below, then click OK.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Setting Up the Serial Interface Using Tera Term 159

23. Select Setup, then click Save setup.

24. At the Save setup screen, click Save.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

160 Generating a Diagnostic Report (DRPTA)

Generating a Diagnostic Report (DRPTA)

The DRPTA command allows you to save ventilator diagnostic codes to your PC.

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null modem cable is
already connected when you power on the ventilator, the ventilator and PC will not
communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable from the ventilator, switch off ventilator
power, and remove all power sources (AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and
switch on ventilator power, then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Place the ventilator in Diagnostic mode.

2. Connect the 25-pin to 9-pin adapter and a null modem cable between the
ventilator COM port and the service PC.

3. Click on the Tera Term icon to launch the program that communicates with the
ventilator.

4. Type DRPTA (all caps) in the dialog box, and press Enter.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Generating a Diagnostic Report (DRPTA) 161

5. If the command is successful, a DRPTA appears.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

162 Generating a Diagnostic Report (DRPTA)

6. The following illustration shows example lines of a DRPTA report and how to
interpret them.

Diagnostic
code

Time of event Date of event Description

Diagnostic
code

Time of event Date of event Setting description

Previous New (to)
(from) setting setting

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Clearing the Significant Event Log 163

Clearing the Significant Event Log

The #CLRLOG command allows you to use your PC to clear the significant event log.

NOTE

• Only qualified service technicians are to clear the significant event log.
• Do not clear the significant log until you have used the DRPTA command
to save the information to your PC using Tera Term.

Null Modem Cable Use

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null modem cable is
already connected when you power on the ventilator, the ventilator and PC will not
communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable from the ventilator, switch off ventilator
power, and remove all power sources (AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and
switch on ventilator power, then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Enter Diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter button and
turning on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button. Within 5 sec-
onds, press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter Diagnostic mode.

2. Connect the 25-pin to 9-pin adapter and null modem cable between the
ventilator COM port and the service PC.

3. Click on the Tera Term icon to launch the program that communicates with the
ventilator.

4. Type: #CLRLOG (all caps) in the dialog box, and press Enter to clear the diagnostic
log.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

164 Clearing the Significant Event Log

5. When the diagnostic log has been successfully cleared, the dialog box displays
this response: ?CLRLOGOK

6. Clearing the diagnostic log is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Downloading Ventilator Software 165

Downloading Ventilator Software

Use the Respi-Link Remote Diagnostic System to download ventilator software, or contact
Philips to request a Service Representative to install the software on site (charges may apply).

If your institution is not Respi-Link capable, contact Philips to request Respi-Link information
from your local Field Service Specialist or Regional Service Provider.

For technical support and customer service, contact:

Respironics, Inc.
U.S.A. telephone: 800-722-9377
International telephone: contact your local dealer or Philips representative
respironics.service@philips.com
www.philips.com/healthcare

Software Download Instructions

Downloading Ventilator Software

Follow these steps to download Respironics V680 Ventilator operational software.

Required equipment:
Description Part Number
Personal PC w/Windows XP, Vista, or Windows 7 N/A
operating system
Operational S/W CD, Field Upgrade,V680 1111347 / 453561532591
Cable Assy, HIS/EMR null modem 1080588 / 989805629921

NOTE

• The file content of the orderable CD is available on InCenter for those

with permission and access to the following site: https://
incenter.medical.philips.com.
• If sourcing the V680 operational software from InCenter in lieu of using
the CD, download, save and unzip the file contents to your desktop for
use in step 3.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

166 Downloading Ventilator Software

NOTE

• If a null modem cable other than the Philips HIS/EMR null modem cable
is connected when you power on the ventilator, the ventilator and PC
will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable from the
ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator
power, then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Turn on the PC and connect one end of the HIS/EMR null modem cable to the PC
serial port and the other end to the ventilator.

2. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter Diagnostic mode.

3. Launch the V680 Download Wizard and place the ventilator in software
download mode by touching Service, Misc, then Download mode.

4. When the ventilator is in download mode, click Next to continue or Cancel to

exit.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Downloading Ventilator Software 167

5. Select the serial port to which the ventilator is connected.

6. Click Next to start the download sequence or Cancel to exit.

7. The updater image download starts and a progress bar is displayed.

8. When the updater image download is complete the ventilator image download
starts automatically.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

168 Testing

9. When the download is complete, click Finish.

10. Turn the ventilator off by pressing and holding the On/Shutdown button on the
user interface.

11. Enter Diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter button and
turning on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on the user
interface. Within 5 seconds, press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
Diagnostic mode.

12. Touch Service and verify that the Software Version is correct.

Software download is complete.

Testing
Refer to the Performance Verification Test Requirements table (page 273) for applicable
testing to perform upon the completion of upgrading V680 Operational Software.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours 169

Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-

On Hours
The ventilator serial number and power-on hours must be re-programmed to the CPU PCBA
whenever you replace the CPU PCBA.

NOTE

Only qualified service technicians are to program the ventilator serial number
and power-on hours.

Ventilator software must be installed before the ventilator serial number or power-on hours
are programmed.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

170 Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours

Programming the Ventilator Serial Number

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

Follow these steps to re-program the ventilator serial number to a new CPU PCBA:

1. Enter Diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter button and
turning on the ventilator by pressing On/Shutdown. Within 5 seconds, press the
Nav-ring Enter button again to enter Diagnostic mode.

2. Turn on the PC and connect a standard 9-pin male/female RS 232 null modem
cable and a 9-pin to 25-pin female/male adapter between the PC serial port and
the ventilator.

3. Click on the Tera Term icon to launch the program that enables communication
with the ventilator.

4. Type: #PCNFGxxxxxxxxx (all caps) in the dialog box (xxxxxxxxx is the ventilator
serial number), and press Enter.

Philips Healthcare

5. The ventilator stores the serial number and the dialog box displays this response:
?CFGOK

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours 171

6. Touch Misc, then Vent Info, and verify that the serial number displayed on the
Vent Info screen matches the ventilator serial number.

7. Programming the serial number is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

172 Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours

Programming Ventilator Power-On Hours

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

Follow these steps to re-program the ventilator power-on hours to a new CPU PCBA:

1. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button.
Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
Diagnostic mode.

2. Turn on the PC and then connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null
modem cable and 9-pin to 25-pin female-male adapter between the PC serial
port and the ventilator.

3. Click on the Tera Term icon to enable communication with the ventilator.

4. Type: #SETOPTIME (all caps) with the additional information listed in the table
below separated by a command, and then press Enter.

Field Description
Operating time ID 0 = Total power-on hours
1 = CPU PCBA
2 = PM PCBA
3 = MC PCBA
4 = DA PCBA
5 = Oxygen flow sensor PCBA
6 = Air flow sensor PCBA
Hours Must be 6 digits, zero padded (for example:
001234), up to a maximum of 596523.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Programming the Ventilator Serial Number and Power-On Hours 173

5. For example, this command sets the total power-on hours to 1234 hours:

#SETOPTIME0,001234

#SETOPTIME0,001234

Total power-on hours = 1234 (6 digits, zero padded)

Set power-on hours command, total power-on hours

6. Programming the power-on hours is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

174 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

This chapter describes how to set up and use a service PC and In-Circuit Programmer to
upgrade the PMC (Power Management Controller) PIC firmware of the V680 Power
Management PCBA microprocessor.

NOTE

• The need to upgrade the firmware of the PM PCBA microprocessor is

only required when Phillips communicates the release of a new
firmware version for the Power Management PCBA.
• When installing a new PM PCBA acquired from Philips Service Parts
distribution, the execution of this procedure is not necessary as the
board will already contain the current version of PMC PIC Firmware
available at the time of part order.

Required Equipment

Description Reference
PC w/Windows XP, Vista, or Windows 7 operating system n/a
Microchip MPLAB IDE V8.92 (32-bit Windows) See NOTE below
or MPLAB X Ver 2.10 (x86/x64 Windows)
Programmer, PIC Series, Microchip P/N 1070134 / 453561528651
Cable Programmable, PMC, V60 P/N 1069854 / 453561528641
PMC SW CD,Field Upgrade,PM PCBA,V60/V680 P/N 1070781 / 453561528661

NOTE

The MPLAB program installation software and documentation files are

contained on a CD included with the PICKit3 programming tool when
purchased. However, it is recommended that the user (understanding which
version of Windows Operating System the program is to be installed on,) refers
to Microchip's website to obtain and install the correct version of MPLAB.
• Source and install MPLAB IDE V8.92 when using a 32-bit Windows based
PC (common installs of Windows XP)
• Source and install MPLAB X IDE V2.10 when using a Windows x86/x64
based PC (Windows Vista, Win 7 and later)

As there is variation within each program's user interface between MPLAB IDE V8.92 and
Philips Healthcare

MPLAB X IPE, the instructions for each program's installation, PICKit 3 programmer setup, and
flashing of the PMC PIC firmware to the PM PCBA, will be presented for both program
versions.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 175

Installing MPLAB IDE V8.92 (for 32-bit Windows users)

Follow these steps to install and configure the MPLAB IDE V8.92 program on a Windows 32-bit
PC.

1. From your web browser go to:

http://www.microchip.com/pagehandler/en-us/devtools/dev-tools-parts.html
From there, download MPLAB IDE V8.92. Save and unzip the downloaded file content to
a folder on your desktop.

2. Open the folder containing the unzipped contents of the MPLAB IDE V8.92
program installation files.

3. Click on setup.exe to begin the program's installation and follow the onscreen
prompts.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

176 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

4. Click on Finish to complete the installation of the program.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 177

Configuring the MPLAB IDE V8.92 Program

Follow these steps to configure the MPLAB IDE V8.92 program and PICKit 3 In-Circuit Debugger
tool, to upgrade the PMC PIC firmware of the PM PCBA microprocessor.

1. Launch the MPLAB IDE V8.92 program by double clicking the MPLAB IDE V8.92
icon located on the desktop.

2. 2.Click on Configure, and then Select Device.

3. Click the Device drop down, select PIC18F87J10, and then click OK.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

178 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

4. Click Programmer, Select Programmer and then PICkit 3.

5. Click Programmer, and then Settings.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 179

6. Click Power, set voltage to 3.250 and then click OK.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

180 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

PM PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware Installation Using MPLAB IDE V8.92

1. Place the ventilator into diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring
Enter button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5
seconds of the power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to
enter the Diagnostic menu.

2. Touch Service and looking within the Vent Info screen make note of the
ventilator's current PIC Software Version before upgrading to a new version.
Compare this indication, to the version displayed after successfully upgrading the
PMC PIC firmware later in the procedure, for visual confirmation (at the
ventilator) that any new version programmed by the tool was successful.

3. Disconnect all power to the V680 Ventilator (page 202).

4. Remove Top Cover from the V680 Ventilator (page 200)

5. Connect the USB cable from the PICkit 3 to the PC.

6. Connect the PM PCBA programming ribbon cable to the PICkit 3.

NOTE

Ensure the orientation of the PM PCBA Programming Ribbon Cable at the PICkit
3 programmer is correct (i.e. the red marker of the ribbon cable representing
PIN1, matches up with the PICkit 3 output connector PIN 1 reference marker,)
otherwise the PICkit 3 will not communicate with the PM PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 181

7. Connect the programming ribbon cable from the PICkit 3 to J6 of the PM PCBA .

8. Insert the PMC Software CD into the PC CD/DVD drive.

NOTE

The PMC PIC Firmware file content of the CD is available on In Center for those
with permission and access to the following site:
https://incenter.medical.philips.com
If sourcing the file from InCenter in lieu of using the CD, download and save the
pcmMain.hex file to you desktop for use in step 14.

9. Connect the V680 Ventilator to AC power, but do not turn the ventilator on.

10. If the MPLAB IDE program is not already running, Launch the MPLAB IDE by
double-clicking the MPLAB IDE V8.92 icon located on the desktop.

11. Click on Programmer, and then select Programmer PICkit 3.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

182 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

12. Verify that the Output window indicates that the PICKit 3 programmer is
Detected, Connected, and that the Target (the PM PCBA) is also detected.

13. Click on File, and then Import.

14. Navigate to the CD/DVD drive, click on pmcMain.hex and then Open.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 183

15. Verify the file has loaded and is ready for Output.

16. Click on Programmer, then click Program.

17. Verify the Output window of the MPLAB IDE V8.92 program displays
Programming/Verify complete.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

184 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

NOTE

When programming the PMC PIC firmware of the PM PCBA from one version to
another, the ventilator may automatically restart upon completion of the
programming process. In this case, the ventilator will power itself into the
Normal Ventilation mode without user interaction. This is acceptable. Should
this occur, power off the ventilator and continue to the next step.

18. Exit the MPLAB IDE V8.92 program.

19. Disconnect the V680 from AC power.

20. Remove the PICkit 3 from the PC and J6 of the PM PCBA.

21. Reconnect the internal battery (page 203), re-install the top and side covers
(page 200).

22. Connect the V680 to AC power.

23. Place the ventilator back into diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-
ring Enter button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface.
Within 5 seconds of the power-up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostic menu.

24. Touch Service and verify the following from the Vent Info screen:

• The new PIC Software version displayed meets the following conditions:
• The version displayed is greater than the original version previously installed.
• The version installed is the one intended per the most current communication from
Philips regarding PMC PIC Software upgrades for the PM PCBA.

Philips Healthcare

PM PCBA PIC Software installation is complete.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 185

Testing
Refer to the Performance Verification Test Requirements table (page 273) for applicable testing
to perform upon the completion of firmware upgrade.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

186 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

Installing MPLAB X IPE V2.10 (for Windows x86/x64 users)

Follow these steps to install and configure the MPLAB X IPE V2.10 program on a Windows x86/
x64 PC.

1. From your web browser go to:

http://www.microchip.com/pagehandler/en-us/devtools/dev-tools-parts.html
From there, download MPLAB X V2.10. Save and unzip the downloaded file content to a
folder on your desktop.

2. Open the folder containing the unzipped contents of the MPLAB X V2.10 program
installation files.

3. Click on MPLABX-v2.10-windows-installer.exe to begin the program’s

installation and follow the onscreen prompts.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 187

4. When prompted to choose which MPLAB X program to install, check mark

MPLAB X IPE (Integrated Programming Development), leaving MPLAB X IDE
unchecked .

5. Click OK to acknowledge the Info popup window regarding switching

programmer tool usage between MPLAB 8 and MPLAB X.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

188 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

6. Click on Finish to complete the installation of the program.

NOTE

Upon completion of program installation, the installer places two shortcut icons
on the desktop, one MPLAB IPE v2.10 and the other MPLAB driver switcher. The
use of the MPLAB driver switcher program is not necessary when using the
PICKit 3 programmer tool.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 189

Configuring MPLAB X IPE V2.10

Follow these steps to configure the MPLAB X IPE V2.10 program and PICKit 3 In-Circuit
Debugger tool, to upgrade the PMC PIC firmware of the PM PCBA microprocessor.

1. Launch the MPLAB X IPE program by double clicking the MPLAB X IPE icon
located on the desktop.

2. Click on Settings, and then Advanced Mode.

3. Enter the default password for access to display the advance settings within the
main window of the program.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

190 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

4. From the Select Device and Tool section, click on the Family drop down, and
select Advanced 8-bit MCUs (PIC 18) from the list.

5. From the Select Device and Tool section, click on the Device drop down, and
select PIC18F87J10 from the list.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 191

6. Connect the USB cable from the PICkit 3 to the PC, wait for it to register, then
verify that the Tool field automatically populates with the serial number of the
PICKit 3 connected. Click Apply. A status light next to the Apply radio button
should display green to indicate the PICKit 3 programmer is detected and ready
for use.

7. Click the Power radio button at the left column of the window and confirm VDD
PM PCBA PMC (PIC) Software Installation using MPLAB X IPE V2.10is set for
3.25V. Click on the Operate radio button to return to the main window.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

192 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

PM PCBA PMC (PIC) Software Installation Using MPLAB X IPE V2.10

1. Place the ventilator into diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter
button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5 seconds of
the power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter the
Diagnostic menu.

2. Touch Service and looking within the Vent Info screen make note of the
ventilators current PIC Software Version before upgrading to a new version.
Compare this indication, to the version displayed after successfully upgrading
the PMC PIC firmware later in the procedure for visual confirmation (at the
ventilator) that any new version programmed by the tool was successful.

3. Exit the diagnostics mode.

4. Disconnect all power to the V680 Ventilator per the Service Manual.

5. Remove Top Cover from the V60 Ventilator per the Service Manual (page 200).

6. Connect the USB cable from the PICkit 3 to the PC.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 193

7. Connect the PM PCBA programming ribbon cable to the PICkit 3.

NOTE

Ensure the orientation of the PM PCBA Programming Ribbon Cable at the PICkit
3 programmer is correct (i.e. the red marker of the ribbon cable representing
PIN1, matches up with the PICkit 3 output connector PIN 1 reference marker,)
otherwise the PICkit 3 will not communicate with the PM PCBA.

8. Connect the programming ribbon cable from the PICkit 3 to J6 of the PM PCBA.

9. Insert the PMC Software CD into the PC CD/DVD drive.

NOTE

The PMC PIC Firmware file content of the CD is available on InCenter for those
with permission and access to the following site:
https://incenter.medical.philips.com
Philips Healthcare

If sourcing the file from InCenter instead of using the CD, download and save
the pcmMain.hex file to your desktop for use in step 13.

10. Connect the V680 Ventilator to AC power, but do not turn the ventilator on.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

194 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

11. If the MPLAB X IPE program is not already running, Launch the program by
double clicking the MPLAB X IPE V2.10 icon located on the desktop.

12. Click on Connect, then verify from the Output window that the PICKit 3
programmer and Target device (the PM PCBA microprocessor) was detected.
Successful connection will additionally activate the 5 programming radio
button.functions

13. Click on the Browse radio button locate to right side of the Source field, Navigate
to the CD/DVD drive, click on pmcMain.hex and then Open..

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 195

14. Confirm from the Output window that the pmcMain.hex file has loaded
successfully from the selected location, and is ready for output.

15. Click on the Program radio button to start programming of the PM PCBA
microprocessor.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

196 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

16. Verify the output window of the MPLAB X IPE program displays Programming /
Verify complete.

NOTE

When programming the PMC PIC firmware of the PM PCBA from one version to
another, the ventilator may automatically restart upon completion of the
programming process. In this case, the ventilator will power itself into the
Normal Ventilation mode without user interaction. This is acceptable. Should
this occur, power off the ventilator and continue to the next step.

17. Exit the MPLAB X IDE program.

18. Disconnect the V60 from AC power.

19. Remove the PICkit 3 from the PC and J6 of the PM PCBA.

20. Reconnect the internal battery, re-install the top and side covers.

21. Connect the V60 to AC power.

Philips Healthcare

22. Place the ventilator back into diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-
ring Enter button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface.
Within 5 seconds of the power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostic menu.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware 197

23. Touch Service and verify the following from the Vent Info screen:

• The new PIC Software version displayed meets the following conditions:
• The version displayed is greater than the original version previously installed
• The version installed is the one intended per the most current communication from
Philips regarding PMC PIC Software upgrades for the PM PCBA.

PM PCBA PIC Software installation is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

198 Upgrading Power Management PCBA PMC (PIC) Firmware

Testing
Refer to the Performance Verification Test Requirements table (page 273) for applicable testing
to perform upon the completion of firmware upgrade.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 199

Component Removal and Installation

This chapter describes how to remove and install the replaceable components of the
Respironics V680 Ventilator.

WARNING

To avoid personal injury, disconnect all power (including internal battery) from
the ventilator before servicing or cleaning. (See page 202)

CAUTION

• Component removal and installation is to be performed only by a

qualified service technician.
• To avoid equipment damage due to static electricity, perform all repairs
in an anti-static, electrostatic discharge (ESD) protected environment.
• Replacing the CPU PCBA deletes the serial number, significant event log
entries, and ventilator preferences. Review the significant event log
before removing the CPU PCBA.
• The gas delivery subsystem (GDS) must be leak tested if you replace any
of these components:
• Data acquisition (DA) PCBA
• Oxygen inlet filter
• Oxygen solenoid valve
• Oxygen filter cap
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

200 Ventilator Covers

Ventilator Covers
Access to the interior components of the ventilator requires the removal of one or both side
covers and possibly the removal of the top cover. Removal of the top cover requires that you
first remove the two side covers.

Battery Compartment Cover

With the ventilator screen facing towards you, the battery compartment cover is located on
the left side of the ventilator.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and then disconnect it from the AC mains outlet.

2. If needed, use a screwdriver to loosen the captive securing screw (1/4 turn) from
the bottom of the left-side (battery compartment) cover, then pull out and up on
the cover to remove it. Reverse this step to resecure the cover.

Captive securing screw

eSYS Cartridge Compartment Cover

With the ventilator screen facing towards you, the eSYS cartridge compartment cover is
located on the right side of the ventilator.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and then disconnect it from the AC mains outlet.

2. Remove the eSYS cartridge (“eSYS Cartridge” on page 205).

3. If needed, use a screwdriver to loosen the captive securing screw (1/4 turn) from
the bottom of the right-side (eSYS compartment) cover, then pull out and up on
the cover to remove it. Reverse this step to resecure the cover.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Ventilator Covers 201

Captive securing screw

Top Cover

Follow these steps to remove the top cover. You will need to remove the two side covers
before you can remove the top cover. Reverse this procedure to install and secure the top
cover.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and then disconnect it from the AC mains outlet.

2. Remove the battery compartment (left-side) cover.

3. Disconnect the internal battery from the power harness connector (“Internal
Battery” on page 203).

4. Remove the eSYS cartridge (“eSYS Cartridge” on page 205).

5. Remove the eSYS compartment (right-side) cover.

6. Remove the 4 hex screws that secure the top cover, then pull up on the cover to
remove it.

Remove these 4 screws

to release the top cover.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

202 Disconnecting All Power

Disconnecting All Power

Follow these steps to disconnect AC and battery power. Reverse these steps to reconnect all
power.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and then disconnect it from the AC mains outlet.

2. Remove the left-side (battery compartment) cover. (See page 200)

3. Disconnect the internal battery from the power harness connector (as shown).

Power
harness
connector

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Internal Battery 203

Internal Battery

CAUTION

• The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical
burn if mistreated. Do not disassemble, heat above 100C (212F), or
incinerate. Replace the battery only with Respironics PN 1076374 /
989805626941. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or
explosion.
• Dispose of a used battery promptly. Keep the battery away from
children.Do not disassemble the battery or dispose of it in fire.

NOTE

When installing a new battery:

• The battery must be charged for at least 5 hours before being placed into
service.
• Dispose of the old battery according to your institution’s protocol.
Follow all local, state, and federal regulations with respect to
environmental protection.

Follow these steps to remove and install the internal battery.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and then disconnect it from the AC mains outlet.

2. Remove the left-side (battery compartment) cover (page 200).

3. Disconnect the internal battery from the power harness connector.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

204 Internal Battery

4. Using a 3mm hex wrench, remove the battery bracket by removing two screws at
either end of the retaining bracket. The battery can now be removed.

5. To install the battery: Hold the battery so that the vent hole faces up and the
Philips logo faces out.

6. Thread the battery cable through the battery bracket.

7. Position and place the battery inside the battery compartment.

8. Plug the battery connector into the power harness connector.

Vent Hole

9. Reinstall the battery bracket by replacing the two screws.

10. Reinstall and secure the left-side cover.

Philips Healthcare

11. To test that the battery is properly installed, plug the ventilator into an AC power
receptacle and verify that the yellow Battery (charged) LED on the front panel
flashes. The flashing LED indicates the battery is being charged.

12. If necessary, attach the option label. See “Labels” on page 268.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 eSYS Cartridge 205

eSYS Cartridge

CAUTION

• NEVER attempt to secure the eSYS cover without an eSYS cartridge

installed. You will damage the cover detection sensor.
• The eSYS exhalation cartridge must be installed during use for both
single-limb and dual-limb circuit configurations. During single-limb
ventilation, it helps prevent liquid ingress hazards.

1. Turn off the ventilator and disconnect it from AC power.

2. Grasp cover by the tab and pull forward towards you. It will be attached to the
ventilator by a tether. Do not attempt to remove the tether or disconnect the
cover from the ventilator.

Pull the cover straight

out, towards the front
of the ventilator. Do
not lift up until the
cover is free.

3. Flip the cover over and let it sit beside the ventilator. Avoid excess tension on the
tether, cover, or attachment point inside the ventilator.

4. Grasp the breathing circuit connector on the front of the cartridge, then pull the
small release latch on the right towards you to release the cartridge. Lift the eSYS
cartridge up and out to remove.
Philips Healthcare

Release Latch

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

206 eSYS Cartridge

5. Replace the eSYS only with a new or sterilized cartridge, PN 1100287. Before
installation of the cartridge, inspect the diaphragm for cracking and general
condition. Replace the diaphragm (see page 207) if any damage is observed.

Diaphragm

6. To reassemble, carefully place the cartridge inside the ventilator housing and
align the mating connector on the back of the eSYS with the exhalation valve (EV)
housing pins. The connection is keyed, so it will align correctly.

7. When the mating connector of the module is seated on the pins, press the front
of the eSYS module back and down into the “collar” on the housing edge. There
will be some resistance as the eSYS actuator is spring-loaded.

8. To replace the compartment cover, slide it on from the front of the ventilator, not
from the top. A magnetic catch will assist with proper final closure. There will be
an audible click when the cover is correctly seated.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 eSYS Diaphragm 207

eSYS Diaphragm
Replacing a damaged or worn eSYS diaphragm requires removal of the retaining ring which
holds the diaphragm in place, removal of the old diaphragm, placing the new diaphragm into
the eSYS cartridge, and locking the new diaphragm into place with the retaining ring.

eSYS Cartridge
Retaining Ring
Alignment Notch
(x2)

eSYS Diaphragm

Retaining Ring

Retaining Ring
Alignment Tab (x2)

1. Remove the diaphragm retaining ring by pushing across one side of the retaining
ring to release one of the alignment tabs from the notch in the side of the eSYS
cartridge opening. The retaining ring may now be lifted up and out of the
opening.

2. With the retaining ring removed, the diaphragm may now be pulled out from the
eSYS cartridge. Do not remove the metal disk from the diaphragm. The
diaphragm and disk normally remain assembled for sterilization and diaphragm
Philips Healthcare

replacement.

3. Insert the new diaphragm into the eSYS cartridge with the shiny metallic disk
towards you, pushing the diaphragm evenly into the cartridge.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

208 eSYS Diaphragm

4. Line up the retaining ring alignment tabs with the alignment notches on the eSYS
cartridge.

5. Press down on the retaining ring above both retaining tabs simultaneously (not
down on one side, then the other) until the retaining ring snaps into place in the
eSYS cartridge.

NOTE

See the photographs below. Note the correct positioning of the retaining ring. The two
rounded tabs must be positioned at the top of the opening, not down inside the opening next
to the diaphragm. Incorrect positioning of the retaining ring will place the two rounded tabs
against the diaphragm, preventing proper operation of the diaphragm.

CORRECT INCORRECT
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 eSYS Diaphragm 209

NOTE

Visually check the diaphragm before re-inserting the eSYS into the ventilator.
Using improper technique when replacing the retaining ring can sometimes
pinch one side of the diaphragm (see images below).

Side of the diaphragm

pinched under the edge of
the retaining ring. This
must be corrected before
returning the eSYS
cartridge to use.

Always insert the retaining ring straight

down, pressing down evenly until the
alignment tabs snap into place.

Never install the retaining

ring by inserting one
alignment tab and then the
other. Doing so risks
pinching or misaligning the
diaphragm.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

210 FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor

FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor

WARNING

The FiO2 sensor is a sealed device containing a mild acid electrolyte, lead (Pb),
and lead acetate. Follow these precautions when handling the oxygen sensor:
• Always visually inspect both a new sensor or a used, reinstalled,
sensor for damage or electrolyte leakage before use. DO NOT USE if
damaged or leaking.
• If a removed sensor shows any signs of electrolyte leakage such as
visible liquid or dried crystalline residue past the sensor
membrane, have the ventilator inspected and serviced by a
qualified service technician.

CAUTION

• DO NOT attempt to open or repair the FiO2 sensor.

• Do not immerse the sensor in any cleaning solution, autoclave or expose
the sensor to high temperatures.
• Dropping sensor can adversely affect its performance.

NOTE

• The V680 ventilator cannot be operated without an oxygen sensor

installed. The oxygen sensor is located inside the right side of the
ventilator enclosure, under the cover for the eSYS cartridge.
• It may take a new FiO2 sensor up to 20 minutes to stabilize to room air
and temperature after removal from a sealed package. If a newly
installed sensor fails EST calibration, wait 15-20 minutes, then repeat
the calibration.
• Dispose of damaged, defective, or depleted oxygen sensors properly in
accordance with local regulations.

The V680 ventilator cannot be operated without an FiO2 (oxygen) sensor installed. The FiO2
sensor is located inside the right side of the ventilator enclosure, under the cover for the eSYS
cartridge.

1. Turn off the ventilator and disconnect it from AC power.

Philips Healthcare

2. Remove the eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

3. Remove the right-side (eSYS compartment) cover. (See page 200)

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor 211

The FiO2 sensor is located on the forward inside wall of the eSYS compartment.
FiO2 Sensor Sensor Wire Plug

Sensor Wire

M3 screw (x2) - remove if the

sensor housing needs to be
removed from the sidewall.

Transfer Fan

Sensor Wire Clip

4. Unplug the sensor wire plug and carefully pull the sensor wire from under the
restraining clip.

5. The FiO2 sensor is threaded to fit into a socket on the inside wall of the eSYS
compartment. Unscrew the sensor (pliers or a small wrench may be needed)
until it is free from the socket. Once it is removed, place it aside for disposal.

NOTE

When required, the FiO2 Sensor Housing can be removed from the side wall by
removing the two M3 screws on either side of the sensor socket.

6. Screw the new sensor into the socket (finger tight), re-clip the sensor wire under
Philips Healthcare

the restraining clip, and reinsert the sensor plug into the adjacent connector.

7. Replace the right-side (eSYS compartment) cover.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

212 FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor

8. Reinsert the eSYS cartridge and replace the cartridge cover.

9. Run the O2 calibration procedure as part of the EST tests before using the
ventilator on a patient. DO NOT skip the O2 calibration step.

Calibrating the FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor

A new or replaced FiO2 (oxygen) sensor must be calibrated prior to using the ventilator.

1. Turn on the ventilator by pressing the ON/Shutdown key on the front panel.

2. Select New Patient, then select:

• the patient type
• dual limb patient circuit
• humidification type

3. Install filters on the inspiratory port and on the eSYS, then confirm on the
touchscreen that filters are installed.

4. Press the Start EST button to execute the Extended Self-Test.

5. Follow the on-screen prompts to execute the test.

6. If all tests pass, the FiO2 sensor is calibrated and the ventilator is ready for use.

NOTE

If the Extended Self-Test fails, do not use the ventilator. Troubleshoot the
ventilator to determine what maintenance tasks may be required.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Air Inlet Filter 213

Air Inlet Filter

CAUTION

• To avoid introducing foreign matter into the ventilator and to ensure

proper system performance, inspect and change a visibly dirty air inlet
filter at regular intervals (or as stipulated by your institution).
• To ensure proper system performance, use only a Philips Respironics-
approved air inlet filter.
• Because some environments cause a quicker collection of lint and dust
than others, inspect the filters more often when needed.

Follow these steps to remove the air inlet filter. Reverse to install.

1. Turn the ventilator OFF and disconnect the power cord from the AC mains outlet.

NOTE

• Never use a screwdriver or any other object to pry the filter cover off.
• Pull the cover out only by the bottom.
• Do not bend or break the plastic tabs at the top.

2. To uncover the air filter remove the air filter access door pull out on the provided
pull point on the bottom of the air filter cover.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

214 Air Inlet Filter

3. Remove the air inlet filter using a “pinch and pull” technique. This filter is not
reusable; dispose of it and install a new filter.

4. When installing an air filter, insert the filter into the slot around the
circumference of the filter compartment. The filter should lie flat in the filter
compartment with no wrinkles, folds, or bulges.

5. Replace the air filter access door by inserting the alignment tabs at the top of the
door into the slots at the top of the door opening and then snap the bottom of
the door into place.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 AC Inlet 215

AC Inlet
Follow these steps to remove the AC inlet. Reverse to install.

1. Disconnect the ventilator from all power (page 202) and remove the top cover
(page 200).

EMI Shroud

2. Remove the EMI shroud from the power supply (friction fit; gently pry the shroud
sides out and slide the shroud straight up over the screw heads on either side).

3. Remove the 2 hex screws that attach the power cord retainer, then remove the
retainer and unplug the power cord.

AC Inlet

Power Cord AC Inlet screws

Retainer
screws

Power Cord
Retainer
Philips Healthcare

4. Remove the 2 Phillips screws that attach the AC inlet to the back panel.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

216 AC Inlet

5. Disconnect the AC inlet cables from the power supply (Molex connector) and
ground terminal (7mm nut on threaded post)

.
Power Supply
Connection

Ground
Terminal

6. While pulling the AC inlet from the back panel, feed the cable through the back
panel opening.

CAUTION

When reinstalling the AC Inlet attach the ground wires and nuts in this order
(bottom to top) to ensure proper grounding:
• Kep nut
• Ground terminal from AC Inlet
• Kep nut
• Ground terminal from GDS
• Kep nut
• Ground terminal from Power Supply
• Ground terminal from Chassis Plate
• Ground terminal from EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket
• Kep nut
When reinstalling, orient the AC inlet as shown in the photo on the preceding
page.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Primary Cooling Fan Filter 217

Primary Cooling Fan Filter

Clean or replace the primary cooling fan filter as follows.

NOTE

You do not need to remove the fan retaining pins to change the primary cooling
fan filter.

1. Insert a small, flat blade screwdriver tip between the foam filter and the filter
retaining cover.

Do NOT remove Fan

Retaining Pins (x4)

2. Gently pry the filter cover from the back of the ventilator and remove the filter.

3. Wash or rinse the filter, letting it dry completely before reinstalling.

4. Replace the filter and snap the filter cover into place.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

218 Primary Cooling Fan

Primary Cooling Fan

Follow these steps to remove the primary cooling fan. Reverse to install.

1. Disconnect the ventilator from all power (page 202) and remove the top cover
(page 200).

2. Pull to remove the 4 Fan Retaining Pins that attach the fan to the back panel
(pliers may be required).

3. Disconnect the primary cooling fan power cable from the connection extension
to the motor controller (MC) PCBA at [J1]. It is not necessary to disconnect the
connection on the MC PCBA.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Primary Cooling Fan 219

Fan Cable connection to power cable

extension to the MC-PCBA

Fan

4. Remove the fan from the inside of the back panel.

5. Remove the fan filter assembly (fan filter and housing) from the outside of the
back panel.

NOTE

When installing the primary cooling fan, orient it as shown (cable at the top
inside of the fan) to ensure proper airflow direction (into the enclosure).
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

220 Oxygen Inlet

Oxygen Inlet
Follow these steps to remove the oxygen inlet. Reverse to install.

The inlet fits through the ventilator back panel and directly into the Gas Distribution
Subsystem (GDS) and is held in place by a retaining bracket. The screws of the retaining
bracket go through the ventilator back panel and into the GDS.

1. Disconnect all power. (See page 202)

2. Loosen the two hex screws that attach the retaining bracket to the GDS, then
remove the bracket.

3. Pull the oxygen inlet straight out to remove it.

Oxygen Inlet Fitting

Retaining Bracket with screws

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Motor Controller (MC) PCBA 221

Motor Controller (MC) PCBA

Follow these steps to remove the MC PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Disconnect the ventilator from all power (page 202) and remove the top cover
(page 200).

2. Remove the wing nuts and screws that attach the MC PCBA to the PCBA brackets.

3. Loosen the captive screws that attach the capacitor bracket to the base.

4. Disconnect these cables:

• Compressor cable [J3]
• Cooling Fans cable [J1]
• DA-MC ribbon cable [J2]

5. Slowly pull the MC PCBA up from its connection on the CPU PCBA, then
disconnect speaker #1 cable [J5].

6. Remove the rearmost PCBA bracket. The forward bracket cannot be removed
without first removing the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket.

NOTE

• When reinstalling, to avoid bending connector pins, reinstall the MC

PCBA first and the rearmost PCBA bracket second.
• Verify that the MC PCBA does not protrude above the brackets.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

222 Motor Controller (MC) PCBA

DA-MCA Cable connector Compressor (Blower) Cable connector

Cooling Fans
Connector #6 Washer (x2) M4 x 8 screw (x2) Speaker #1 Cable
under bracket connector
Capacitor Bracket

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket 223

EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket

NOTE

It is possible to remove the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket without first
removing the Motor Controller PCBA. However, to provide more room to work,
you may find it easier to remove the Motor Controller PCBA (“Motor Controller
(MC) PCBA” on page 221) before attempting to remove or install the EMC PCBA
/ Leak Solenoid Bracket.

EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket Removal

1. Disconnect the ventilator from all power (page 202) and remove the top cover
(page 200).

2. Disconnect the DA-MC-EMC ribbon cable [J101].

3. Remove the tubing at the leak solenoid manifold inlet.

4. Remove the tubing from the leak solenoid manifold outlet at the base fitting.

5. Disconnect the PM PCBA-SD PCBA power cable at the SD PCBA junction.

6. Remove the solenoid connector from the SD PCBA junction.

7. Remove the two M25 screws which secure the bracket to the base.

8. Lift up on the bracket taking care not to let the edge of the bracket contact any
MC PCBA components or connections.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

224 EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket

9. Disconnect the EMC PCBA SD ribbon cable [J102]

EMC PCBA

Leak Solenoid

10. Remove the four screws holding the EMC PCBA to the bracket.

NOTE

When reinstalling the EMC PCBA be sure to check for proper orientation before
securing the four screws that hold the EMC PCBA in place. Refer to the photos
above and below for reference.

11. If you are removing the Leak Solenoid Bracket, disconnect the ground wire
(green/yellow).

Reverse these steps to install.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket 225

Leak Solenoid Removal

1. Remove the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket as instructed above.

2. Remove the two screws holding the solenoid to the manifold (the screws go all
the way through to threaded holes in the bracket).

Reverse these steps to install.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

226 Compressor Cooling Fan

Compressor Cooling Fan

NOTE

To remove or install the compressor (blower) cooling fan it will be necessary to

reposition, but not remove, the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket (see
page 223).

Cooling Fan Power Cable

Compressor
Cooling Fan

Cooling Fan
Bracket

Female Connection for

Primary Cooling Fan

Ramp (directs air Male Connection to

from the bottom of MC PCBA
the enclosure)

Removal

1. Disconnect the ventilator from all power (page 202) and remove the top cover
(page 200).

2. Disconnect the cooling fans power cable from the MC PCBA (page 222).

3. Disconnect the primary cooling fan power cable from the extension provided on
the cooling fans power cable.

4. Disconnect all ribbon cables from the EMC PCBA (page 223). Reposition the
cables so that they will be out of the way for the remainder of the process. It is
not necessary to disconnect and remove the ribbon cables from the ventilator.

5. Disconnect the two pneumatic tubes that connect to the Leak Solenoid. Tuck the
Philips Healthcare

disconnected ends of the tubing out of the way to clear the area for the rest of
the process.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Compressor Cooling Fan 227

6. Remove the two M25 screws that fasten the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket
to the frame of the ventilator. This will also release the compressor cooling fan
bracket. Do not remove the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket from the
ventilator.

7. Slide the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket towards the front of the enclosure,
making space to remove the compressor cooling fan.

8. Pull the compressor cooling fan bracket forward and up to remove the
compressor cooling fan from the ventilator.

Installation

1. Disconnect all ribbon cables from the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket
(page 223). Reposition the cables so that they will be out of the way for the
remainder of the process. It is not necessary to disconnect and remove the
cables from the ventilator.

2. Disconnect the two pneumatic tubes that connect to the Leak Solenoid. Tuck the
disconnected ends of the tubing out of the way to clear the area for the rest of
the process.

3. Remove the two M25 screws that fasten the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket
to the frame of the ventilator. Do not remove the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid
bracket.

4. Slide the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket towards the front of the enclosure,
making space to position the compressor cooling fan.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

228 Compressor Cooling Fan

Note pneumatic
tube tucked under
capacitor bracket
arms to keep the
work area clear.

EMC PCBA / Leak

Solenoid bracket
loosened and moved
forward but not
removed.

5. Move the Leak Solenoid power cable (black) and the ground cable (green/yellow)
to clear the area between the MC PCBA and the side of the GDS / compressor
assembly. This will ease the positioning of the ramp portion of the compressor
cooling fan bracket.

Leak Solenoid cable and

grounding cables
repositioned to allow easier
installation of cooling fan
bracket.

6. Place the compressor cooling fan bracket into the ventilator, ramp first, in the
space between the MC PCBA and the side of the GDS / compressor assembly.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Compressor Cooling Fan 229

7. With the compressor cooling fan in position, align the screw hole in the cooling
fan bracket with the rearmost hole in the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket and
the threaded hole in the ventilator frame provided for securing the EMC PCBA /
Leak Solenoid bracket.

8. Loosely secure the compressor cooling fan bracket and EMC PCBA / Leak
Solenoid bracket with one of the two screws removed from the EMC PCBA / Leak
Solenoid bracket earlier.

9. Align the forward screw hole on the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid bracket with the
appropriate threaded hole in the ventilator frame and loosely secure the bracket
with the second remaining screw that was removed earlier.

10. Finish securing the rear screw hand-tight, followed by the forward screw.

11. Reconnect the pneumatic tubing and cabling to the EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid
bracket.

12. Route the compressor cooling fan power cable around (not over) the MC PCBA
and connect it into the provided socket (J1) on the rearmost upper corner of that
PCBA.

NOTE
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

230 Compressor Cooling Fan

Routing the Cooling Fan Power Cable over the top of the MC PCBA will pinch the
cable when the top cover of the ventilator is reinstalled.

Cooling Fans Power

Cable routed around
the end of the MC
PCBA, not over the top.

13. Connect the system cooling fan power cable into the connector provided on the
compressor cooling fan power cable.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Separating the UI from the Base 231

Separating the UI from the Base

Follow these steps to separate the UI from the base. Reverse to install.

NOTE

• When connecting the LCD cable to the PM PCBA, ensure that the
connector tab faces the front panel.
• After installing a UI assembly, perform the touch screen calibration
(“Touch Screen Calibration” on page 128).

Procedure:

1. Remove the top cover. (See page 200)

2. Remove the MC PCBA. (See page 221)

3. Disconnect these cables:

• LCD cable from PM PCBA.
• LCD cable ground wires from the ground terminal.
• LCD tray ground wires from the ground terminal.
• UI cable (ribbon cable) from the PM PCBA.

4. Loosen the captive screw that attaches the UI retainer to the UI.

5. Slide the retainer up, then remove the UI from the base.

LCD Cable UI Cable

UI Retainer

PM PCBA

M4 x 8
Ground wires
screw (x1)
(from LCD Cable
Philips Healthcare

and LCD Tray)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

232 Front Panel

Front Panel
Follow these steps to remove the front panel. Reverse to install.

1. Separate the UI from base. (See page 234)

2. Remove the hose clamp and boot that attach the compressor to the gas outlet.

3. Remove the tubing from the barbed fittings inside the front panel.

4. Disconnect the gas outlet and proximal port ground wires (green/yellow) from
the base.

5. Remove the screws that attach the front panel to the base and side walls.

NOTE

When reinstalling tubing, ensure that:

• Longer (9-in.) tube is connected between manifold barb “M” (machine)
to barbed gas outlet fitting.
• Shorter (8-in.) tube is connected between manifold barb “P” (proximal)
and barbed proximal pressure port.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Gas Outlet Port 233

Gas Outlet Port

Follow these steps to remove the gas outlet port. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

2. Remove the screws that attach Gas outlet bracket to the inside front panel.

Gas Outlet

M4 x 8 screw
(x2)

Bracket
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

234 UI Retainer

UI Retainer
Follow these steps to remove the UI retainer. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

2. Remove the screws and washers that attach UI retainer to the inside front panel.

UI Retainer

M3 x 6 screw (x4),
Inside Front Panel Washer (x4)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Proximal Pressure Port 235

Proximal Pressure Port

Follow these steps to remove the proximal pressure port. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

2. Remove the nut and lock washer that attach the proximal pressure port to the
inside of the front panel. (Proximal pressure port includes the nut and lock
washer.)

NOTE

When reinstalling the proximal pressure port, install the ground wire first, then
the lock washer and nut.

Proximal
Pressure Port

Nut (x1)

Lock Washer (x1)

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

236 Speakers

Speakers
Follow these steps to remove the alarm speakers. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

2. Disconnect speaker #2 from the power management (PM) PCBA.

NOTE

Speaker #1 is disconnected when the MC PCBA is disconnected.

3. Remove the screw and washer that attaches each speaker to the base.

M3 x 6 Screw (x2), Speaker #2 (connects Speaker #1 (connects

M3 Washer (x2) to PM PCBA) to MC PCBA)
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Power Management (PM) PCBA 237

Power Management (PM) PCBA

Follow these steps to remove the PM PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the top cover. (See page 200)

2. Disconnect these cables:

• Speaker #2 cable
• Power harness assembly
• UI cable
• LCD cable

NOTE

To avoid damaging components on the back side of the PM PCBA, hold the PM
PCBA away from the left sidewall standoffs when removing.

3. Remove the screws that attach the PM PCBA to the left side wall.

Speaker #2 Cable Power Harness Assembly Sensor/Driver PCBA

LCD Cable Connection PM PCBA
Connection Power Cable Connection

UI Cable Connection
Philips Healthcare

4. Slightly push the PM PCBA away from the left side wall while gently pulling up
one side of the PM PCBA and removing it from its connection on the CPU PCBA.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

238 Power Management (PM) PCBA

PM PCBA Left Sidewall

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Power Supply 239

Power Supply
Follow these steps to remove the power supply. Reverse to install.

NOTE

Do not remove any connections from the power supply terminal strip.

1. Remove the MC PCBA (page 221) and PM PCBA (page 237).

2. Remove the EMI shroud from the power supply by slightly lifting the shroud
away from the power supply with a small screwdriver.

3. Remove the screws that attach the mounting plate to the base. (The power
supply includes the attached mounting plate.)

4. Disconnect the AC inlet cable and power harness.

NOTE

Squeeze the EMI shroud before reinstalling to ensure that it fits snugly over the
power supply.

EMI Shroud

Holes in EMI Shroud fit over

the screw heads on the sides
of the power supply

M3 x 6 screw (x4)

Mounting Plate

Power Supply
Philips Healthcare

From under Mounting Plate:

M3 x 6 screw (x4) (not shown)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

240 CPU PCBA

CPU PCBA
Follow these steps to remove the CPU PCBA. Reverse to install.

NOTE

• Replacing the CPU PCBA deletes the serial number, installed options, all
significant event log entries, and the ventilator preferences. Review the
significant event log before removing the CPU PCBA.
• To reinstall options on a newly-installed CPU PCBA, please contact
Philips Product Support at 800-722-9377 (Directory Option 3, then
Option 1) for the appropriate option codes. International contact your
local dealer or Philips representative.
• You must provide this information to customer service: the ventilator
serial number and the CPU PCBA serial number.
• Option-only (no labeling or literature) part numbers:
• AVAPS+: P/N 1053085
• C-FLEX: P/N 1053093
• PPV: P/N 1053089

1. Remove the MC PCBA (page 221) and PM PCBA (page 237).

2. Remove the twelve M3 x 6 screws that attach the CPU cover to the underside of
the base.
3. Remove the screws that attach the CPU PCBA to the CPU tray.

NOTE

After installing a new CPU PCBA, reprogram the ventilator serial number and
power-on hours as described in “Programming the Ventilator Serial Number
and Power-On Hours” on page 169.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 CPU PCBA 241

CPU Cover M12 x 1 CPU Bracket CPU PCBA M3 x 6 Screw (x6) CPU Tray
M3 x 6 screw (x12) Nut (x1)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

242 Real-Time Clock Battery

Real-Time Clock Battery

Follow these steps to remove the real-time clock battery. Reverse to install.

1. Disconnect all power. (See page 202)

2. Remove the twelve M3 x 6 screws that attach the CPU cover to the underside of
the base.

3. Remove the real-time clock battery from the CPU PCBA.

NOTE

When installing the real-time clock battery, ensure that the positive side of the
battery faces up.

CPU PCBA

Real-time Clock
Battery (install
with positive
side facing up as
shown)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Left Side Wall 243

Left Side Wall

Follow these steps to remove the left side wall. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

2. Remove the battery. (See page 203)

3. Remove the PM PCBA. (See page 237)

4. Detach the power harness assembly connector from the left side wall.

5. Remove four M4 x 8 screws that attach the left side wall to the base.

NOTE

At reinstallation, install the power harness connector with its red wires toward
the top of the side wall.

Power Harness
Assembly

M4 x 8 screw (x4)

Left Sidewall
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

244 Gas Delivery Subsystem (GDS)

Gas Delivery Subsystem (GDS)

Follow these steps to remove the GDS. Reverse to install.

NOTE

The oxygen filter cap and air inlet collar attach the GDS to the ventilator, and
when removed, the GDS is not attached to the ventilator.

1. Remove the eSYS cartridge (See page 205) and eSYS compartment cover
(page 200).

2. Remove the top cover.

3. Remove the oxygen inlet (page 220.)

4. Remove the filter retainer, then remove the air inlet filter.

5. Remove the 2 screws that attach the filter frame, then remove the filter frame.

6. Remove the Air Valve. (See page 246)

7. Remove the tubing from the barbed fittings inside the front panel.

8. Loosen the hose clamp that attaches the boot to the manifold cap.

NOTE

When reinstalling, verify that the boot is attached to the compressor before
reinstalling the GDS.

Tubing
Ground cable
securing screw

Hose clamp
Philips Healthcare

9. Remove the screw that attaches the ground cable to the manifold.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Gas Delivery Subsystem (GDS) 245

10. Remove the oxygen filter cap and air inlet collar from the right side wall. (See
page 254)

NOTE

When reinstalling, apply a thin coat of Krytox to the inlet collar flange on the
side wall. Tighten the air inlet collar first, and then the oxygen filter cap.

11. Disconnect the DA-MC cable from the DA PCBA.

12. Remove the GDS from base.

NOTE

When reinstalling, connect the tubing so that:

• Longer (9-in.) tube connects between manifold “M” (machine) barb and
barbed gas outlet fitting.
• Shorter (8-in.) tube connects between manifold “P” (proximal) barb and
barbed proximal pressure port.

DA PCBA: Remove DA-MC

cable (not shown)

GDS Manifold
Manifold Cap
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

246 Air Valve

Air Valve
Follow these steps to remove the air valve. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the eSYS cartridge (page 205) and eSYS compartment cover (page 200).

2. Remove the filter retainer, then remove t he air inlet filter.

3. Remove the 2 Phillips screws that attach the filter frame, then remove the filter
frame.

4. Remove the air valve ground wire (green/yellow) from the adjacent ground
terminal (see image below).

5. Disconnect the air valve power cable (red/black) from the adjacent connector
(see image below).

6. Remove the two M3 hex screws that secure the air valve to the mounting
bracket.

7. Carefully pull the air valve straight out from the GDS.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Air Valve 247

Air valve power

connection Ground terminal

M3 screws (x2)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

248 eSYS Cover Optical Sensor

eSYS Cover Optical Sensor

Follow these steps to remove the eSYS Cover Optical Sensor. Reverse to install.

1. Remove eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

2. Remove eSYS compartment cover. (See page 200)

3. Unplug the sensor cable.

4. Remove the two Philips screws to release the optical sensor.

Phillips screws (x2)

Sensor cable

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA 249

Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA

Follow these steps to remove the Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Remove eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

2. Remove eSYS compartment cover. (See page 200)

3. Disconnect the eSYS PCBA cable.

4. Disconnect the pneumatic tube from the barbed fitting on the eSYS PCBA.

5. Remove the four Phillips screws to release the eSYS PCBA.

Pneumatic tubing Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA cable

Phillips screws (x4) -

one in each corner,
three shown

Exhalation Valve
Housing PCBA
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

250 Exhalation Valve

Exhalation Valve
Follow these steps to remove the Exhalation Valve. Reverse to install.

1. Remove eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

2. Remove eSYS compartment cover. (See page 200)

3. Disconnect the exhalation valve cable (red/black) and the ground wire (green/
yellow).

4. Remove the two Phillips screws to release the exhalation valve.

Exhalation Valve cable

Exhalation Valve ground wire

Exhalation Valve

Phillips screws (x2)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Sensor/Driver PCBA 251

Sensor/Driver PCBA
Follow these steps to remove the Sensor/Driver (SD) PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

2. Remove eSYS compartment cover. (See page 200)

3. Remove the air valve. (See “Air Valve” on page 246.)

4. Unplug the FiO2 sensor wire from its plug in the right side wall and remove the
sensor wire from under its clip. Leave the FiO2 sensor in place. (See page 210)

5. Remove the two M3 hex screws that secure the FiO2 housing to the right side
wall.

6. Remove the five M3 hex screws that hold the right side wall to which the sensor/
driver board is secured.

7. Carefully pull the sensor/driver board panel free from the right side wall.

8. Disconnect all the cables and wires attached to the sensor/driver board.

9. Remove the eight Phillips screws which secure the sensor/driver board to the
right side chassis.

Chassis Plate

Air Valve removed

FiO2 sensor
housing M3 FiO2 Sensor wire
screws (x2) unplugged and
unclipped

Transfer Fan - for replacement

see page 252.
Philips Healthcare

SD PCBA

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

252 Transfer Fan

Transfer Fan
Follow these steps to remove the Transfer fan. Reverse to install.

The transfer fan is mounted to the Sensor Driver PCBA.

1. Replacement of the Transfer Fan requires the removal of the Sensor Driver (SD)
Board (SD PCBA). (See page 251.)

2. With the SD PCBA removed, disconnect the Transfer Fan power cable (connects
to SD PCBA).

3. Remove the four screws securing the Transfer Fan to the PCBA and remove the
fan.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Right Side Wall 253

Right Side Wall

Follow these steps to remove the right side wall. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the eSYS cartridge. (See page 205)

2. Remove eSYS compartment cover. (See page 200)

3. Remove the front panel. (See page 232)

4. Remove the GDS. (See page 244)

5. Remove the six screws (two in front, two in bottom, two in rear) that attach the
right side wall to the base.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

254 Oxygen Inlet Filter

Oxygen Inlet Filter

Follow these steps to remove the oxygen inlet filter. Reverse to install.

When installing the oxygen inlet filter, ensure that the smaller end of the filter is opposite the
threads in the GDS.

1. Remove the GDS. (See page 244)

2. Use a wrench to loosen the oxygen inlet filter and remove it from the GDS.

Oxygen Inlet Filter

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA 255

Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA

Follow these steps to remove the DA PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Remove GDS. (See page 244)

2. Remove the seven M3 x 8 screws and washers that attach the DA PCBA to the
manifold.

3. Disconnect these cables from the DA PCBA:

• Oxygen solenoid cable
• Flow sensor ribbon cable assembly

4. Remove the DA PCBA.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the DA PCBA or solenoid pins, use care to avoid flexing the
PCBA or bending the pins. When installing the DA PCBA, ensure that transducer
grommets and O-rings are installed to the manifold as shown.

DA PCBA installed on GDS M3 x 8 screw (x7)

Flow sensor ribbon

View of underside of DA PCBA showing
cable assembly
Oxygen Solenoid solenoid pins (do not bend)
Cable

DA to MC ribbon
cable connector

O-ring (x2)

Transducer Grommet (X2). Left

grommet is shown correctly
installed. Right grommet is shown
Philips Healthcare

incorrectly installed.

Underside of DA PCBA

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

256 Oxygen Solenoid Valve

Oxygen Solenoid Valve

Follow these steps to remove the oxygen solenoid valve. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the GDS. (See page 244)

2. Disconnect the oxygen solenoid cable from the DA PCBA.

3. Remove the screws that attach the solenoid orientation clip to the solenoid
mount.

NOTE

When installing the oxygen solenoid, apply a thin coat of Krytox on the o-rings.

Oxygen Solenoid Cable

DA PCBA

Solenoid Mount Solenoid Orientation Clip

Oxygen Solenoid Valve

O-rings

Oxygen Solenoid Valve

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Solenoid Valves 257

Solenoid Valves
Follow these steps to remove the solenoid valves. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the DA PCBA. (See page 255)

2. Remove the two M3 x 8 screws that attach the retention plate to the manifold.

3. When replacing the solenoid valves, ensure that the solenoid valve seals are
properly installed to the manifold.

NOTE

When installing a new solenoid valve:

• Do not bend the solenoid pins.
• Install a new solenoid valve seal.

Solenoid Valves (x4)

Manifold

M3 x 8 screw (x2)

Retention Plate

SOL1: Purge Solenoid

Philips Healthcare

SOL2: Machine SOL3: Proximal SOL4: Crossover

Pressure Solenoid Pressure Solenoid Solenoid

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

258 Compressor (Blower)

Compressor (Blower)
Follow these steps to remove the compressor (blower). Reverse to install.

1. Remove the top cover. (See page 200)

2. Disconnect the compressor cable from the MC PCBA.

3. Remove the three hose clamps and the boot that attaches the compressor to the
gas outlet and FiO2 sensor.

4. Remove the FiO2 sensor (“FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor” on page 210) and FiO2 sensor
housing.

5. Remove the shoulder screws that attach the compressor to the base.

6. Loosen the clamps on the boot that attaches the compressor to the GDS, then
remove the compressor, boot, and clamps.

NOTE

When installing the compressor:

• Ensure that the boot is fully clamped to the compressor before installing
the compressor.
• Install new motor mount grommets when installing a new compressor.

Hose Clamps (2) FiO2 Sensor Housing

Shown with Boot & FiO2 Sensor Housing removed

Philips Healthcare

Compressor
Shoulder Screw (x4)
Manifold to GDS Boot to Gas Outlet GDS
& O2 Sensor Compressor

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Opening the User Interface (UI) / Rear Bezel 259

Opening the User Interface (UI) / Rear Bezel

Follow these steps to open the UI and remove the rear bezel. Reverse to install.

1. Separate UI from base. (page 234)

2. Remove the screws from the end cap and remove the end cap.

3. Remove the screws from the rear bezel.

4. Separate the front and rear bezel.

NOTE

When reinstalling rear bezel:

• Verify that all cables extend through the same slot as shown.
• Ensure that the gasket is properly installed around the inside of the
bezel.

All cables extend from End Cap Bezel Cord Gasket

the same slot

Rear Bezel Rear Bezel (interior)

Ensure that the bezel
cord gasket is properly
installed
M3 x 14 screw (x13) Rear Bezel Gasket
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

260 Power Switch Overlay

Power Switch Overlay

Follow these steps to remove the power switch overlay. Reverse to install.

1. Open the UI. (See page 259)

2. From inside the front bezel, disconnect the power switch overlay cable from the
UI PCBA.

3. Carefully peel the power switch overlay from the front bezel.

4. Once the power switch overlay is removed, use isopropyl alcohol to remove any
remaining adhesive. Ensure that the bezel surface is clean and dry.

NOTE

Do not flex the overlay.

NOTE

When installing a new power switch overlay, peel the backing from the overlay,
feed the cable through the bezel cutout, align the overlay to the front bezel, and
press to adhere.

Power Switch Overlay

Philips Healthcare

Power Switch Overlay Cable

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Switch PCBA 261

Switch PCBA
Follow these steps to remove the Switch PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Open the UI. (See page 259)

2. Remove the screws that attach the switch PCBA to the inside of the front bezel.

3. Disconnect the Nav-ring and UI PCBA cables from the switch PCBA.

NOTE

During installation, verify that the Nav-ring cable is fully seated into its
connector on the Switch PCBA.

Switch PCBA to
Switch PCBA
UI PCBA Cable

M3 x 6 screw
(x4)
Nav-ring Cable
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

262 Nav-Ring Assembly

Nav-Ring Assembly
Follow these steps to remove the Nav-ring assembly. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the Switch PCBA. (See page 261)

2. Remove the Nav-ring button from the front of the bezel.

3. Carefully remove the Nav-ring assembly from the front of the bezel. Use
isopropyl alcohol to remove any remaining adhesive. Ensure that the surface is
clean and dry.

NOTE

After installing the Nav-ring assembly, install the button so that its check mark is
upright as shown.

Install the switch button with the check

mark in an upright orientation.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Front Bezel, Touchscreen 263

Front Bezel, Touchscreen

Follow these steps to remove the front bezel and touch screen. Reverse to install.

NOTE

• When installing a new touchscreen, remove the protective film and

avoid touching the screen surface.
• After installing a new UI assembly, perform the touch screen calibration.

1. Open the UI. (See page 259)

2. Disconnect these cables from the UI PCBA:
• Switch PCBA cable
• Nav-ring cable
• Power switch overlay cable
• Touchscreen cable
3. Remove the switch PCBA. (See page 261)
4. Remove the screw that attaches the cable clamp to the LCD tray.
5. Remove the screws and washers that attach the LCD tray to the front bezel, then
remove the LCD tray.
6. Remove the touchscreen from the front bezel.

Switch PCBA to UI PCBA Cable LCD Tray

Nav-ring
Cable

M3 x 6 screw
(x8)

Touch Screen
Philips Healthcare

Cable Clamp

Power Switch
Overlay Cable Touch Screen Cable M3 x 6 screw (x1)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

264 LCD

LCD
Follow these steps to remove the LCD. Reverse to install.

NOTE

When installing a new LCD, remove the protective film before reinstalling the
LCD tray to the front bezel, and avoid touching the LCD screen.

1. Open and separate the UI bezel. (See page 259)

2. Remove the front bezel. (See page 263)
3. Remove the screws that attach the LCD to the LCD tray.
4. With the LCD face up, carefully lift the LCD slightly to disconnect the backlight
inverter and LCD cable.
5. Remove the LCD.

LCD
M1.6 x 4 screw (x4)
LCD Tray

Kapton tape

Underside of LCD LCD Cable

Underside of LCD
Backlight Inverter Cable

Philips Healthcare

NOTE

When installing the LCD cable to the LCD, use a new piece of Kapton tape.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 User Interface (UI) PCBA 265

User Interface (UI) PCBA

Follow these steps to remove the UI PCBA. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the LCD. (See page 264)

2. Remove the screws that attach the UI PCBA to the LCD tray.

3. Disconnect these cables from the UI PCBA:

• Backlight inverter cable
• UI ribbon cable

LCD Tray

M3 x 6 screw (x6)

UI PCBA
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

266 LCD Tray

LCD Tray
Follow these steps to remove the LCD tray. Reverse to install.

1. Remove the UI PCBA. (See page 265)

2. Remove the backlight inverter PCBA.

LCD Tray
Backlight
Inverter PCBA

UI PCBA

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Bottom Feet 267

Bottom Feet
Follow these steps to remove the bottom feet. Reverse to install.

NOTE

Follow these instructions to remove the right rear bottom foot: it is attached
with a hex nut inside the base assembly.

Each of the four bottom feet on the V680 are secured with a M4x14 screw that will require a
hex driver to remove.

1. Lift the V680 ventilator so that all four feet are accessible.

2. From each foot that will be removed or replaced, remove the M4x14 screw that
holds the foot in place. The foot will come off when the screw is removed.

3. Reverse this process to resecure each foot.

M4 x 14 screw (x4)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

268 Labels

Labels
Follow these steps to remove and replace labels.

1. Use isopropyl alcohol to remove any remaining adhesive from the original part.
Ensure that surface is clean and dry.

2. Peel backing from new part and press to adhere.

Logo Label

AutoTrak Label

Product Label

Option Labels

PM Label

Electrical
Safety Label
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Labels 269

Classification Label

Rating Label
Oxygen Label

CSA Label

Serial Number Label

“Do Not Block Airflow” Labels

eSYS Installation Label

Philips Healthcare

Protective Earth Ground Label

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

270 RJ45 Block Plug

RJ45 Block Plug

The V680 ventilator is delivered with the RJ45 port (on rear of ventilator) blocked with a plug
(PN 1116110 / 453561533861) to prevent the unauthorized use of the port. The port is non-
functioning for CAT5 or CAT6 Ethernet cable use and electrical isolation as mandated under IEC
3rd edition is not assured.

Removing the RJ45 Port Plug

Should the need to unblock the RJ45 port occur it can be removed and reinstalled using a RJ45
Blockout Tool (PN 1116109 / 453561533861).

Catch / Release Lever

RJ45 Blockout Tool

To remove the blocking plug insert the tines of the tool (as shown above) until they click into
place. With the blocking plug secured onto the end of the tool the plug can now be removed
from the RJ45 port.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 RJ45 Block Plug 271

Inserting the RJ45 Port Plug

To insert an RJ45 Port Plug, snap a blocking plug onto the end of the blockout tool.

RJ45 plug snapped into place on the

tnes of the RJ45 Blockout Tool

Fully insert the plug into the RJ45 port, then while holding the plug in place, press the catch /
release lever to disengage the tool from the plug, and remove the tool, leaving the plug in the
RJ45 port.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

272 Repacking and Shipping

Repacking and Shipping

CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to the ventilator, always ship it with the original
packing material. If the original material is not available, contact Respironics to
order replacements.

NOTE

• Do not ship the battery in the ventilator or separately packaged by sea

or air. Transport of lithium ion batteries is strictly controlled by
international regulations and laws.
• Remove the battery from the ventilator (page 203) before shipping the
ventilator. Store or discard the battery in compliance with your federal,
state, and local regulations.
• Ship the ventilator in appropriate packaging in conformance with your
federal, state, and local regulations. Contact Respironics to obtain
appropriate ventilator packaging.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Tests 273

Performance Verification
Performance verification verifies the integrity of the sensors and other critical components in
the ventilator using external measurement devices. Run all required tests in the order listed.

CAUTION

Performance verification is to be performed only by a qualified service

technician.

Performance Verification Tests

The performance verification consists of several tests (listed below).
Test number Description
1 Electrical safety
2 Leak tests
3 EST/SST
4 Ventilator controls
5 Pressure accuracy
6 Air delivery
7 Air Flow accuracy*
8 Oxygen flow accuracy*
9 Oxygen accuracy
10 Alarms / USB-A Power
11 S/T performance
12 VCV/PCV performance
13 Power fail
14 Internal battery
* Flow testing above 1951 m (6400 ft.) cannot attain 130 SLPM.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

274 Performance Verification Test Requirements

Performance Verification Test Requirements

The type of service performed determines which tests are required (see table below).
Service performed Required tests
Annual preventive maintenance All
35,000 Hour preventative maintenance All
AC inlet: removal/replacement Electrical safety
Air & O2 Flow Sensor assembly; removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Air flow accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen accuracy
• VCV/PCV performance
Base assembly All
Air Valve assembly • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• GDS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
• Air Flow accuracy
• VCV/PCV performance
Bezel, Front • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls
Bezel, Rear • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls
Bracket, EMC PCB / Leak Valve: removal /replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• GDS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
• Air Delivery
• Air Flow Accuracy
Compressor: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• GDS Leak Test
• Pressure Accuracy
• Air Delivery
• Air Flow Accuracy
CPU PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Touch Screen Calibration
• EST/SST
• Alarms / USB-A Power
• Power fail
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Test Requirements 275

Service performed Required tests

Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
• Air delivery
• Air Flow Accuracy
Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA to Flow Sensors Cable: • Electrical safety
removal/replacement • EST/SST
Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA to Motor Controller (MC) • Electrical safety
PCBA Cable: removal/replacement • EST/SST
eSYS Cartridge: removal/replacement EST/SST
eSYS Cartridge: Diaphragm removal/replacement EST/SST
Exhalation Valve PCB: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
Exhalation Valve PCB to Sensor Driver PCBA Cable: • Electrical safety
removal/replacement • EST/SST
EMC PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
Exhalation Valve Actuator: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• eSYS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
• Air flow accuracy
• VCV/PCV performance
EMC PCBA - S/D (Sensor Driver) PCBA Ribbon Cable: • Electrical safety
removal/replacement • EST/SST

Exhalation Valve Housing, Pivot Bracket, Carrier/Slide • Electrical safety

or Return Spring: removal/replacement • EST/SST
• eSYS leak test
Fan: (Primary Cooling) removal/replacement Electrical safety
Fan: (Transfer Cooling) removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• GDS Leak Test
• eSYS Leak Test
Fan: (Compressor Cooling) removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• GDS Leak Test
• eSYS Leak Test
Firmware Upgrade - Power Management PCBA • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• Internal Battery
Firmware Upgrade - Sensor Driver PCBA • Electrical safety
Philips Healthcare

• EST/SST

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

276 Performance Verification Test Requirements

Service performed Required tests

Gas delivery subsystem (GDS): removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Air flow accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen accuracy
• VCV/PCV performance
Gas Outlet Port: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• GDS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
Internal Battery: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Internal battery
Internal Leak Valve: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Air delivery
• Air Flow Accuracy
LCD: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Touch Screen calibration
• Ventilator controls
LCD Cable: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls
Motor Controller (MC) PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Air delivery
• Internal battery
• Power fail
Nav-ring: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls
Operational Software Upgrade • Electrical Safety
• EST/SST
• Oxygen Accuracy
• Alarms
• Power Fail
Oxygen Inlet Filter: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen accuracy
Oxygen Valve: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
Philips Healthcare

• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen accuracy

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Test Requirements 277

Service performed Required tests

Oxygen Sensor and/or Oxygen Sensor Housing: • Electrical safety
removal/replacement • GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Oxygen accuracy
Panel, front: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• GDS leak test
• Pressure accuracy
Power Harness Cable (PS to Internal Battery to PM • Electrical safety
PCBA): removal/replacement • Internal battery
Power Harness Cable (Sensor Driver (S/D) PCB to PM • Electrical safety
PCBA • GDS Leak Test
• eSYS Leak Test
• EST/SST
Power Management (PM) PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• Internal battery
Power Supply: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• EST/SST
• Air Delivery
• Internal battery
• Power Fail
Power Switch Overlay: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls
Rubber Boots: removal/replacement/adjustment • Electrical safety
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
Sensor Driver (S/D) PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• GDS leak test
• eSYS Leak Test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Air flow accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen accuracy
• VCV/PCV performance
Solenoid Valve (SOL 1-4): removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• High pressure leak test
• GDS leak test
• EST/SST
• Pressure accuracy
• Air delivery
• Air flow accuracy
• Oxygen flow accuracy
• Oxygen Accuracy
Speaker: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
Philips Healthcare

• Alarms
Switch PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Ventilator controls

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

278 Performance Verification Test Requirements

Service performed Required tests

Touch Screen: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Touch screen calibration
• Ventilator controls
User interface (UI) PCBA: removal/replacement • Electrical safety
• Touch screen calibration
• Ventilator controls
User interface (complete assembly: removal/ • Electrical safety
replacement • Touch screen calibration
• Ventilator controls
UI PCBA to power management (PM) PCBA ribbon • Electrical safety
cable: removal/replacement • Touch screen calibration
• Ventilator controls

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Required Test Equipment and Service Accessories 279

Required Test Equipment and Service Accessories

The tables below summarize the test equipment and the service accessories required for
performance verification. Check the calibration status of all test equipment before use.

Required Test Equipment for Performance Verification

Description Recommended Manufacturer/Model
Electrical safety analyzer Fluke ESA 620 or equivalent
Pneumatic calibration analyzer(s) capable of measuring TSI Certifier FA Plus or equivalent
low pressure (cmH2O), flow rate (LPM), volume (liters), • Certifier FA Plus Controller: 1037695 /
and respiratory rate 989805612991
• Certifier FA Plus Hi Flow Module:
1037696 / 989805612971
• Certifier FA Oxygen Sensor Kit: 1037156
/ 989805612921
Oxygen analyzer TSI Certifier FA Plus or equivalent
Pressure analyzer capable of measuring high pressure TSI Certifier FA Plus or equivalent
(PSI)
• Power Monitor, USB A Port Local supplier
PortaPow model: USB Power Monitor (or equivalent)
Specifications:
Input limits: 3-20Vdc, 0-2Amps, max 0.2A@20Vdc
Resolution, Voltage :10mV
Resolution, Current: 1mA
Digital multimeter (DMM) and frequency counter Local supplier
Test Lung IngMar QuickLung or equivalent
Temperature/humidity monitor Fisher Scientific 11-661-14 or equivalent

NOTE

An oxygen source capable of delivering 140 LPM (40-87 PSI) is required for
oxygen system tests.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

280 Required Test Equipment and Service Accessories

Required Service Accessories for Performance Verification

Description Part Number 12NC
V680 Ventilator Service Kit, which includes: 1116068 453561533831
• Adapter, 22x22mm OD 1002505 453561506281
• Adapter, Test 15/22x15mm 1116454 453561533871
• Adapter, torque, Cap/GDS AI Collar 1111163 453561531671
• Bacteria Filter, Dsp Sng/Ce (22mmOD x 22mmID) (qty. 2) 1014047 989805618161
• BiPAP test adapter, 0.25in 332353 453561517281
• Breathing Circuit, Dual Limb, Reusable, Adult 22mm 1104598 989805646601
• Cable Assy, HIS/EMR null modem 1080588 989805629921
• Cable, TTL communications 1058778 453561512951
• Circuit tube, 18-in. smooth-bore (qty. 2) 1000060 453561533841
• Coupling, straight, silicone 500-1000-43 453561507171
• Forceps, locking, plastic 1058430 453561529421
• Plug, tapered 23/32 - 61/64 in., silicone (qty. 2) 1055322 453561512731
• Plug, tapered 9/16 - 3/4 in., silicone 1055323 453561512741
• Pressure pick-off port (oxygen enrichment attachment SNGL) 312710 989805609421
• Proximal pressure line tubing - Box/10 312112 989805609321
• Remote alarm test cable 1027818 453561508001
• Remote alarm test cable adapter 1027817 453561507991
• Syringe, GDS/eSYS Leak Test 1117679 453561533931
• Valve, ball 1058431 453561512931
• Valve, oxygen/regulator shut-off 1058380 989805617111
• Whisper Swivel II 332113 989805617951

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Preliminary Cleaning, Inspection, and Setup 281

Preliminary Cleaning, Inspection, and Setup

WARNING

To prevent disease transmission, use protective equipment when handling

contaminated bacteria filters or other patient accessories.

Before servicing the ventilator, clean and inspect as follows:

• Clean the ventilator exterior as described in “Decontamination” on page 95.
• Remove the humidifier from the ventilator, if applicable.
• Visually inspect the exterior of the ventilator for damage. Replace damaged parts as
needed.
• Remove and inspect the cooling fan filter and air inlet filter. Clean or replace filters as
needed.

View and Record Ventilator Information

1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button, and press the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5
seconds of power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
the Diagnostics menu.
2. Touch Service to display the Ventilator Information screen (next page), and
record the following information on the “Electrical Safety / EST-SST Data Form”
on page 343 or Performance Verification Data Form on “Performance Verification
Data Form” on page 345:
• Software options
• Ventilator serial number
• Software version
• Total power-on hours
• Hours since last PM
• PIC Software Version
• Bridge Software Version
• Exhalation Flow Sensor Firmware Version
• Battery lot number
• Battery manufacture date
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

282 View and Record Ventilator Information

3. Touch Pneumatics and record the displayed barometric pressure.

4. Measure and record the ambient temperature and relative humidity.

Philips Healthcare

5. Complete a diagnostic report (DRPTA) download (“Generating a Diagnostic

Report (DRPTA)” on page 160).
6. Turn the ventilator OFF.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup 283

Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup

Follow these steps to set up the Certifier FA Plus pneumatic calibration analyzer, including:
• Measurement Selection Screen
• Averaging Setup Menu
• Trigger Options menu
• Configurations menu

NOTE

When using a pneumatic calibration analyzer, remember the analyzer should be

in STP when measuring flow.

Measurement Selection Screen

Use the Measurement Selection Screen to add or remove parameters from the Certifier FA
Plus screen.
1. Touch any parameter on the analyzer touch screen to display the Measurement
Selection Screen.

2. To add a parameter, touch the parameter name in the left window then touch
the right arrow. To remove a parameter, touch the parameter name in the right
window then touch the left arrow.
Use the up and down arrows to determine the order of the selected parameters.
Recommended parameters:
Philips Healthcare

• High Pressure (psig)

• Low Pressure (cmH2O)
• Absolute Pressure (mmHg)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

284 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup

• Flow Rate (SLPM)

• Oxygen Concentration (%)
• Peak Pressure (cmH2O)
• PEEP Pressure (cmH2O)
• Inhaled Tidal Volume (ml/min)
• Exhaled Tidal Volume (ml/min)
3. To select or change the measured gas, touch the gas drop-down list and select
the gas.

4. Touch OK when parameters selection and order is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup 285

Averaging Setup Menu

Use the Averaging Setup Menu to select averages for breath parameters (how many breaths
are averaged) and real-time transducer values (the time interval used for averaging).
1. Touch the Breath Average button to display the Averaging Setup Menu.

Number of Breaths
Averaged = 5
Breath Average button
Second Average for
Real-Time Values = 2.0

2. Use the up and down arrows to set these values:

3. Touch OK when complete.

Trigger Options

Use Trigger Options to define how the analyzer detects the start of the inspiratory and
expiratory breath cycles.
1. Touch the Trigger options button to display the Trigger Options menu.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

286 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup

TTL Trigger options

selection button

2. Select TTL.
3. Use the arrow buttons to select start trigger.
4. Touch OK when complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup 287

Configurations Menu

Use the Configurations menu to save test configurations and switch between saved
configurations.
1. Touch the Configuration button to display the Configurations menu.

Configuration button

2. To create a Philips_Respironics folder, touch Save As, then touch New Folder. If a
Philips_Respironics folder already exists go to step 4.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

288 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup

3. Use the touch screen keyboard to enter Philips_Respironics, then touch OK.

4. Highlight Philips_Respironics and touch Save.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup 289

5. Use the touch screen keyboard to enter the new configuration name (V680),
then touch OK.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

290 Performance Verification Procedures

Performance Verification Procedures

When running a complete performance verification, perform the tests in order to ensure
logical fault diagnosis. If the ventilator fails any performance verification test, see
“Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair” on page 329 for troubleshooting
instructions. Fill in the applicable parts of the Performance Verification Data Form as each test
is completed.

Electrical Safety (Test 1)

The electrical safety test verifies that the ground resistance and forward and reverse leakage
current are within specified limits.

Required equipment:
• 0.25-in. test adapter
• Electrical safety analyzer
1. Set Electrical Safety Analyzer to measure ground resistance referring to the test
instrument's operating instructions.
2. Check that the ground resistance < 0.2 ohm (W) at these test points:
• Proximal Pressure Port
• Gas Outlet Port
• Oxygen Fitting Retention Plate screws
• Exhalation Compartment Side Cover mounting screw

NOTE

• The gas outlet port is made of anodized aluminum. Therefore, you may
need to score the upper inside surface to achieve a good ground
resistance reading.
• The oxygen fitting is not grounded
• Do not attempt to clamp or probe at the gas return port of the eSYS
Cartridge as the port is plastic and not metal. Doing so could damage its
outer circumference and hamper its ability seal filters attached to it.
3. Attach the 0.25-in. test adapter to the gas outlet port.
4. Turn the ventilator on and check that the cooling fan is operating correctly.
5. Check that the forward and reverse leakage current is:
• < 300 microamperes (µA) for ventilators connected to 100-120 VAC/60 Hz.
Philips Healthcare

• < 500 µA for ventilators connected to 220-240 VAC/50 Hz.

6. Removed electrical safety analyzer from the ventilator.
The electrical safety test is complete.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 291

Electrical Safety Testing

Proximal pressure port

Electrical safety analyzer set

to measure ground resistance

Gas outlet port

NOTE: The gas outlet port is made
of anodized aluminum. Therefore,
you may need to score the upper
inside surface to achieve a good
ground resistance reading.

Electrical safety analyzer set to

measure ground resistance

Left Oxygen fitting retention

plate screw
NOTE: The oxygen fitting is not
grounded

Electrical safety analyzer set

to measure ground resistance

Oxygen fitting retention plate

screw
NOTE: Oxygen fitting is not
grounded

Electrical safety analyzer set

to measure ground resistance

eSYS compartment side cover

mounting screw

NOTE: The Electrical Safety Analyzer is

set to measure leakage current
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

292 Performance Verification Procedures

Leak Tests (Test 2)

Leak tests include:

• High Pressure Leak Test: Verifies that there are no leaks on the high-pressure (oxygen)
side of the GDS.
• GDS Leak Test: Verifies that there are no leaks on the low pressure side of the GDS, to
include:
• Air Valve
• Internal Leak Valve
• Connections between the GDS and Blower, Blower and Inspiratory Boot, Oxygen
Sensor and sensor housing, the Inspiratory Gas Outlet port, and internal tubing.
• The test also accounts for any pressure leak between the proximal port fitting and
proximal pressure transducer (as pneumatically routed through de-energized SOL 4
of the GDS).
• eSYS Leak Test: Verifies that there are no leaks on the exhalation side of the system (i.e.
eSYS Cartridge internal components, Cartridge diaphragm and pressure transfer from the
cartridge to the exhalation pressure transducer located on the Sensor/Driver PCBA.)

The image below shows the test configuration for the High Pressure Leak Test

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 293

High Pressure Leak Test

Required equipment:
• Certifier FA Plus Analyzer
• Oxygen Regulator/Shut-Off Valve

NOTE

The oxygen pressure source connected to the inlet side of the test regulator
must be capable of supplying no less than 50 psig in order to conduct this test.
1. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Enter
button on the Nav-ring and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown
button. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button again to
enter the Diagnostics menu.
2. Connect the oxygen regulator/shut-off valve to the ventilator then connect the
pressure reference hose quick disconnect from the regulator to the high pressure
port of the Certifier HFM, then connect the oxygen source to the inlet port of the
regulator test assembly.
3. Touch Service, then Pneumatics, and verify that the O2 Inlet display and the
analyzer display read 45 to 50 psig. If needed, adjust the test regulator to achieve
an Oxygen Inlet pressure from 45 to 50 psig.
4. Touch Misc, then touch High Pressure Leak Test and follow the onscreen
prompts.

5. When pressure is within range (45 to 50 psig) to start the test, re-verify the O2
inlet pressure displayed on the ventilator and analyzer displays and record these
values.
6. Upon successful completion of the test, record the Threshold and Pressure Drop
Philips Healthcare

test results as displayed by the ventilator.

7. Touch Close and then remove the oxygen regulator/shut-off valve.

The high pressure leak test is complete.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

294 Performance Verification Procedures

GDS Leak Test

Required equipment:
• Clamp (hemostat)
• GDS / eSYS leak test syringe

The image below shows the test configuration for the GDS Leak Test

NOTE

The stopcock located on the proximal tube leader from the Y connector of the
test syringe serves to control pressure in the following manner during this test.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 295

• Position 1: Stopcock is closed to atmosphere, but left open for pressure

to pass from the Syringe to the Proximal pressure port fitting.

• Position 2: Placed in this position, the stopcock allows air to be drawn

back into the syringe without placing excessive negative pressure on the
Machine or Proximal pressure transducers. This saves the operator from
having to disconnect the test syringe setup from the ventilator in order
to draw air back into the syringe when having to retest or troubleshoot
for gross leaks.

1. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Enter
button on the Nav-ring and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown
button on the UI. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics menu.
2. Verify that the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe plunger is pulled back, and then
connect it to the gas outlet port.
3. Connect the proximal pressure tube leader coming off the 3-way stopcock to the
proximal pressure fitting of the ventilator. Verify the lever arm of the stopcock is
positioned so that the word OFF is positioned over the unused Luer connector.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

296 Performance Verification Procedures

4. Touch Service, Misc, then touch GDS Leak Test and follow the onscreen prompts.

5. Record the Threshold and Pressure Drop test results as displayed by the
ventilator.
6. Touch Close, then remove the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe.

The GDS leak test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 297

eSYS Leak Test

Required equipment:
• Clamp (hemostat)
• GDS/eSYS leak test syringe

eSYS Leak Test setup

NOTE

The stopcock located on the proximal tube leader from the Y connector of the
test syringe serves to control pressure in the following manner during this test.
• Position 3: Stopcock is closed to keep pressure generated by the syringe
from escaping through the unused proximal pressure leader during this
test.
Philips Healthcare

1. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Enter
button on the Nav/ring and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown
button on the UI. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav/ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics menu.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

298 Performance Verification Procedures

2. Verify that the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe plunger is pulled back, and connect the
open end of the 22mm plugged pressure pick-off port to the Gas Return port of
the eSYS Cartridge.
3. Verify the lever arm of the stopcock is positioned so that the word OFF points to
the Y connector.

NOTE

The pressure tube from the wye (intended for prox line connector) is not used
during this test.
4. Touch Service, Misc, then touch eSYS Leak Test and follow the onscreen
prompts.

5. Record the Threshold and Pressure Drop test results as displayed by the
ventilator.
6. Touch Close, then remove the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe.

The eSYS Leak Test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 299

EST/SST (Test 3)

EST/SST verifies the functional integrity of the ventilator by testing its hardware subsystems
and components. Perform EST/SST before placing the ventilator on a patient, between
patients, during preventive maintenance, performance verification, for oxygen sensor
calibration, or if ventilator operation is questionable.

WARNING

• Do not use a ventilator that has failed EST/SST without verifying

operational readiness by other means. Doing so may place a patient at
risk.
• Never initiate an EST/SST while the patient is connected to the
ventilator. The high airway pressures and gas flows generated during
EST/SST can injure a patient.

Required equipment:
• Reusable Adult Dual-Limb patient circuit assembly (Dual Limb EST/SST test)
• Single-Limb patient circuit assembly w/DEP (single-limb SST test)
• Bacteria filter (2)
• Plug, tapered 9/16 - 3/4 in., silicone
• Regulated oxygen source
• DMM (Digital Multimeter)
• Remote alarm test cable
• Remote alarm test cable adapter

NOTE

When conducting Single or Dual limb SST without access to a remote alarm
nurse call system, use a DMM and the remote alarm test cable with adapter, to
monitor the output of the ventilator's Remote Alarm output during the Remote
Alarm subtest of SST.
Connect the Grey connector (marked Tip) of the remote alarm test cable to the
test cable adapter at the DMM to simulate a Normally Open (N.O.) call system.
A resistance change from OPEN (infinite) to SHORT (0.00 +/- 3ohms) should be
indicated when the Remote Alarm subtest is selected and active.
1. Turn the ventilator ON by pressing the ON/Shutdown button.
2. Select New Patient and configure the ventilator for Dual-Limb EST/SST testing as
Philips Healthcare

follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Dual Limb - INV

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

300 Performance Verification Procedures

• Humidity Management: Non-Heated Wire Expiatory Limb

• Circuit Diameter: 22mm
• Exhalation Port: eSYS Exhalation Cartridge (no action required)
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
3. Connect an adult dual limb patient circuit to the ventilator.
4. Touch Start EST.
5. Follow the on-screen prompts and complete all subtests of EST. Upon completion
of the test, select Exit Tests to return to the Ventilator Configuration screen.
6. Remove the plug from the patient circuit wye.
7. Touch Start SST.
8. Follow the on-screen prompts and complete all subtests of SST. Upon successful
completion of Dual-Limb SST, select Exit Tests to return to Ventilator
Configuration.
9. Remove the plug from the patient circuit wye.

Dual-Limb EST/SST test are complete.

10. Next, proceed to configure the ventilator for Single-Limb NIV SST test.
11. Configure as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Single Limb - NIV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask/Patient Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: DEP
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
12. Connect a Single-Limb patient circuit with a DEP exhalation port to the ventilator.
13. Touch Start SST.
14. Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the SST. Upon successful completion of
Single-Limb SST, select Exit Tests to return to Ventilator Configuration.
15. Remove the plug from the patient circuit.

Single-Limb SST test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 301

Controls (Test 4)

The controls test verifies that the touch screen, Nav-ring, and Nav-ring Enter button work
correctly.

Required equipment:
• Single-Limb patient circuit assembly w/DEP
• 0.25-in. test adapter (as shown).
1. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode and configured to
operate as Single-Limb NIV, cycle power to the ventilator, select New Patient to
enter Ventilator Configuration and prepare the ventilator for Single-Limb NIV
operation.
2. Connect a single-limb patient circuit to the ventilator.
3. Select New Patient
• Patient type: Adult
• Circuit Type: Single Limb NIV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask port Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: DEP
• Press to Confirm Inspiratory Filter is installed.
4. Press Accept Settings and enter Standby
5. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits:
Ventilator settings Alarm limits
Mode: S/T High 30 BPM
Rate:
IPAP: 20 cmH2O Low 4 BPM
Rate:
EPAP: 4 cmH2O Hi Vt: 2500 mL
Rate: 12 BPM Lo Vt: OFF mL
I-Time: 1.00 sec HIP: 50 cmH2O
Rise: 1 LIP: OFF cmH2O
Ramp: OFF Low VE: OFF L/min
O2: 21% LIP T: 20 sec

6. Attach the 0.25-in. test adapter to the end of the Single-Limb patient circuit to
mitigate alarms during the tests.
7. Touch Start S/T mode at top of screen to exit Standby and enter ventilation.
Philips Healthcare

8. Verify that the AC power icon is displayed on the UI.

9. Verify that the ON/Shutdown LED is green.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

302 Performance Verification Procedures

10. Touch IPAP to display the IPAP adjustment screen, then use the Nav-ring to
change the value to 40.
11. Press the Nav-ring Enter button to accept the new setting.
12. Touch IPAP to display the IPAP adjustment screen, then use the touch screen
arrows to return the IPAP setting to 20.
13. Touch Menu, then Brightness and verify that the display information is visible
when brightness is set to its minimum value.
14. Adjust brightness to 5, then touch Close.
15. Touch Screen Lock, then attempt to change a setting. Verify that the user
interface displays “Screen Locked” at the top of the screen.
16. Press the Nav-ring Enter button to unlock the screen.
17. Press the On/Shutdown button, then touch Ventilator Shutdown.
18. Verify that the ON/Shutdown LED is amber.
19. Remove the single-limb patient circuit from the ventilator and turn the ventilator
OFF.

The controls test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 303

Pressure Accuracy (Test 5)

The pressure accuracy test verifies the accuracy of the machine, proximal and exhalation
pressure transducers.

Required equipment:
• 9/16 - 3/4 in. tapered plug (“stopper”)
• 22mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing
• Proximal pressure line assembly
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics Menu.
2. Touch Service, then Pneumatics.
3. From Pneumatics screen, touch the Internal Leak Valve key to indicate Closed.
4. From Pneumatics screen Close the Exhalation Valve.
5. Verify that the barometric pressure reading displayed on the ventilator is within
+/- 3.5% of the analyzer reading.
6. Connect the pneumatic calibration analyzer to the ventilator as shown in the
following illustration.

NOTE

Zero the analyzer transducers, if required (verify no pressure is connected to the

Certifier while you perform an Auto Zero of the transducers).
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

304 Performance Verification Procedures

7. Configure the diagnostic screen (shown below) as follows:

Diagnostic Screen Settings

Pressure: 0 cmH2O
Flow: 0 SLPM
O2: 21%
Insp. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Exh. Valve: Closed (~65000 counts)
Internal Leak Valve: Close
Solenoid 1: None
Solenoid 2: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 3: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 4: Prox Pressure

8. Set ventilator pressure values according to the table below and verify that they
correspond to pressure measurements:

NOTE
Philips Healthcare

Add the machine pressure offset reading (pneumatics screen) at 0 to the

analyzer readings for 1, 35, and 60 cmH2O.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 305

Set Pressure to: Verify that analyzer, average Machine, average Proximal and
Exhalation Pressure displays read:
0 cmH2O -1.5 to 1.5 cmH2O
1 cmH2O 0.5 to 1.5 cmH2O
35 cmH2O 32.5 to 38.5 cmH2O
60 cmH2O 54 to 66 cmH2O

9. Touch Flow, then Accept to return the pressure setting to zero.

The pressure accuracy test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

306 Performance Verification Procedures

Air Delivery (Test 6)

The air delivery test verifies the accuracy and function of the compressor.

NOTE

The air delivery test is not performed at barometric pressures below 600.1
mmHg or above 765.3 mmHg. Record the displayed barometric pressure from
the Pneumatics screen and record “N/A” in the air delivery section of the data
sheet.
Required equipment (air delivery):
• Coupling, straight, silicone
• Ball valve
• 22mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 1/8-in. silicon tubing (length A/R)
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics Menu.
2. Touch Service, then Pneumatics.
3. Disconnect the oxygen source to the ventilator.
4. Connect a ball valve and pneumatic calibration analyzer (Certifier Plus) to the
ventilator, set analyzer gas source to Air and select STP mode (see illustration
below). Take note of the air flow direction on the Certifier high flow module.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 307

If applicable, set the analyzer flow range to measure at least 100 cmH2O and 230 SLPM.
5. Configure the diagnostic screen as follows:
Diagnostic Screen Settings
Pressure: 0 cmH2O
Flow: 0 SLPM
O2: 21%
Insp. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Exh. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Internal Leak Valve: Open
Solenoid 1: None
Solenoid 2: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 3: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 4: Prox Pressure

6. Record the displayed barometric pressure from the Pneumatics screen.

7. Using the recorded barometric pressure, identify and record the appropriate
cmH2O and SLPM test parameters from the “Air Delivery Barometric Pressure
Compensation” table (page 308). To locate the appropriate parameters, you may
have to round down the barometric pressure.
8. Ensure that the ball valve is fully open, then touch Flow and set to 200 SLPM.
9. Begin closing the ball valve until the low pressure display on the analyzer is
greater than the cmH2O test parameter from the “Air Delivery Barometric
Pressure Compensation” table (page 308). Verify that the flow displayed on the
analyzer is greater than the SLPM test parameter from the “Air Delivery
Barometric Pressure Compensation” table (below).
10. Touch Pressure, then Accept to return the flow setting to zero.

The Air Delivery Test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

308 Performance Verification Procedures

Air Delivery Barometric Pressure Compensation Table

mmHg cmH2O SLPM mmHg cmH2O SLPM mmHg cmH2O SLPM
765.3 64.67 139.17 704.6 61.76 126.95 649.4 59.29 116.23
762.6 64.54 138.59 701.9 61.63 126.47 646.9 59.19 115.78
760.0 64.41 138.02 699.3 61.51 125.99 644.4 59.08 115.33
757.4 64.28 137.45 696.6 61.39 125.52 641.9 58.98 114.88
754.7 64.15 136.88 694.0 61.27 125.04 639.4 58.87 114.44
752.1 64.02 136.32 691.5 61.16 124.52 637.0 58.77 114.00
749.4 63.89 135.76 689.0 61.04 124.00 634.5 58.67 113.56
746.8 63.76 135.21 686.6 60.93 123.48 632.0 58.56 113.13
744.2 63.63 134.67 684.1 60.82 122.97 629.7 58.47 112.65
741.5 63.51 134.12 681.6 60.71 122.46 627.4 58.38 112.17
738.9 63.38 133.58 679.1 60.60 121.96 625.2 58.28 111.70
736.2 63.25 133.05 676.6 60.48 121.46 622.9 58.19 111.23
733.6 63.12 132.52 674.2 60.37 120.97 620.6 58.10 110.77
731.0 63.00 131.99 671.7 60.26 120.48 618.3 58.01 110.31
728.3 62.87 131.47 669.2 60.15 119.99 616.0 57.91 109.86
725.7 62.75 130.95 666.7 60.05 119.51 613.8 57.82 109.41
723.0 62.62 130.44 664.2 59.94 119.03 611.5 57.73 108.96
720.4 62.50 129.93 661.8 59.83 118.55 609.2 57.64 108.51
717.8 62.37 129.42 659.3 59.72 118.08 606.9 57.55 108.07
715.1 62.25 128.92 656.8 59.61 117.61 604.6 57.46 107.63
712.5 62.12 128.42 654.3 59.51 117.15 602.4 57.38 107.20
709.8 62.00 127.93 651.8 59.40 116.69 600.1 57.29 106.77
707.2 61.88 127.44

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 309

Air Flow Accuracy (Test 7)

The air flow accuracy test verifies the accuracy and function of the air flow sensor and the
function of the internal leak valve.

Required equipment (flow accuracy):

• 22-mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing
• Proximal pressure line assembly
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer

See image below for ventilator setup.

1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics menu.
2. Touch Service, and then Pneumatics.
3. Connect the pneumatic calibration analyzer to the ventilator, set analyzer gas
source to Air and select STP mode (see illustration below).
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

310 Performance Verification Procedures

4. Configure the Pneumatic Controls screen as follows:

Pneumatic Controls Settings
Pressure: 0 cmH2O
Flow: 0 SLPM
Insp. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Exh. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Internal Leak Valve: Closed
O2: 21%
Solenoid 1: None
Solenoid 2: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 3: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 4: Prox Pressure

5. Verify that the set air flow values correspond to the flow measurements:

NOTE

When using the Certifier FA Plus the air delivery/flow accuracy test requires
that the temperatures of the delivered gas and ambient air must be within 10 °C
of each other, and that the relative humidity of the gas must be less than 30% at
21.1 °C.
Most air flow analyzer flow sensors are sensitive to relative humidity and
typically indicate higher-than-actual air flow readings when the relative
humidity is above 10%. Consult the manufacturer’s instructions for correcting
any air flow inaccuracies due to high relative humidity.

Set Flow to: Verify that analyzer and average Air Flow displays read:
10 SLPM 9 to 11 SLPM
120 SLPM 108 to 132 SLPM

6. With the flow still set at 120 SLPM, set the Internal Leak Valve to Open and
verify that the flow reading on the analyzer drops by at least 10 SLPM, but not
more than 30 SLPM.
7. Touch Pressure then Accept to zero the flow setting.

The flow accuracy test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 311

Oxygen Flow Accuracy (Test 8)

The oxygen flow accuracy test verifies the accuracy of the oxygen flow sensor and function of
the oxygen valve.

Required equipment:
• 22-mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing
• Proximal pressure line assembly
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
1. If the ventilator is not already in diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn the ventilator on by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostics menu.
2. Touch Service, then Pneumatics.
3. Connect the oxygen source to the ventilator.
4. Connect the pneumatic calibration analyzer to the ventilator, set analyzer gas
source to O2 and select STP mode (see illustration below).

5. Set the analyzer flow range to measure at least 140 LPM.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

312 Performance Verification Procedures

6. Configure the diagnostic screen as follows:

Pneumatic Controls Settings

Pressure: 0 cmH2O
Flow: 0 SLPM
Insp. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Exh. Valve: Open (~32768 counts)
Internal Leak Valve: Closed
O2: 100%
Solenoid 1: None
Solenoid 2: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 3: Machine Pressure Line
Solenoid 4: Prox Pressure

7. Verify that the set oxygen flow values correspond to the flow measurements:

NOTE

Oxygen source must be able to maintain a minimum of 40 psig at 140 SLPM.

Set Flow to: Verify that analyzer and average O2 Flow displays read:
10 SLPM 9 to 11 SLPM
140 SLPM 126 to 154 SLPM

8. Touch Pressure then Accept to zero the flow setting.

9. Touch O2 and set to 21%.

The oxygen flow accuracy test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 313

Oxygen Accuracy (Test 9)

The oxygen accuracy test verifies the accuracy of the oxygen percentage delivered to the
patient.

Required equipment:
• 22-mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing (x2)
• Proximal pressure line assembly
• Whisper Swivel
• Ingmar test lung
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer with oxygen sensor
1. Connect a patient circuit, including test lung, Whisper Swivel, and analyzer to the
ventilator (see illustration below).
• Set the analyzer to measure oxygen.
• Set up the test lung with an Rp20 and a compliance of 20.

2. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter normal ventilation mode.
3. Select New Patient and configure as follows:
• Patient type – Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type – Single Limb NIV
• Humidity Management – None
Philips Healthcare

• Mask port Interface – 1

• Exhalation Port – DEP
• Verify filters: Press to Confirm filters are installed

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

314 Performance Verification Procedures

4. Press Accept Settings and enter Standby

5. Touch Start S/T Mode at the top of screen, or exercise the test lung, to exit
Standby and enter ventilation.

6. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits:

Ventilator settings Alarm limits
Mode: S/T High Rate: 30 BPM
IPAP: 20 cmH2O Low Rate: 4 BPM
EPAP: 4 cmH2O Hi Vt: 2500 mL
Rate: 12 BPM Lo Vt: OFF mL
I-Time: 1.00 sec HIP: 50 cmH2O
Rise: 1 LIP: OFF cmH2O
Ramp: OFF Low VE: OFF L/min
O2: 21% LIP T: 20 sec

7. With the oxygen source disconnected, touch O2 and set to 22%.

8. Verify that the ventilator alarms and displays Oxygen Not Available.
9. Touch O2 and set to 21%, reset alarms.
10. Connect an oxygen source to the ventilator.

NOTE

Calibrate the sensor of the oxygen analyzers prior to proceeding.

11. Verify that the set O2% values corresponds to the measured values:
Touch O2 Verify that analyzer measures:
and set to:
21% 16 to 26% (after 12 breaths)
30% 25 to 35% (after 12 breaths)
60% 55 to 65% (after 12 breaths)
100% 95 to 105% (after 12 breaths)

12. Touch O2 and set to 21%.

The oxygen accuracy test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 315

S/T Performance (Test 10)

The S/T performance test verifies the accuracy of the IPAP and EPAP settings.

Required equipment:
• 22-mm connector
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing
• Whisper Swivel
• Ingmar test lung
• TTL communications cable
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
1. Connect a patient circuit, including test lung, Whisper Swivel, TTL cable, and
analyzer to the ventilator (as shown below).

NOTE

The TTL cable connects to the RS-232 port on the rear of the ventilator and to
the Certifier FA Plus HFM.

2. Set up the test lung with an Rp20 and a compliance of 20.

3. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter normal ventilation mode.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

316 Performance Verification Procedures

4. Select New Patient and configure as follows:

• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Single Limb - NIV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask/Patient Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: Whisper Swivel
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed

5. Press Accept Settings and enter Standby.

6. Touch Start S/T Mode at the top of screen, or exercise the test lung, to exit
Standby and enter ventilation.
7. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits, and reset any alarms if necessary:

Ventilator settings Alarm limits

Mode: S/T High Rate: 30 BPM
IPAP: 15 cmH2O Low Rate: 4 BPM

EPAP: 4 cmH2O Hi Vt: 2500 mL

Rate: 12 BPM Lo Vt: OFF mL

I-Time 1.00 sec HIP: 50 cmH2O

Rise: 2 LIP: OFF cmH2O

Ramp: OFF Low VE: OFF L/min
O2: 21% LIP T: 20 sec

8. Configure the ventilator’s patient data window to display the following patient
data monitors; Rate, PIP and PEEP.

NOTE

To configure the patient data window to display the prescribed data monitors
indicated above; touch and hold any one of the nine data monitors currently
displayed for approximately 5 seconds. The ventilator will then temporarily
display a complete list of parameter selections.
While the parameter selection window is open, touch any of the active
monitors currently displayed within the patient data window view then select
the new parameter you wish to monitor in that position from the select new
parameter window.
Once all necessary selections are made, touch Close to close the selections
Philips Healthcare

window and return the waveforms graph to the display.

9. Allow the ventilator to operate for at least one minute.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 317

10. Watch the waveforms on the ventilator display to verify that the unit cycles
between IPAP and EPAP.
11. Verify that the set IPAP and EPAP values correspond to these measurements:

Select this setting: Verify that analyzer measures:

IPAP = 40 cmH2O 36.4 to 43.6 cmH2O (PIP)
EPAP = 25 cmH2O 22 to 28 cmH2O (PEEP)

The S/T performance test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

318 Performance Verification Procedures

VCV / PCV Performance (Test 11)

The VCV/PCV performance test verifies the accuracy of volume and pressure controlled
ventilation.

Required equipment:
• 22-mm connector
• 15mm-22mm adapter
• Circuit tube, 18-in. smooth-bore (x1)
• Dual limb adult patient circuit
• Ingmar test lung (or equivalent)
• TTL communications cable
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
1. Connect the dual limb adult patient circuit, including test lung, TTL cable, and
analyzer to the ventilator (as shown below)
2. Set analyzer’s gas source to measure Air and select BTPS mode. Take note of the
air flow direction on the Certifier high flow module; position the module so that
the arrow points toward the test lung.

NOTE

When recording the analyzer measurement for VTe (exhaled tidal volume)
during AC-VCV performance testing, do not record the measurement as a
negative value, omit the negative sign from the measurement..

NOTE
Philips Healthcare

The TTL cable connects to the RS232 port on the rear of the ventilator and to the
Certifier FA Plus HFM.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 319

3. Set up the test lung with an Rp5 and a compliance of 20.

4. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter normal ventilation mode.
5. Select New Patient and configure as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Dual Limb - INV
• Humidity Management: Non-Heated Wire Expiatory Limb
• Circuit Diameter: 22mm
• Exhalation Port: eSYS Exhalation Cartridge (no action required)
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
6. If EST/SST has not been performed with the attached dual limb adult patient
circuit, perform EST/SST (page 299). Otherwise proceed to the next step.
7. Touch Accept Settings and Enter Standby mode.
8. Touch Start AC-PCV Mode at the top of screen, or exercise the test lung, to exit
Standby and enter ventilation.
9. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits, and reset any alarms if necessary:

Ventilator settings Alarm limits

Mode: A/C - VCV Hi Rate: 20 BPM
VT: 250 mL Lo Rate: Off

Rate: 12 BPM O2: On

O2: 21% HIP: 70 cmH2O

I-Trig: 3.0 L/min Hi VE: Off L/min

Sigh: OFF Lo VE: Off L/min

PEEP: 5 cmH2O Hi Vt: 1500 mL

I-Time 1.00 sec Lo Vt: Off mL

Flow Pattern: Square wave Hi Leak: Off L/min

Apnea T: 20 sec
LIP: OFF cmH2O
Hi PEEP: 15 cmH2O
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

320 Performance Verification Procedures

10. Configure the ventilator's patient data window to display the following patient
data monitors; Rate, VTI, VTE, PIP, PEEP, and O2%.

NOTE

To configure the patient data window to display the prescribed data monitors
indicated above; touch and hold any one of the nine data monitors currently
displayed for approximately 5 seconds. The ventilator will then temporarily
display a complete list of parameter selections.
While the parameter selection window is open, touch any of the active
monitors currently displayed within the patient data window view then select
the new parameter you wish to monitor in that position from the select new
parameter window.
Once all necessary selections are made, touch Close to close the selections
window and return the waveforms graph to the display.

11. Start ventilation and allow the ventilator to operate for at least one minute.
12. Watch the waveforms on the ventilator display to verify that the unit cycles
between inhalation / exhalation and verify the flow waveform is displayed as a square
wave.
13. Verify that the set volume values and PEEP setting correspond to these
measurements:

Select this setting: Verify that Ventilator display and Analyzer VTi , VTe and PEEP
Volume PEEP
VT = 250 mL 225 to 275 mL 4.5 to 5.5 cmH2O

VT = 500 mL 450 to 550 mL 4.5 to 5.5 cmH2O

VT = 1000 mL 900 to 1100 mL 4.5 to 5.5 cmH2O

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 321

14. Change the Mode to A/C - PCV, select these ventilator settings and alarm limits,
and reset any alarms if necessary:

Ventilator settings Alarm limits

Mode: A/C - PCV Hi Rate: 20 BPM
PC: 25 cmH2O Lo Rate: Off
Rate: 12 BPM O2: On
O2: 60% HIP: 65 cmH2O
I-Trig: 3.0 L/min Hi VE: Off L/min
PEEP: 10 cmH2O Lo VE: Off L/min
I-Time: 1.00 sec Hi Vt: 1500 mL
Rise: 2 Lo Vt: Off mL
Hi Leak: Off L/min
Apnea T: 20 sec
LIP: OFF cmH2O
Hi PEEP: 15 cmH2O

15. Watch the waveforms on the ventilator display to verify that the unit cycles
between peak inspiratory pressure and EPAP.
16. Verify that the set PC, PEEP, and O2% values correspond to these measurements:

Settings: Verify that Ventilator display and Analyzer measures:

PC = 25 cmH2O 32.5 to 38.5 cmH2O (PIP)

PEEP = 10 cmH2O 9 to 11 cmH2O (PEEP)

O2 = 60% 57 to 65%

The VCV/PCV performance test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

322 Performance Verification Procedures

Alarms / USB-A Port Power (Test 12)

This test verifies the performance of the remote alarm connector output, alarm volume
adjustment control, and USB-A port output voltage used to drive Philips Approved USB
powered Nebulizers.

Required equipment:
• 22-mm connector
• Pressure pick-off port
• 18-in. smooth-bore tubing
• Proximal pressure line assembly
• Whisper Swivel
• Ingmar test lung
• Certifier FA Plus analyzer
• DMM
• Remote alarm test cable
• Remote alarm test cable adapter
• USB-A Port Power Monitor
1. Connect a patient circuit, including test lung, Whisper Swivel, and analyzer to the
ventilator (as shown below).

Philips Healthcare

2. Set up the test lung with an Rp20 and a compliance of 20.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 323

3. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter normal ventilation mode.
4. Select New Patient and configure as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Dual Limb - Single Limb - INV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask/Patient Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: Whisper Swivel
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed

5. Touch, ACCEPT Settings and Enter Standby mode.

6. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits:
Ventilator settings Alarm limits
Mode: S/T High Rate: 30 BPM
IPAP: 15 cmH2O Low Rate: 4 BPM
EPAP: 4 cmH2O Hi Vt: 2500 mL
Rate: 12 BPM Lo Vt: OFF mL
I-Time: 1.00 sec HIP: 50 cmH2O
Rise: 1 LIP: OFF cmH2O
Ramp: OFF Low VE: OFF L/min
O2: 21% LIP T: 20 sec

7. Connect the adapter's double banana plugs to the DMM with the GND tab to the
common jack and set the DMM to measure resistance.
8. Connect the grey RCA plug (labelled TIP) of the remote alarm test cable to the
adapter.
9. Plug the ¼ - in. phono connector into the remote alarm phono jack at the back of
the ventilator.
10. Reset any alarms if necessary and verify that the DMM reads infinite resistance
(open circuit).
11. Remove the grey RCA plug from the adapter and connect the orange RCA plug
(labelled RING) in its place.
12. Reset any alarms if necessary, and verify that the DMM reads 0.0 + 3 ohms.
13. Disconnect the proximal line from the ventilator to create a Proximal Pressure
Line Disconnect alarm.
14. Touch Menu, then Loudness, and verify that the audible alarm is still audible
when set to 1 and steadily becomes louder as the value increases to 10.
Philips Healthcare

15. Verify that the DMM reads infinite resistance (open circuit).
16. Remove the orange RCA plug from the adapter and connect the grey RCA plug
(labelled TIP) in its place.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

324 Performance Verification Procedures

17. Verify that the DMM reads 0.0 + 3 ohms.

18. Reconnect the proximal line to the ventilator and verify that the audible alarm is
automatically silenced.
19. Remove the adapter from the DMM and the remote alarm test cable from the
remote alarm phono jack.
20. Next, connect a USB port power monitor the USB-A port located at the back of
the ventilator. Set the power monitor to measure voltage (see photo below).

21. Verify that the ventilator's USB-A port measures an output between 4.80 to 5.20
Vdc.

The alarms /USB-A power output test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Procedures 325

Power Fail (Test 13)

This test verifies the integrity of the power fail alarm.

Required equipment:
• 0.25-in. test adapter.

If the internal battery is installed:

1. Turn ventilator power off and disconnect power cord from AC outlet.
2. Disconnect the internal battery from the ventilator.
3. Reconnect the power cord to the AC outlet.
4. Connect a 0.25-in. test adapter to the gas outlet port.
5. Turn the ventilator on in normal ventilation mode.
6. With the ventilator operating on AC power, unplug the power cord from the AC
outlet.
7. Verify that the audible alarm sounds and start a stopwatch. After 2 minutes,
verify that the audible alarm is still sounding.
8. Press and hold the On/Shutdown button for about 5 seconds to turn ventilator
power off, then verify that the audible alarm is silenced.
9. Reconnect the internal battery to the ventilator.
10. Plug the ventilator into an AC outlet and verify that the battery icon changes to
the AC icon.
11. The power fail alarm test is complete.

If the internal battery is not installed:

1. Connect a 0.25-in. test adapter to the gas outlet port.
2. Turn the ventilator on in normal ventilation mode, then unplug the power cord
from the AC outlet.
3. Verify that the audible alarm sounds and start a stopwatch. After 2 minutes,
verify that the audible alarm is still sounding.
4. Press and hold the On/Shutdown button for about 5 seconds to turn ventilator
power off, then verify that the audible alarm is silenced.

The power fail alarm test is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

326 Performance Verification Procedures

Internal Battery (Test 14)

This test verifies that the ventilator can transition to and from optional battery power.
Required equipment:
• 0.25-in. test adapter.

NOTE

• Do not conduct this test without the internal battery being installed.
• The internal battery should be fully charged before performing this test.
• If the internal battery is not fully charged, this test may fail.
• Record a failing result of this test as Limited Use on the Performance
Verification Data Form until the internal battery is charged and internal
battery test passes.
1. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter the Diagnostic menu.
2. Unplug the AC power cord and verify that ventilator operation continues
uninterrupted.
3. Touch Service and then Pneumatics, wait a minimum of 3 minutes and then
verify that the Battery Volts on the diagnostic screen is > 15.0 VDC and the
Battery Amp is -1.00A ± 0.5A.
4. Verify that nothing is attached to the gas outlet port.
5. Touch Pressure and set the pressure to 10 cmH2O.
6. Allow ventilator to run a minimum of 20 minutes on battery power, then verify
that the Battery Volts on the diagnostic screen is > 14.0 VDC and the Battery Amp
is -5.00A ± 1.00A.
7. Press the On/Shutdown button to turn ventilator power off.
8. With AC still disconnected, connect a 0.25-in. test adapter to the gas outlet port
and turn the ventilator on in normal ventilation mode.
9. Verify that the ventilator operates in normal ventilation, the message Running
on Internal Battery is displayed in the Alert window, the Battery In Use icon is
displayed, and the Battery Low alarm is off.
10. Reconnect the AC power cord. Verify that ventilator operation is uninterrupted,
the AC icon is displayed, and the Battery icon turns off.
Philips Healthcare

11. Verify that the Battery Charging LED begins flashing within 30 seconds.
12. Turn the ventilator off and remove the test adapter.

The internal battery test is complete.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Returning the Ventilator to Operation 327

Returning the Ventilator to Operation

Follow these steps to return the ventilator to user operation after the completion of services
and successful performance verification.
1. If the ventilator is not already in normal ventilation mode, cycle power to the
ventilator to enter normal ventilation mode..
2. Select New patient and configure as follows:
• Patient Type: Adult: >20kg
• Circuit Type: Single limb - INV
• Humidity Management: None
• Mask/Patient Interface: 1
• Exhalation Port: DEP
• Verify filters: Press to confirm filters are installed
3. Touch ACCEPT Settings and Enter Standby mode.
4. Select these ventilator settings and alarm limits:
Ventilator Settings Alarm Limits
Mode: S/T High Rate: 30 BPM
IPAP: 15 cmH2O Low Rate: 4 BPM
EPAP: 4 cmH2O Hi Vt: 2500 mL
Rate: 12 BPM Lo Vt: OFF mL
I-Time: 1.00 sec HIP: 50 cmH2O
Rise: 1 LIP: OFF cmH2O
Ramp: OFF Low VE: OFF L/min
O2: 21% LIP T: 20 sec

5. Connect a 0.25-in. test adapter to the gas outlet port, running a short piece of
tubing from the adapters pressure tap fitting to the proximal pressure connector
of the ventilator. Silence any active alarms.
6. Next, disconnect the test adapter tube from the proximal pressure connector
and verify the ventilator alarms and displays the high-priority alarm message
“Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded”.
7. Reconnect the tube back to the proximal pressure connector of the ventilator
and verify the alarm condition auto-resets and that the message updates to
indicate a strike-through of its text.
8. Next, disconnect the test adapter from the gas outlet port and verify the
ventilator alarms and displays the high priority alarm message “Patient
Disconnect”.
Philips Healthcare

9. Reconnect the test adapter to the gas outlet port and verify the alarm condition
auto-resets and that the message updates to indicate a strike-through of its text.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

328 Returning the Ventilator to Operation

Confirmation that the ventilator alarms for Proximal Pressure Line and Patient disconnects is
complete.
10. Remove all test equipment, tools, and materials from the ventilator and place
the ventilator into Diagnostics mode.

To place the ventilator into diagnostic mode: power up the ventilator: press and hold the Nav-
ring Enter button and the On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5 seconds of
power up, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button to enter the Diagnostics menu.
11. Touch System Setting, then Date/Time and verify that the date and time are
correct.
12. Connect the 25-pin to 9-pin HIS/EMR null modem serial cable between the
ventilator COM port and the Service PC.
13. Launch Tera-Term to enable communication with the ventilator.
14. Type the following command (all capital letters) into the terminal dialog box, and
press Enter to clear the diagnostics log.
#CLRLOG
15. When the diagnostic log has been successfully cleared, the terminal dialog box
displays:
?CLRLOGOK
16. Type the following command (all capital letters) into the terminal dialog box and
press Enter:
DRPT
17. Confirm the contents of the original event log had cleared, and that the Date/
Time stamp of current log entry is accurate. The content of the event log should
only list code 2004 “Cleared Event Log”.
18. Remove the null modem serial cable from the ventilator.
19. Touch System Settings, and then Restore Default Settings.
20. Turn ventilator OFF
21. This concludes preparing the ventilator for its return to user operation.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 329

Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Use the following troubleshooting procedures if the ventilator fails a performance verification
test. Make sure that the external measurement devices such as the pneumatic calibration
analyzer are calibrated and functioning properly.

Perform the repair procedures in the order listed until the problem is resolved. (See
“Component Removal and Installation” on page 199 for component replacement procedures.)

CAUTION

Troubleshooting and repair should be performed only by a qualified service

technician.

Test 1: Electrical Safety

Symptom Recommended Repair
Ground resistance out 1. Verify that the AC outlet is properly grounded. Try another AC
of range outlet.
2. Verify that the AC power cord is completely inserted into the
AC inlet.
3. Check for secure connections of AC mains ground wires,
power supply, gas outlet, proximal pressure port, and GDS.
4. Check for visible damage to the power cord.
5. Replace power cord.
Cooling fan not 1. Check that the fan wires are properly seated in the connector
operating on the MC PCBA.
2. Slave in a replacement fan and replace if it is operational.
3. Replace the MC PCBA.
Forward/reverse 1. Check for secure connections of ground wires from the AC
leakage current out of inlet, power supply, and GDS.
range 2. Replace power cord and rerun test.
3. Check for pinched cables and harnesses or damaged wire
insulation throughout the ventilator.
4. Replace power supply and rerun test.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

330 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Test 2: Leak Tests

Symptom Recommended Repair
Oxygen inlet reading 1. Verify that oxygen source is adequate for this test.
out of range (45-50 2. Check for leaks at the oxygen fitting.
psig)
3. Check that the oxygen solenoid valve is fully closed by verifying that
there is zero flow across the oxygen flow sensor. If not, replace the
oxygen solenoid valve.
4. Verify that the oxygen pressure transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.
High Pressure Leak 1. Verify that oxygen source is adequate for this test.
Test fails 2. Check for leaks at the oxygen fitting, oxygen filter element cap, oxygen
solenoid valve, and oxygen pressure transducer.
3. Check that the oxygen solenoid valve is fully closed by verifying that
there is zero flow across the oxygen flow sensor. If not, replace the
oxygen solenoid valve.
4. Verify that the oxygen pressure transducer is reading correctly. If not,
replace the DA PCBA.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 331

Symptom Recommended Repair

GDS Leak Test 1. Check the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe for any leaks; verifying that there
Pressure Leak Test fails are no leaks between joined Luer to Luer, and Luer to Tubing
connections.
Also verify that the silicon plug is fully seated into the pressure pickoff
port adapter, and that the 22mm ID (inner diameter) surface of the non-
plugged end of this adapter is not cracked or galled. Verify that the
stopcock on the Proximal pressure tube side of the Y is not open to
atmosphere when pressurizing the system during the test..
2. Verify that the OD (outer diameter) of the ventilator gas outlet port has
a smooth surface to promote a leak free seal with the pressure pickoff
port adapter of the test syringe.
If the ventilator gas outlet port of the ventilator is heavily scratched or
gouged, add the 22mm ODx22mm OD plastic straight adapter and
22mmIDx22mmID Silicon coupler from the V680 Service Test kit, to the
open end of the pressure pickoff port of the test syringe. Then connect
the open end of the silicon coupler to the gas outlet port of the
ventilator to promote a higher conforming seal against rough gas outlet
port surfaces.
3. Verify that system GDS/eSYS leak test syringe tubing is properly
clamped when selecting start test, and that the tube you clamp to, is
the length running from the syringe outlet up to the Y connector.
Make sure not to clamp off at the tube which runs between the Y
connector and pressure pick off port adapter attached to the gas outlet
port, as doing so will still allow back pressure from the Proximal Pressure
connection to push back against the syringe plunger and therefore look
like a leak.
4. Verify that the internal Leak Valve closes properly, the Air valve
functions correctly and that the gas outlet port and proximal port are
plugged properly.
5. Check that the Air Valve outlet port o-ring is not damaged or missing.
6. Check that the GDS air inlet collar ID (inner diameter) metal surface
which mates with the Air Valve outlet port o-ring, is not gouged or
scraped.
7. Check for disconnected or cut tubing from the GDS to the gas outlet
port, and proximal pressure fitting.
8. Check for disconnected or cut tubing from the gas outlet port to the
leak valve manifold input fitting.
9. Verify that the leak valve solenoid is tightly seated to the leak valve
manifold.
10. Check for misaligned or cut rubber boots from the GDS to the from the
GDS to the centrifugal compressor, and from the centrifugal
compressor to the Oxygen sensor to the gas outlet port.
11. Check for leaks at the flow sensor assembly, solenoid valves, and
pressure transducers.
12. Verify that the machine and proximal pressure transducers are reading
correctly. If not, replace the DA PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

332 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Symptom Recommended Repair

eSYS Leak Test 1. Check the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe for any leaks; verifying that there
Pressure Leak Test fails are no leaks between joined Luer to Luer, and Luer to Tubing
connections. Also verify that the silicon plug is fully seated into the
pressure pickoff port adapter, and that the 22mm ID (inner diameter)
surface of the non-plugged end of this adapter is not cracked or galled.
Verify that the stopcock lever OFF indicator is positioned toward the Y
connector so that no pressure escapes past the stopcock to
atmosphere or thru the unused proximal pressure tube.
2. Verify that the OD (outer diameter) of the eSYS Cartridge gas return
port has a smooth surface to promote a solid seal with the pressure
pickoff port adapter of the test syringe. If the ventilator gas outlet port
of the ventilator is heavily scratched or gouged, add the 22mm
ODx22mm OD plastic straight adapter and 22mmIDx22mmID Silicon
coupler from the V680 Service Test kit, to the open end of the pressure
pickoff port of the test syringe, then connect the open end of the
silicon coupler to the gas outlet port of the ventilator to promote a
higher conforming seal against rough gas outlet port surfaces.
3. Verify that the GDS/eSYS leak test syringe tubing is properly clamped
when selecting start test.
4. Verify the eSYS Cartridge is fully locked into the forward latch system,
and properly seated into the exhalation valve housing.
5. Verify the pressure outlet seal of the eSYS Cartridge is not missing or
cut.
6. Verify that the eSYS Cartridge Diaphragm and its retainer are installed,
and installed properly. Check the sealing face of the diaphragm for cuts,
tears and debris that would inhibit its ability to seal.
7. Verify that the steel disc of the diaphragm is not missing or that it is
improperly installed.
8. Verify that the Exhalation Valve Actuator closes by actuating the valve
open and closed from the control provided in the Pneumatics screen of
diagnostics. Visually verify actuation between open and closed by
removing the eSYS cartridge from the ventilator and watching the
position of the actuator shaft when exercising the valve actuator.
9. Verify that the Exhalation Valve Actuator shaft tip is not missing.
10. Check for disconnected, pinched, or cut tubing from the exhalation
Valve Housing fitting to the exhalation pressure transducer.
11. Check that the fitting located at the Exhalation Valve Housing is not
loose or missing its o-ring. Note; as the o-ring of this fitting is recessed
into the body of the fitting, verification that it is not missing or
damaged will require the fitting be removed from the housing to
inspect it.
12. Temporarily install a known good eSYS Cartridge and re-perform the
eSYS Leak Test. If the eSYS Leak Test passes with a different eSYS
Cartridge installed, the source of the leak when using the original eSYS
Cartridge is more than likely internal to the cartridge itself (internal
pressure transfer tube and associated connections, or the exhalation
flow sensor/flow sensor to cartridge left half o-rings;). Replace the
original eSYS Cartridge if it is determined the cartridge itself is cause of
Philips Healthcare

the leak, so long as steps 1-11 have been

13. Verify that the exhalation pressure transducer is reading correctly. If
not, replace the Sensor Driver PCBA.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 333

Test 3: EST / SST (Dual Limb)

Symptom Recommended Repair
EST and SST subtest 1 1. Verify that the patient wye is not blocked
Patient Disconnect 2. Verify that the inspiratory limb of the patient circuit is not
Test fails kinked or obstructed
3. Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
4. Verify air flow sensor accuracy
5. If the air flow sensor reading is not within limits compared to
the calibration analyzer, replace the air flow sensor assembly
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors
EST Subtest 2 1. Verify that the patient wye is blocked.
Sensor and System 2. Verify the oxygen source is connected to the ventilator and
Test fails turned on.
3. Verify that the inspiratory and expiratory limbs of the patient
circuit are not kinked or obstructed.
4. Verify the proximal pressure line is connected to the ventilator
and that it is not kinked or obstructed.
5. Verify air, oxygen, and exhalation flow sensor accuracy.
6. If the air flow sensor reading is not within limits compared to
the calibration analyzer, replace the air flow sensor assembly.
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors
7. If the exhalation flow sensor reading is not within limits
compared to the calibration analyzer, replace the eSYS
cartridge.
8. Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
EST Subtest 3 Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
Alarm Speaker and code logged for the failure.
LED Test Fails
EST Subtest 4 Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
Exhalation Valve code logged for the failure.
Calibration
EST Subtest 5 1. Verify oxygen pressure source is connected and turned on.
Oxygen Sensor 2. Check that there is no substantial leak in the patient circuit.
Calibration NOTE: Pressure may not reach the correct value required for the
test if there is a leak in the circuit.
3. Refer to the significant event log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
4. Replace the oxygen sensor cell and retest.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

334 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Symptom Recommended Repair

SST subtest 2 1. Verify the patient wye is blocked.
Circuit Compliance 2. Verify that the patient circuit is free of any leaks, check all
and Leak Test connection points.
3. Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
SST subtest 3 1. Verify the appropriate remote alarm cable is used if
Remote Alarm Test conducting test while connected to a remote nurse call
system, and that the nurse call system the cable is connected
to is functional (verify with facility engineering.)
2. Verify continuity of the remote alarm cable used
3. If using a Digital Multimeter (DMM), the remote alarm test
cable and cable adapter to simulate a remote alarm nurse call
system, confirm the setup and conduct a continuity check
against the test cable and adapter used.
4. Replace the CPU PCBA.

Test 3: SST (Single Limb)

Symptom Recommended Repair
SST subtest 1 1. Verify the patient wye is not blocked
Patient Disconnect 2. Verify that the inspiratory limb of the patient circuit is not
Test fails kinked or obstructed
3. Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
4. Verify air flow sensor accuracy
5. If the air flow sensor reading is not within limits compared to
the calibration analyzer, replace the air flow sensor assembly
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors
SST subtest 2 1. Verify the patient wye is blocked.
Passive Exhalation 2. Verify that the patient circuit is free of any leaks, check all
Port Test connection points.
3. Refer to the significant even log and troubleshoot to the error
code logged for the failure.
SST subtest 3 1. Verify the appropriate remote alarm cable is used if
Remote Alarm Test conducting test while connected to a remote nurse call
system, and that the nurse call system the cable is connected
to is functional (verify with facility engineering.)
2. Verify continuity of the remote alarm cable used
3. If using a Digital Multimeter (DMM), the remote alarm test
cable and cable adapter to simulate a remote alarm nurse call
system, confirm the setup and conduct a continuity check
against the test cable and adapter used.
Philips Healthcare

4. Replace the CPU PCBA.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 335

Test 4: Controls
Symptom Recommended Repair
Touch screen not 1. Calibrate the touch screen.
responding properly 2. Slave in a different user interface-to-PM PCBA cable, and
replace the original cable if the problem is resolved.
3. Replace the PM PCBA.
4. Replace the CPU PCBA.
Nav-ring not 1. Verify connections between the Nav-ring and the switch PCBA.
responding properly 2. Slave in a different switch PCBA cable, and replace the original
cable if the problem is resolved.
3. Replace the Nav-ring assembly.
On/Shutdown switch 1. Verify connections between power switch overlay and UI
not responding PCBA.
properly 2. Slave in a different power switch overlay and replace original
overlay if this resolves the problem.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

336 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Test 5: Pressure Accuracy

Symptom Recommended Repair
Average machine, 1. Verify that the internal leak valve is closing properly.
average proximal, or 2. Check for leaks at circuit connections, calibration analyzer,
exhalation pressure filters, etc.
readings out of range
3. Conduct GDS Leak and isolate leak(s).
4. Check for kinked or cut tubing from the GDS to the gas outlet
port and proximal pressure port fitting, and from the gas
outlet port to the internal leak valve.
5. Check for kinked or cut rubber boots from the GDS to the
centrifugal compressor, and from the centrifugal compressor
to the gas outlet port.
6. Check for leaks at the solenoid valves and pressure
transducers.
7. If GDS Leak test passed and no leaks are found on the
Inspiratory side of the system, proceed to evaluate the
exhalation side of the system from the eSYS cartridge to
exhalation pressure transducer located on the sensor driver
PCBA.
8. Conduct eSYS leak test and isolate leaks.
9. Remove the cartridge and inspect the pressure outlet seal
10. Remove the cartridge diaphragm and retainer ring, check for
debris on the sealing face of the diaphragm, and that the steel
diaphragm disc is installed. Reinstall the diaphragm and
retaining ring ensuring the diaphragm crown is not pinched
around its circumference when installing the retainer ring.
11. Check the exhalation valve housing, and that the eSYS
cartridge outlet pressure seal seating surface is free of any
debris. Verify the fitting on the opposite side of the housing
isn't loose and that the tube from the fitting to the exhalation
pressure transducer of the sensor driver PCBA is fully seated,
not pinched and free of any holes.
12. Replace the DA PCBA

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 337

Test 6: Air Delivery

Symptom Recommended Repair
Measured air flow 1. Verify the test setup.
values out of range 2. Verify that the internal leak valve is:
3. Open during the air delivery test
4. Verify that the calibration analyzer is set to measure air in STP
mode.
5. Check that nothing is obstructing the ventilator gas outlet
port.
6. If air flow sensor reading is not within limits as compared to
the calibration analyzer, replace the flow sensor assembly.
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors.
7. Slave in a different air flow sensor to data acquisition cable.
8. Replace the DA PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

338 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Test 7: Air Flow Accuracy

Symptom Recommended Repair
Measured air flow 1. Verify the test setup.
values out of range 2. Verify that the Internal Leak Valve is:
Closed during the flow accuracy test
3. Verify that the calibration analyzer is set to measure air in STP
mode.
4. Check that nothing is obstructing the ventilator gas outlet
port.
5. If air flow sensor reading is not within limits as compared to
the calibration analyzer, replace the flow sensor assembly.
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors.
6. Slave in a different air flow sensor to data acquisition cable.
7. Replace the DA PCBA.
Measured air flow 1. Verify that the internal leak valve is open as instructed at step
reading when internal 6 of the test.
leak valve is opened is 2. Verify the internal leak valve actuates between closed and
drops less than 10LPM open.
3. Confirm that the brass fitting installed at the Gas Outlet port
which connects to the tube leading to the Internal Leak valve
manifold is the approved type (brass, not the plastic fitting as
used on V60) is critical as the orifice size of the brass fitting is
specific to V680 internal leak function. Verify the same for the
brass fitting located at the base of the ventilator
4. Verify the tubing between the Gas Outlet port to the internal
leak valve manifold inlet fitting is not kinked or obstructed.
5. Verify the tubing between the internal leak valve manifold
outlet fitting and the fitting located at the base of the
ventilator is not kinked or obstructed.
6. Verify that the internal leak fitting and opening at the base of
the ventilator is not obstructed.
7. Replace the internal leak valve and retest.
Measured air flow 1. Verify the tubing between the Gas Outlet port to the internal
reading when internal leak valve manifold inlet fitting is not disconnected.
leak valve is opened is 2. Verify the tubing between the internal leak valve manifold
greater than 30LPM outlet fitting and the fitting located at the base of the
ventilator is not disconnected .
3. Replace the internal leak valve and retest.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 339

Test 8: Oxygen Flow Accuracy

Symptom Recommended Repair
Measured oxygen flow 1. Verify that the internal leak valve is closed.
values out of range 2. Verify that the calibration analyzer is set to measure oxygen in
STP mode.
3. Check that nothing is obstructing the ventilator gas outlet
port.
4. If oxygen flow sensor reading is not within limits as compared
to the calibration analyzer, replace the flow sensor assembly.
NOTE: It will be necessary to replace the GDS assembly in order
to replace the flow sensors.
5. Slave in a different oxygen flow sensor to DA PCBA cable.
6. Replace the DA PCBA.

Test 9: Oxygen Accuracy

Symptom Recommended Repair
The measured oxygen 1. Check that the analyzer's oxygen sensor cell is calibrated.
percentage is out of 2. Verify that the position of the analyzer oxygen sensor cell is
range oriented within the test circuit setup, vertically (cable
connector on top).
3. Replace the external oxygen sensor and retest.
4. Replace the oxygen solenoid valve.
The ventilator 1. Check that the ventilator's oxygen sensor cell is calibrated.
displayed oxygen Performed dual limb EST to recalibrate the ventilator's oxygen
percentage is out of sensor cell then retest.
range 2. If EST O2 Sensor calibration fails, replace the oxygen sensor,
perform Dual Limb EST to store the calibration values of the
new sensor installed then retest.
3. Replace the oxygen solenoid valve.

Test 10: S/T Performance

Symptom Recommended Repair
IPAP and EPAP outside 1. Verify correct test setup.
acceptable value 2. Check for leaks at circuit connections, test lung, analyzer, etc.
3. Replace the DA PCBA.
4. Replace the MC PCBA.
5. Replace the CPU PCBA.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

340 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Test 11: VCV/PCV Performance

Symptom Recommended Repair
VCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured Inspiratory or 2. Check for leaks at circuit connections, test lung analyzer, etc.
Expiratory volume 3. Verify test lung resistance (Rp) and compliance is set
outside acceptable limits appropriately.
(ventilator)
4. Perform Dual Limb SST to ensure calculated circuit compliance
is set to the patient circuit used within the test setup.
5. Check that Air and Exhalation flow sensor accuracies are
within specification.
VCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured Inspiratory or 2. Verify that the calibration analyzer is set to measure Air and in
Expiratory volume BTPS mode.
outside acceptable limits
(analyzer)
PCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Ventilator autocycles 2. Check for leak at circuit connections, test lung, analyzer, etc.
3. Verify correct settings.
PCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured PIP value 2. Check for leaks at circuit connections, test lung analyzer, etc.
out of range 3. Verify correct settings. (PIP should equal pressure control (PC)
setting plus set PEEP)
4. Verify the internal leak valve is operational.
PCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured PEEP value 2. Check for leaks at circuit connections, test lung analyzer, etc.
out of range 3. Verify correct settings.
4. Check eSYS cartridge for leaks.
PCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured oxygen 2. Perform Dual Limb EST test to recalibrate the oxygen sensor,
percentage out of then retest.
range (ventilator) 3. Verify oxygen flow sensor accuracy.
PCV Performance: 1. Verify correct test setup.
Measured oxygen 2. Recalibrate analyzer oxygen sensor and retest.
percentage out of
range (analyzer)
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair 341

Test 12: Alarms / USB-A Port Power

Symptom Recommended Repair
Normally open or 1. Verify continuity of the remote alarm test cable.
normally closed relay 2. Replace the CPU PCBA.
test failure (continuity
check)
Primary alarm volume Slave in PCBAs in this order until the problem is resolved:
not adjustable • MC PCBA
• PM PCBA
• CPU PCBA
USB-A port voltage 1. Verify test equipment is functional
output of specification 2. Replace CPU PCBA

Test 13: Power Fail

Symptom Recommended Repair
Backup audible alarm 1. Replace the MC PCBA.
fails to sound 2. Replace the PM PCBA.
Backup audible alarm 1. Replace the MC PCBA.
fails to sound for at 2. Replace the CPU PCBA.
least two minutes
Power switch turned 1. Replace power switch overlay.
off but backup alarm 2. Replace the MC PCBA.
remains on

Test 14: Internal Battery

Symptom Recommended Repair
Ventilator cannot 1. Verify the battery harness connections.
transition from AC to 2. Verify that Battery is > 12 VDC.
battery power
3. Recharge the battery.
4. Replace the battery.
5. Replace the PM PCBA.
Internal battery 1. Verify that the battery is fully charged before test.
becomes depleted 2. Replace the internal battery.
prematurely
3. Replace the PM PCBA.
4. Replace the power supply.
Connecting AC power Replace the PM PCBA.
resets ventilator
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

342 Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair

Symptom Recommended Repair

When AC power is Replace the PM PCBA.
connected after 10
minutes of battery
operation, Battery
Charging indicator
does not light
Following ventilator 1. Verify that the battery is fully charged before test (recharge for
power cycle, up to 8 to 12 hours if fully depleted).
diagnostic code or 2. Replace the internal battery.
continuous backup
3. Replace the PM PCBA.
alarm condition occurs

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Electrical Safety / EST-SST Data Form 343

Electrical Safety / EST-SST Data Form

Complete this form for each performance verification. Make copies of this form for data collection.
Date: Notification number(s):

CUSTOMER INFORMATION

Name:

Address:

City/State:

Account no.:

Preliminary ventilator cleaning and inspection Circle one

Was the ventilator damaged? YES NO

If yes, provide a brief description of damage and repair:

Cleaned ventilator exterior? YES NO

Inspected cooling fan filter? YES NO

Inspected inlet filter? YES NO

Serial number: Software version:

PIC Software version: Bridge Software version:

Exh. Flow Sensor Firmware Version:

Installed options PPV AVAPS+ C-Flex

(circle all that apply): Other: _______________________________________________

Total power-on hours: Hours since last PM:

Battery lot number: Battery Mfg date:

Test 1: Electrical safety Circle one Value after

Passed value Failed value
Proper cooling fan operation? YES NO repair

Proximal pressure port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

Gas outlet port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

Oxygen fitting retainer screw GND resistance (<0.2

Ω Ω Ω
)

Exh. Compartment Side Cover Mounting Screw

Ω Ω Ω
GND resistance (<0.2 )

Forward leakage current µA µA µA

100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA
Philips Healthcare

Reverse leakage current µA µA µA

100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

344 Electrical Safety / EST-SST Data Form

Test 2: SST / EST Circle one

Dual-Limb EST PASS FAIL

Dual-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Single-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Returning Ventilator to Operation Circle One

Disconnect Proxline, ventilator alarms:

PASS FAIL
Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded

Reconnect Proxline to proximal pressure fitting and the alarm

PASS FAIL
condition resets; alarm message is struck-out.

Disconnect test adapter from the Gas Outlet port, ventilator

PASS FAIL
alarms: Patient Disconnect

Reconnect test adapter to the Gas Outlet port and the alarm
PASS FAIL
condition resets; alarm message is struck-out.

Clear diagnostics event log and confirm Event Log is cleared PASS FAIL

Correct date/time PASS FAIL

Technician’s Name (print): Date

Technician’s Signature:

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Data Form 345

Performance Verification Data Form

Make copies of this form for data collection. Complete this form at every performance
verification.

Date: Notification number(s):

CUSTOMER INFORMATION

Name:

Address:

City/State:

Account no.:

Preliminary ventilator cleaning and inspection Circle one

Was the ventilator damaged? YES NO

If yes, provide a brief description of damage and repair:

Cleaned ventilator exterior? YES NO

Inspected cooling fan filter? YES NO

Inspected inlet filter? YES NO

Serial number: Software version:

PIC Software version: Bridge Software version:

Exh. Flow Sensor Firmware Version:

Installed options PPV AVAPS+ C-Flex

(circle all that apply): Other: _______________________________________________

Total power-on hours: Hours since last PM:

Battery lot number: Battery Mfg date:

Environmental readings: Barometric pressure: Relative humidity: Temperature:

mmHg % °C

Test 1: Electrical Safety Circle one Value after

Pass value Fail value repair
Proper cooling fan operation? YES NO

Proximal pressure port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

Philips Healthcare

Gas outlet port GND resistance (< 0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

Oxygen fitting retainer screw GND resistance (<0.2 ) Ω Ω Ω

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

346 Performance Verification Data Form

Exh. Compartment Side Cover Mounting Screw GND

Ω Ω Ω
resistance (<0.2 )

Forward leakage current

µA µA µA
100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA

Reverse leakage current

µA µA µA
100-120 VAC: < 300 µA, 220-240 VAC: < 500 µA

Test 2: Leak Tests Pass value Fail value Value after repair

High pressure leak test, oxygen inlet pressure at 45-50 psig

Analyzer pressure display(45-50 psig) psig psig psig

Oxygen inlet pressure display (45-50

psig psig psig
psig)

Threshold psig psig

Pressure drop psig psig psig

GDS leak test, machine pressure at 55-60 cmH2O

Threshold cmH2O

Pressure drop cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O

eSYS leak test, machine pressure at 55-60 cmH2O

Threshold cmH2O

Pressure drop cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O

Test 3: SST / EST Circle one

Dual-Limb EST PASS FAIL

Dual-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Single-Limb SST PASS FAIL

Test 4: Controls Circle one Circle one

AC power indicator PASS FAIL Touch screen PASS FAIL

ON/Shutdown LED green PASS FAIL Brightness control PASS FAIL

Nav-ring PASS FAIL Screen lock PASS FAIL

ON/Shutdown LED
Enter button PASS FAIL PASS FAIL
amber
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Data Form 347

Test 5: Pressure Accuracy Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Barometric pressure

Analyzer barometric pressure

mmHg
display

Barometric Pressure display mmHg mmHg mmHg

Pressure at 0 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure display (-1.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Avg Machine display (-1.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Avg Proximal display (-1.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Exh Pressure display (-1.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Pressure at 1 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure display (0.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Avg Machine display (0.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Avg Proximal display (0.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Exh Pressure display (0.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
1.5 cmH2O)

Pressure at 35 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure display (32.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
38.5 cmH2O)

Avg Machine display (32.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
38.5 cmH2O)

Avg Proximal display (32.5 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
38.5 cmH2O)

Exh Pressure display (32.5 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
38.5 cmH2O)

Pressure at 60 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure display (54 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
66 cmH2O)
Philips Healthcare

Avg Machine display (54 - 66

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
cmH2O)

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

348 Performance Verification Data Form

Test 5: Pressure Accuracy Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Avg Proximal display (54 -

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
66 cmH2O)

Exh Pressure display (54 to

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
66 cmH2O)

Test 6: Air Delivery Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Air delivery

Barometric Pressure display mmHg

Analyzer pressure display (see table

on page 349)
cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
> ___________________ cmH2O
(N/A if barometric pressure is <
600.1 or >765.3 mmHg)

Analyzer flow (LPM) display (see

table on next page)
SLPM SLPM SLPM
> _____________________ SLPM
(N/A if barometric pressure is <
600.1 or >765.3 mmHg)

Test 7: Flow Accuracy Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Air flow at 10 SLPM

Analyzer flow display (9 - 11 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Average Air display (9 - 11 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Air flow at 120 SLPM

Analyzer flow display (108 -

SLPM SLPM SLPM
132 SLPM)

Avg Air display (108 -132 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Analyzer flow display drops at least

10 SLPM, but not more than 30 PASS FAIL
SLPM
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Data Form 349

Air Delivery Barometric Pressure Compensation

mmHg cmH2O SLPM mmHg cmH2O SLPM mmHg cmH2O SLPM

765.3 64.67 139.17 704.6 61.76 126.95 649.4 59.29 116.23

762.6 64.54 138.59 701.9 61.63 126.47 646.9 59.19 115.78

760.0 64.41 138.02 699.3 61.51 125.99 644.4 59.08 115.33

757.4 64.28 137.45 696.6 61.39 125.52 641.9 58.98 114.88

754.7 64.15 136.88 694.0 61.27 125.04 639.4 58.87 114.44

752.1 64.02 136.32 691.5 61.16 124.52 637.0 58.77 114.00

749.4 63.89 135.76 689.0 61.04 124.00 634.5 58.67 113.56

746.8 63.76 135.21 686.6 60.93 123.48 632.0 58.56 113.13

744.2 63.63 134.67 684.1 60.82 122.97 629.7 58.47 112.65

741.5 63.51 134.12 681.6 60.71 122.46 627.4 58.38 112.17

738.9 63.38 133.58 679.1 60.60 121.96 625.2 58.28 111.70

736.2 63.25 133.05 676.6 60.48 121.46 622.9 58.19 111.23

733.6 63.12 132.52 674.2 60.37 120.97 620.6 58.10 110.77

731.0 63.00 131.99 671.7 60.26 120.48 618.3 58.01 110.31

728.3 62.87 131.47 669.2 60.15 119.99 616.0 57.91 109.86

725.7 62.75 130.95 666.7 60.05 119.51 613.8 57.82 109.41

723.0 62.62 130.44 664.2 59.94 119.03 611.5 57.73 108.96

720.4 62.50 129.93 661.8 59.83 118.55 609.2 57.64 108.51

717.8 62.37 129.42 659.3 59.72 118.08 606.9 57.55 108.07

715.1 62.25 128.92 656.8 59.61 117.61 604.6 57.46 107.63

712.5 62.12 128.42 654.3 59.51 117.15 602.4 57.38 107.20

709.8 62.00 127.93 651.8 59.40 116.69 600.1 57.29 106.77

707.2 61.88 127.44

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

350 Performance Verification Data Form

Test 8: Oxygen Flow Accuracy Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Oxygen flow at 10 SLPM

Analyzer flow display (9 - 11 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Avg O2 display (9 - 11 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Oxygen flow at 140 SLPM

Analyzer flow display (126 -

SLPM SLPM SLPM
154 SLPM)

Avg O2 display (126 - 154 SLPM) SLPM SLPM SLPM

Test 9: Oxygen Accuracy Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Oxygen setting: 22%, oxygen source

disconnected: Oxygen Not Available PASS FAIL
alarm occurs? (circle one)

Oxygen setting: 21% (after 12

breaths) % % %
External oxygen monitor (16- 26%)

Oxygen setting: 21% (after 12

breaths) % % %
Ventilator O2% display (16- 26%)

Oxygen setting: 30% (after 12

breaths) % % %
External oxygen monitor (25 - 35%)

Oxygen setting: 30% (after 12

breaths) % % %
Ventilator O2% display (25-35%)

Oxygen setting: 60% (after 12

breaths) % % %
External oxygen monitor (55 - 65%)

Oxygen setting: 60% (after 12

breaths) % % %
Ventilator O2% display (55-65%)

Oxygen setting: 100% (after 12

breaths) % % %
External oxygen monitor (95 - 105%)

Oxygen setting: 100% (after 12

breaths) % % %
Ventilator O2% display (95-105%)
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Data Form 351

Test 10: S/T Performance Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Waveform

Pressure cycles between IPAP and

PASS FAIL
EPAP pressure

IPAP at 40 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure reading = 36.4-

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
43.6 cmH2O

EPAP at 25 cmH2O

Analyzer pressure reading = 22-28

cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
cmH2O

Test 11: VCV / PCV Performance Pass Value Fail Value Value after
repair
Mode: A/C VCV
Waveform
Pressure cycles between Inhalation and Exhalation Pass Fail
Flow Waveform graph displayed as
Pass Fail
a square wave
Inhalation/Exhalation Volumes at 250 ml
Analyzer Vti display = 225 - 275 ml ml ml ml
Ventilator Patient Data Vti display = 225 - 275 ml ml ml ml
Analyzer Vte display = 225 - 275 ml ml ml ml
Ventilator Patient Data Vte display = 225 - 275 ml ml ml ml
Analyzer PEEP display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Ventilator PEEP Display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Inhalation/Exhalation Volumes at 500 ml
Analyzer Vti display = 450 - 550 ml ml ml ml
Ventilator Patient Data Vti display = 450 - 550 ml ml ml ml
Analyzer Vte display = 450 - 550 ml ml ml ml
Ventilator Patient Data Vte display = 450 - 550 ml ml ml ml
Analyzer PEEP display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Ventilator PEEP Display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Inhalation/Exhalation Volumes at 1000 ml
Analyzer Vti display = 900 - 1100 ml ml ml ml
Ventilator Patient Data Vti display = 900 - 1100 ml ml ml ml
Philips Healthcare

Analyzer Vte display = 900 - 1100 ml ml ml ml

Ventilator Patient Data Vte display = 900 - 1100 ml ml ml ml
Analyzer PEEP display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

352 Performance Verification Data Form

Test 11: VCV / PCV Performance Pass Value Fail Value Value after
repair
Ventilator PEEP Display = 4.5 - 5.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Mode: A/C PCV
Waveform
Pressure cycles between IPAP and EPAP Pass Fail
Analyzer pressure PIP reading = 31.5 - 38.5 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Ventilator Patient Data PIP display = 31.5 - 38.5
cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
cmH2O
Analyzer PEEP Display = 9 - 11 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Ventilator PEEP Display = 9 - 11 cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O cmH2O
Analyzer O2% Display = 55 - 65% % % %
Ventilator O2% Display = 55 - 65% % % %

Test 12: Alarms / USB-A Port Power Circle one

DMM to remote alarm test cable reads infinite resistance with PASS FAIL
no alarm

DMM reads 0.0 + 3 ohm with no alarm PASS FAIL

Alarm volume steadily increases PASS FAIL

DMM reads infinite resistance with alarm PASS FAIL

DMM reads 0.0 + 3 ohm with alarm PASS FAIL

Audio alarm is automatically silenced PASS FAIL

CPU USB-A Port Voltage Pass value Fail value Value after repair

USB Power Monitor Voltage Display = 4.8 -

Vdc Vdc Vdc
5.20 Vdc

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Performance Verification Data Form 353

Test 13: Power Fail Circle one

Audible alarm sounds PASS FAIL

Audible alarm continues to sound after two minutes PASS FAIL

Audible alarm silenced PASS FAIL

Battery icon changes to AC icon PASS FAIL

Test 14: Internal Battery Circle one or enter value

Transition from AC to battery operation

does not interrupt ventilator operation PASS FAIL N/A
and indicators operate correctly

Wait a minimum of 3 minutes and verify Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Battery Volts  15.0 V V V V

Battery Amp = -1.00 A ± 0.5 A A A A

Wait a minimum of 20 min and verify: Pass value Fail value Value after repair

Battery Volts  14.0 V V V V

Battery Amp = -5.00 A ± 1.00 A A A A

With AC still disconnected, ventilator

powers up correctly in normal ventilation PASS FAIL N/A
and indicators operate correctly

Transition from battery to AC operation

does not interrupt ventilator operation PASS FAIL N/A
and indicators operate correctly

Battery charge indicator is flashing PASS FAIL N/A

Internal battery charged YES NO N/A

(Internal battery is not fully charged if Battery Low message is displayed during normal operation on AC
power: performance verification result is LIMITED USE.)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

354 Performance Verification Data Form

Returning the Ventilator to Operation Circle One

Disconnect Proxline, ventilator alarms:

PASS FAIL
Proximal Pressure Line Disconnected or Occluded

Reconnect Proxline to proximal pressure fitting and the alarm

PASS FAIL
condition resets; alarm message is struck-out.

Disconnect test adapter from the Gas Outlet port, ventilator

PASS FAIL
alarms: Patient Disconnect

Reconnect test adapter to the Gas Outlet port and the alarm
PASS FAIL
condition resets; alarm message is struck-out.

Clear diagnostics event log and confirm Event Log is cleared PASS FAIL

Correct date/time PASS FAIL

Did the performance verification pass? (circle one)

YES NO LIMITED USE*

* LIMITED USE indicates that the internal battery operational check failed: recommend that the operator
connect the ventilator to AC power for at least 5 hours, then verify battery performance.

Technician’s Name (print): Date

Technician’s Signature:

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Parts List - Ventilator 355

Replacement Parts List

This section lists and illustrates components of the Respironics V680 Ventilator.

CAUTION

• Use only Respironics ventilator repair parts. Only Respironics parts are
designed for use in the Respironics V680 Ventilator. Using non-
Respironics parts can alter ventilator reliability or result in damage, and
affects the product warranty.
• For parts availability contact Philips Product Support at 1-800-722-9377,
Directory Option 3, Option 1 (U.S.A.) or outside the U.S.A. contact our
local dealer or Philips representative).

NOTE

All repair kits include the hardware necessary for installation of the kit parts.

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
1 Actuator, Exhalation Valve 1111162 453561531661
2 Base Assy, Eng 1111165 453561531691
3 Base Assy, Non-Eng 1111166 453561531701
4 Battery Assy, Li-Ion,11ah 1076374 989805626941
5 Bezel, Front, English 1111167 453561531711
6 Bezel, Front, UI, V680 1111218 453561531721
7 Bezel, Rear, ALPW 1111219 453561531731
8 Blower Assy 1111339 453561532511
9 Boot Kit, Silicon 1111223 453561531741
10 Box, Return, Battery 1056430 989805626911
11 Box, Shipping 1111224 453561531751
12 Bracket Kit, PCBA 1054198 453561511431
13 Bracket, Battery 1054199 453561508541
14 Bracket, Capacitor 1054200 453561511441
15 Bracket, CPU 1111225 453561531761
16 Bracket, Exhalation Valve Pivot 1111226 453561531771
Philips Healthcare

17 Bracket, Port, Gas Outlet, 1054202 453561511461

18 Bracket, Supp, Leak Mnfld/EMC PCBA 1111251 453561531781
19 Button, Nav-Ring, Pkg/5 1054204 453561511471

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

356 Parts List - Ventilator

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
20 Cable, DAQ To Flow Sensors 1054218 453561511591
21 Cable, EVH PCB to S/D PCBA (Exhalation Valve PCBA to S/D PCBA) 1111252 453561531791
22 Cable, GDS To Gnd, 1054220 453561511611
23 Cable, GND ,CHSE Plate To Base 1111253 453561531801
24 Cable, GND, EVH to CHSE Plate 1111254 453561531811
25 Cable, Harness, Power, 1054221 453561511621
26 Cable, LCD,2nd GEN 1100821 453561528921
27 Cable, Optical SW, eSYS Cover 1111255 453561531821
28 Cable, PM PCBA To S/D PCBA 1111256 453561531831
29 Cable, Proximal Port To Gnd, 1054106 453561511411
30 Cable, Ribbon, DAQ-EMC-MC PCBs 1111257 453561531841
31 Cable, Ribbon, EMC PCB-S/D PCB 1111258 453561531851
32 Cable, Switch PCBA 1054223 453561511641
33 Cable, UI PCBA to LCD 1100820 453561528911
34 Cable, User Intf To Gnd 1054224 453561511651
35 Cable, Gas Outlet Port To Gnd 1054219 453561511601
36 Cable, GND, EMC PCBA To CHSE Plate 1111259 453561531861
37 Cable,O2 Sensor Jack To S/D PCBA 1111260 453561531871
38 Cable, User Intf To Pwr Mgmt 1054225 453561511661
39 Cap, Filter Element, O2 1054226 453561511671
40 CBL, GND, Insp Hold Valve to CHSE 1111261 453561531881
41 Chassis Plate, RT Side Wall 1111262 453561531891
42 Clamp Kit, Hose 1111263 453561531901
43 Clamp, Cable, 3/16 Dia 1054238 453561511751
44 Clip, Cbl, Half U 3/16” Dia, Pkg/5 1111264 453561531911
45 Clip, Ferrite, Capacitor Brkt, 1054240 453561511771
46 Collar, Air Inlet 1111265 453561531921
47 Collar, Dampening, Vibration 1111266 453561531931
48 Cover, Access, Air Inlet Filter 1111267 453561531941
49 Cover, Access, eSYS CRTG 1111268 453561531951
50 Cover, CPU Tray 1111269 453561531961
51 Cover, Top, APLW, 1111270 453561531971
52 Diaphragm Kit, eSYS Cartridge (includes diaphragm and retainer) 1111271 453561531981
53 Dowel Pin,M5x50,eSYS CRTG LSA, Pkg/5 1111272 453561531991
Philips Healthcare

54 End Cap, Bezel 1111273 453561532001

55 Fan Guard, Filter & Retainer, (for primary cooling fan) 1054246 453561511831
56 Fan, Cooling, Main Encl-Exh Sys (transfer cooling fan) 1111274 453561532011

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Parts List - Ventilator 357

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
57 Fan, Cooling, (primary cooling fan) 1054277 453561512041
58 Fan, Cooling, Compressor, w/Brkt 1116477 453561533881
59 Filter, Cooling Fan, Pkg/5 1054280 453561507301
60 Filter, Oxygen Inlet 1054278 453561512051
61 Fitting Kit, Oxygen, Can/CSA 1054284 453561512081
62 Fitting Kit, Oxygen, DISS-CGA 1054286 453561512091
63 Fitting Kit, Oxygen, NIST A-8 1054297 453561512151
64 Fitting Kit, Oxygen, SIS A2896 1054298 453561512161
65 Fitting, 1/4"Barb, 1/8-27NPT, NYL, Pkg/2 1111275 453561532021
66 Fitting,9mm Barb,BR,1/4-28 Pkg/2 1111276 453561532031
67 Fitting,BR,10-32x1/8" Barb, Pkg/3 1054283 453561512071
68 Flow Sensor Assy, Air & O2,V60/V680 (GDS w/o DAQ PCBA, must reuse original
1058898 989805617141
DAQ PCBA)
69 Foam Kit, Insulation Sound 1054305 453561512171
70 Foot Kit, Bottom, NIC, Pkg/4 1111277 453561532041
71 Front Panel Assembly 1111278 453561532051
72 Gas Delivery System (GDS), (complete w/DAQ PCBA) 1054307 453561512191
73 Gasket Kit, Bracket, Capacitor 1054309 453561512211
74 Gasket, Cord, Bezel 1054310 453561512221
75 Gasket, ESD Shielding, 25PIN RS-232 1118481 453561533971
76 Gasket, Rear Bezel 1054312 453561512241
77 Gasket, Side Cover, Right, Pkg/4 1111284 453561532061
78 Gasket, Air Inlet Collar, Pk/5 1054308 453561512201
79 Gasket, Side Panel, Left, Pkg/4 1054313 453561512251
80 Grommet, Motor Mount, Pkg/4 1054315 453561512271
81 Grommet, Transducer, Pkg/2, (Machine and Proximal PSI Transducer seals) 1054316 453561512281
82 Hose, Mha, CGA-1240, Non-Cond, Grn, 10ft, F/F 1001664 989805616881
83 Hose, O2 DISS-Mdcv/DISS-F,Wht.2.5m 1062978 989805616201
84 Hose, O2 High Pressure Hose, USISO 1002556 989805612421
85 Hose, Oxygen, F,SIS,2.5m,Wht,Non C 1001659 989805616871
86 Housing Assy, Air Inlet Filter 1111432 453561532621
87 Housing, Exhalation Valve 1111285 453561532071
88 Housing, Oxygen Sensor Cell 1111286 453561532081
89 Inlet, AC 1054318 453561512301
Philips Healthcare

90 Air (Inspiratory Hold) Valve Assy 1111287 453561532091

91 Label Kit, Logo/Product 1111299 453561532111
92 Label Kit,O2/Class/Rating, Eng 1111300 453561532121

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

358 Parts List - Ventilator

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
93 Label Kit,O2/Class/Rating, Noneng 1111301 453561532131
94 Label, Conformity Certifications 1111302 453561532141
95 Label, Enhanced Auto-Trak 1111303 453561532151
96 Label, Indelible, V680 Vent 1111304 453561532161
97 Label, Option, AVAPS+ 1111305 453561532171
98 Label, Option, C-Flex 1054326 453561512381
99 Label, Option, PPV 1054328 453561512391
100 Label, Patient Interface 1111306 453561532181
101 Label, Protective Earth Gnd 1054337 453561512401
102 Label, Warning, Air Inlet 1111307 453561532191
103 Lanyard, eSYS CRTG Access Cvr 1111308 453561532201
104 Latch/Support Assy, eSYS CRTG 1111309 453561532211
105 LCD, Assy,2nd GEN 1100818 453561528891
106 Lubricant, Dupont, Krytox Gpl226 1101835 453561529261
107 Manifold, Leak Solenoid 1111310 453561532221
108 Mount, Isolation, Fan, Pgk/4 1055324 453561512751
109 Mount, Solenoid Valve, O2 1054339 453561512421
110 Nav-Ring Assy 1111311 453561532231
111 Nut, Hex, Kep, M4, Pkg/10 1054341 453561512441
112 Nut, Hex, M12x1, SS, Pkg/10 1055321 453561512721
113 Nut, Wing, M3, Pkg/10, 1056418 453561512871
114 O-Ring, 2-009, Viton, A75 DU, Pkg/5 (Gas Outlet Port and Base fitting) 1111312 453561532241
115 O-Ring, 2-018, Viton, A60 DU, Pkg/5 (Air Valve Inlet and Outlet Ports) 1111313 453561532251
116 O-Ring, 2-023, Viton, 70 Du, Pkg/5 1054347 453561512481
117 O-Ring, 2-025, Viton, A60 DU, Pkg/5 (Air Valve Actuator to AVA Mount) 1111314 453561532261
118 O-Ring, 2-028, Viton, A60 DU, Pkg/5 (Air Valve Manifold to AVM Mount) 1111315 453561532271
119 O-Ring, 2-103, Viton, 70 Du, Pkg/5 1054348 453561512491
120 O-Ring, 2-121, Fkm, 50 Du, Pkg/5 1056662 453561512891
121 O-Ring, 2-121, Viton, 70 Du, Pkg/5 1054342 453561512451
122 O-Ring, 2-123, Viton, 70 Du, Pkg/5 1054343 453561512461
123 O-Ring, 2-135, Viton, 70 Du, Pkg/5 1054344 453561512471
124 Overlay, Power Switch, Eng 1111316 453561532281
125 Padding, Side Wall, Left, Pkg/2 1054353 453561512531
126 PCBA, CPU 1111340 453561532521
Philips Healthcare

127 PCBA, Data Acquisition, 1054356 453561512561

128 PCBA, EMC 1111341 453561532531
129 PCBA, Exh Valve Housing 1111342 453561532541

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Parts List - Ventilator 359

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
130 PCBA, Motor Controller, 1054357 453561512571
131 PCBA, PWR MGMT, V680 1119527 453561534061
132 PCBA, Sensor/Driver 1111344 453561532561
133 PCBA, Switch, 1054360 453561512601
134 PCBA, User Intface,2ndGN 1100786 453561528871
135 Pin, Push, Fan Mount, Pkg/4 1054235 453561511731
136 Pin, Locking, Side Panel, Right 1054363 453561512631
137 Plate, Mounting, Pwr Supply 1054364 453561512641
138 Plate, Retention, O2 Fitting, 1054365 453561512651
139 Plate, Valve, Solenoid, 1054366 453561512661
140 Plug Kit, ALPW, Front Panel 1111319 453561532311
141 Plug, Blockout, RJ45 (5PK) 1116110 453561533861
142 PM Kit, 35,000 Hour, V680 1114816 453561533441
143 PM Kit, Annual 1111320 453561532321
144 Port, Gas Outlet 1111321 453561532331
145 Port, Proximal, 1/8” 1054275 453561512021
146 Power cord RT-Angle Brazil, 10A 1075407 989805627161
147 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Israel, 10A 1050940 989805615851
148 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Arg, 10A 1049627 989805615811
149 Power Cord, 3 Wires, Rt Angle, Korea, 10A 1109331 989805647101
150 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, China, 10A 1049628 989805615821
151 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Aus, 10A 1049653 989805614601
152 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Den, 10A 1049018 989805615801
153 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Eur, 10A 1043253 989805612211
154 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Italy, 10A 1049017 989805613481
155 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Na, 10A 1043249 989805613471
156 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, SA, 10A 1043289 989805614591
157 Power Cord, 3 Wire, Rt Angle, Swiss, 10A 1049016 989805615791
158 Power Cord, Wire, Rt Angle, UK, 10A 1043287 989805612601
159 Power Supply 1054359 453561512591
160 PWR SW Membrane, w/Overlays, UI 1111317 453561532291
161 Retainer Clip, Sol Valve, O2 1054241 453561511781
162 Retainer, Inlet Filter 1111322 453561532341
163 Retainer, Power Cord 1054294 453561512141
Philips Healthcare

164 Retainer, User Interface Assy 1054208 453561511491

165 Screw, 4-40x1.5", SHC, SS, Xres, Pkg/10 1111323 453561532351
166 Screw, M1.6x4,Pnh,Xres, Pkg/10 1054212 453561511531

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

360 Parts List - Ventilator

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
167 Screw, M2.5x14, PNH, SS, Pkg/10 1111324 453561532361
168 Screw, M2.5x6,Soc Hd, SS, Pkg/10 1054214 453561511551
169 Screw, M2.5x8, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054215 453561511561
170 Screw, M2x3 Soc Hd, SS, Pkg/10 1100819 453561528901
171 Screw, M3x12w/Int Wshr, Pkg/10 1054229 453561511701
172 Screw, M3x14, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054230 453561511711
173 Screw, M3x4, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054216 453561511571
174 Screw, M3x6, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054227 453561511681
175 Screw, M3x8, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054228 453561511691
176 Screw, M4, Captive, Soc Hd, Pkg10 1054232 453561509651
177 Screw, M4x14,Shc, SS, Pkg/10 1054234 453561511721
178 Screw, M4x6, Soc HD,SS Pkg/10 1111326 453561532381
179 Screw, M4x8,Shc, SS, Pkg/10 1054233 453561509081
180 Screw, 2-32x3/8lg, Slf-Tap, Pkg/10 1054209 453561511501
181 Screw, 6-32x1/4, Pnh, Xres, Pkg/10 1054210 453561511511
182 Screw, 8-32x5/16",PNH, SS, Xres, Pkg/10 1112162 453561532661
183 Screw, M3 X6mm, FTHD, PH, SS Pkg/10 1111327 453561532391
184 Screw, Shldr, M4x5Dx5L, Pkg/10 1054211 453561511521
185 Seal, Valve, Solenoid, Pkg/4 1054236 453561511741
186 Shielding Clips, EMI Shroud 1054247 453561511841
187 Shroud, EMI 1054248 453561511851
188 Side Cover, Left 1111328 453561532401
189 Side Cover, Right 1111329 453561532411
190 Side Wall, Left, ALPW 1111330 453561532421
191 Side Wall, Right 1111331 453561532431
192 Slide Carrier, EV Pivot, Pkg/2 1111332 453561532441
193 Slide Rail, EV Pivot, Pkg/2 1111333 453561532451
194 Solenoid Valve, Oxygen 1054253 453561511901
195 Solenoid Valve 1054254 453561511911
196 Solenoid, Leak 1111334 453561532461
197 Speaker Assy 1054255 453561511921
198 Spring, Comp,.688" x .3"OD, LSA Pkg/5 1111335 453561532471
199 Spring,Extension,17 LB/IN, SS, Pkg/3 1111336 453561532481
200 Standoffs, M3x10 M-F, Pkg/5 1054256 453561511931
Philips Healthcare

201 Standoffs, M3x30 M-F, Pkg/3 1054267 453561511941

202 Tape, Kapton, 3/4"Wx36Yds (1 Roll) 1061127 453561513131
203 Touch Screen 1054268 453561511951

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Parts List - Replacement O2 Transport Manifolds and Tank to Manifold Hoses 361

Parts List - Ventilator

Description Legacy # 12NC
204 Tray, CPU 1054269 453561511961
205 Tray, LCD, 2nd GEN 1109872 453561531651
206 Tubing Kit 1111337 453561532491
207 User Interface Assy, Non-ENG V680 1111346 453561532581
208 V680 Air Inlet Filter (5/pk) 1109851 989805648571
209 V680 eSYS Cartridge 1109849 989805648551
210 V680 Oxygen Fuel Cell 1109850 989805648561
211 Washer, 9/64 ID X 5/8 OD, Pkg/10 1054289 453561512111
212 Washer, Flat, M3 ID X 7mm OD, Pkg/10 1054274 453561512011
213 Washer, Flat, M3 ID X 9mm OD, Pkg/10 1054276 453561512031
214 Washer, Lock, Int, 1/2”, Pkg/10 (Remote Alarm Connector-CPU Bracket) 1054319 453561512311
215 Washer, Rtnr, #6 Plastic, Pkg/10 1054288 453561512101
216 Washer, Flat, .125ID, .375OD, SS, Pkg/10 1111338 453561532501

Parts List - Replacement O2 Transport Manifolds and Tank to Manifold Hoses

Description Legacy # 12NC
217 Bracket, O2 Manifold,V60/V680 1109667 453561531591
218 Hose, O2 MNFLD, DISS-F(M/F), 2', WHT (2PK) 1113511 453561532851
219 Hose, O2 MNFLD, DISS-M NUT/HT,2', GRN (2pk) 1109894 989805648751
220 Hose, O2 MNFLD, NIST NUT/HT,2', WHT (2PK) 1109898 989805648761
221 O2 MANIFOLD W/BRKT, DISS-F, V60/V680 (includes mounting bracket) 1113390 453561532811
222 O2 Manifold W/BRKT, DISS-M V60/V680 (includes mounting bracket) 1109892 453561531611
223 O2 MANIFOLD W/BRKT, NIST, V60/V680 (includes mounting bracket) 1109897 453561531631
224 O2 Transport Manifold, DISS-M, V60/V680 (w/o mounting bracket) 1109603 453561531511
225 O2 Transport Manifold, NIST V60/V680 (w/o mounting bracket) 1109890 453561531601
226 O2 TRNSPRT MANIFOLD, DISS-FV60/V680 (w/o mounting bracket) 1113391 453561532821

Parts List - Ventilator Stand

Description Legacy # 12NC
227 Base Assembly Stand 1104442 453561530841
Philips Healthcare

228 Base, Tank Hldr, Stand 1104326 453561530921

229 Basket, Stand 1104445 453561530861
230 Caster, Locking Stand 1104446 453561530871
231 Column Assembly Stand 1104439 453561530811

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

362 Parts List - System Test & Troubleshooting Tools

Parts List - Ventilator Stand

Description Legacy # 12NC
232 Cord Wrap, Stand 1104441 453561530831
233 Hardware Kit, Stand 1104458 453561530891
234 Hardware Kit, Tank Hldr, Stand 1104468 453561530941
235 Humidifier Bracket, Stand 1104440 453561530821
236 Latch, Quick Release, Stand 1104416 453561530781
237 PAD (L), Tank Hldr Base, Stand 1109412 453561531471
238 PAD (R), Tank Hldr Base, Stand 1104327 453561530931
239 Rail, Side, Stand (1 PK) 1104438 453561530801
240 Retainer, Foot, Stand (3 PK) 1104417 453561530791
241 Strap, Tank Brkt, Stand (2 PK) 1104461 453561530911
242 Top Platform Assembly, V680 Stand 1104415 453561530771
243 Upr Bracket, Tank Hldr, Stand 1104460 453561530901

Parts List - System Test & Troubleshooting Tools

Description (* indicates a reordreable item included in this kit ) Legacy # 12NC
244 Service Kit, V680 Ventilator 1116068 453561533831
245 Adapter, Test, 15/22x15mm OD * 1116454 453561533871
246 Adapter,22mm OD, Both Ends * 1002505 453561506281
247 Adapter, Torque, GDS AI Collar,/ * 1111163 453561531671
248 Adapter, Phono Jack To Double Banana Plug * 1027817 453561507991
249 Bacteria Filter, Dsp Sng/Ce * 1014047 989805618161
250 BiPAP Test Adapter (0.25in) * 332353 453561517281
251 Breathing Circuit, Reusable, Adult 22mm * 1104598 989805646601
252 Cable Assy, HIS/EMR null modem, * 1080588 989805629921
253 Cable, Communications, TTL, * 1058778 453561512951
254 Cable, 1/4” Stereo Plug To Dual RCA Plugs * 1027818 453561508001
255 Coupling, Straight Silicone * 500-1000-43 453561505771
256 Fitting, System Leak Test, * 1060263 453561512961
257 Forceps, Locking, Plastic, Red * 1058432 453561512941
258 O2 Enrichment Attachment Sngl * 312710 989805609421
259 Plug, Tapered, 9/16"- 3/4", Silicon * 1055323 453561512741
260 Plug, Tapered, 23/32"-61/64", Silicon * 1055322 453561512731
Philips Healthcare

261 Syringe, GDS/eSYS Leak Test, * 1117679 453561533931

262 Tubing, Cooling Coil To Blower Valve * 1000060 453561507171
263 Valve, Ball, * 1058431 453561512931

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Parts List - Software Tools 363

Parts List - System Test & Troubleshooting Tools

Description (* indicates a reordreable item included in this kit ) Legacy # 12NC
264 Valve/Reg,O2,HI PSI Leak Test, * 1058380 989805617111
265 Whisper Swivel II Packaged * 332113 989805617951
266 Tool, Plug, Blockout, RJ45 1116109 453561533851
267 Breathing Circuit, Reusable, Peds 10mm 1104600 989805646621
268 Disp Prox Pres Line Assy, Bx/10 312112 989805609321

Parts List - Software Tools

Description Legacy # 12NC
269 ADAPTER, USB TO SERIAL (For use with service PCs without a 9-pin Serial
1022895 989805643371
Connector)
270 Cable, PIC Programmer To PM PCBA, 1069854 453561528641
271 JTAG Adapter w/Cable, TI MP430 PRGMR 1111298 453561532101
272 Operational S/W, CD, Field Upgrade, V680 1111347 453561532591
273 PMC S/W CD, Field Upg, PM PCBA, 1070781 453561528661
274 Programmer, Microcontroller, TI MSP430 1111349 453561532611
275 Programmer, PIC series, microchip 1070134 453561528651
276 S/D Bridge S/W CD, Field Upgrade, V680 1111348 453561532601

Parts List - Accessory Repair

Description Legacy # 12NC
277 Circuit Support Arm Handle (replacement chuck for 2 and 3 section circuit
1006501 453561528281
arms)
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

364 Parts List - Accessory Repair

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 365

Respi-Link
Respi-Link is a program used to deliver software updates and options from an Internet
database to user devices such as ventilators and cardiac output measurement equipment.

Respi-Link is intended to transfer new or updated software to a medical device that is in

maintenance (off-patient) mode and that does not contain ePHI or sensitive data.

The following best practice measures can assist in strengthening an organization’s security
posture when implementing the Respi-Link solution:
• Physical Security – Secure the Respi-Link workstation’s location with physical system
access controls; for example, implement locks, cameras, keycards, sensors, etc., in the
labs containing the Respi-Link workstations.
• Operational Security
• Password-protect BIOS
• Disallow booting from external drives in the boot order
• Disable unused I/O device interfaces
• Disable unused services and ports
• Limit access to the Respi-Link workstation. Only authorized personnel should have
access.
• Ensure that the disk drives containing the software are properly secured
• Enforce proper change management procedures
• Network segmentation based on data classification
• Procedural Security - Ensure that proper department procedures are implemented that
allow Respi-Link access only to authorized and trained personnel; for example, define
role-access for each user, prohibit authentication credential sharing, require passwords
for each account, lock unattended workstations, develop termination checklists, perform
risk management (risk assessments and mitigation of identified risks), etc.
• Security Policies - Ensure that the system service documentation and media are securely
stored, and that systems adhere to organizational security policies.
• Provide system use training and security awareness instruction prior to use
• Implement Data Loss and Data Compromise contingency planning

This section describes the following Respi-Link functions:

• Downloading Respironics V680 Ventilator software
Philips Healthcare

• Installing a Respironics V680 Ventilator option

• Remote troubleshooting

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

366 Downloading Ventilator Software

Downloading Ventilator Software

Follow these steps to download Respironics V60 Ventilator software using Respi-Link.

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Turn on the PC and verify that the Gateway interface is running by double-
clicking on Start Auto Respi-Link Gateway in the Respi-Link folder on your
desktop.

2. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the
On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press
the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter Diagnostic mode.

3. Connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null modem cable and 9-pin to 25-
pin female-male adapter between the PC serial port and the ventilator.

4. Within 60 seconds, the Gateway Interface screen appears on the PC monitor if a

software package is pending.

Philips Healthcare

5. Verify that the serial number on the Gateway Interface screen matches the serial
number on the ventilator.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Downloading Ventilator Software 367

6. Click Install to continue, Finish to discard the package or Exit to install the
package at a later date.

7. When the confirmation screen appears, click Yes to continue the software
installation or No to exit.

8. When the installation program screen appears, place the ventilator in software
download mode by touching Service, Misc, then Download mode.

9. When the ventilator is in download mode, click Next to continue or Cancel to

exit.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

368 Downloading Ventilator Software

10. Select the serial port that the ventilator is connected to.

11. Click Next to start the download sequence or Cancel to exit.

12. The updater image download starts and a progress bar is displayed.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Downloading Ventilator Software 369

13. When the updater image download is complete the ventilator image download
starts automatically.

14. When the download is complete, click Finish.

15. Remove the null modem cable and adapter from the ventilator.

16. Turn the ventilator off by pressing and holding the On/Shutdown button on the
user interface.

NOTE

Before powering off the ventilator, verify that the null modem cable is not
connected. If the null modem cable is already connected when you power on
the ventilator, the ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case,
Philips Healthcare

disconnect the cable from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and
remove all power sources (AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and
switch on ventilator power.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

370 Downloading Ventilator Software

17. Enter Diagnostic mode by pressing and holding the Nav-ring Enter button and
turning on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on the user
interface. Within 5 seconds, press the Nav-ring Enter button again to enter
Diagnostic mode.

18. Connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null modem cable and 9-pin to 25-
pin female-male adapter between the PC serial port and the ventilator.

19. Touch Service and verify that the Software Version is the same as the version
listed on the Gateway Interface screen.

20. Click Query on the Gateway Interface screen to display query results.

Philips Healthcare

21. Click Finish on the Gateway Interface screen to send confirmation to Respi-Link
that the software installation was successful.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Installing Ventilator Options 371

22. Click Exit on the Gateway Interface screen.

23. Turn the ventilator off by pressing the On/Shutdown button.

The software download is complete.

Installing Ventilator Options

Follow these steps to install ventilator options using Respi-Link.

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Turn on the PC and verify the Gateway Interface is running by double-clicking on

Start Auto Respi-Link Gateway in the Respi-Link folder on your desktop.

2. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter Diagnostic mode.

3. Connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null modem cable and 9-pin to 25-
pin female-male adapter between the PC serial port and the ventilator.

4. Within 30 seconds, a Gateway Interface screen appears on the PC monitor if an

option package is pending.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

372 Installing Ventilator Options

5. Verify that the serial number on the Gateway Interface screen matches the serial
number on the ventilator.

6. Click Install to continue, Finish to discard the package, or Exit to install the
package at a later date.

7. At the confirmation screen, click Yes to continue the option installation or No to

exit.

8. Touch Misc, then touch Vent Info, and verify that the Software Options are the
same as the options listed on the Gateway Interface screen.

9. Click Query on the Gateway Interface screen to display query results.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Installing Ventilator Options 373

10. Click Finish on the Gateway Interface screen to send confirmation to Respi-Link
that the option installation was successful.

11. Click Exit on the Gateway Interface screen.

12. Turn the ventilator off by pressing the On/Shutdown button.

Option installation is complete.

Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

374 Reinitiate a Software Package

Reinitiate a Software Package

Follow these steps to reinitiate a ventilator software package using Respi-Link.

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Turn on the PC and verify the Gateway Interface is running by double-clicking on

Start Auto Respi-Link Gateway in the Respi-Link folder on your desktop.

2. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the On/Shutdown button on
the user interface. Within 5 seconds, release and press the Nav-ring Enter button
again to enter Diagnostic mode.

3. Connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null modem cable and 9-pin to 25-
pin female-male adapter between the PC serial port and the ventilator.

4. Double click on the Gateway Interface icon to re-launch the install screen.

5. Finish software reinitation by following steps 5 through 23 in “Downloading

Ventilator Software”, page 248.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Remote Troubleshooting 375

Remote Troubleshooting
Follow these steps to connect the ventilator to Respi-Link and prepare for remote
troubleshooting.

NOTE

Do not connect the null modem cable until instructed to do so. If the null
modem cable is already connected when you power on the ventilator, the
ventilator and PC will not communicate. In such a case, disconnect the cable
from the ventilator, switch off ventilator power, and remove all power sources
(AC and battery) from the ventilator. Reconnect and switch on ventilator power,
then reconnect the null modem cable to the ventilator.

1. Turn on the PC and verify the Gateway Interface is running by double-clicking on

Start Auto Respi-Link Gateway in the Respi-Link folder on your desktop.

2. If the ventilator is not already in Diagnostic mode, press and hold the Nav-ring
Enter button and turn on the ventilator by pressing the
On/Shutdown button on the user interface. Within 5 seconds, press the Nav-ring
Enter button again to enter Diagnostic mode.

3. Touch Service, then Pneumatics.

4. Connect a standard 9-pin male-female RS-232 null modem cable and 9-pin to 25-
pin female-male adapter between the PC serial port and the ventilator.

5. The ventilator is now connected to Respi-Link and can be monitored remotely by

a Respironics representative.

6. Contact your local service representative or Product Support at 800-345-6443

(U.S.A.) or +1-724-387-4000 (outside the U.S.A.) for further instructions.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

376 Remote Troubleshooting

(This page is intentionally blank)

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 377

Glossary
A
Ampere, a unit of current.
AC
Alternating current.
A/C-PCV mode
A dual-limb ventilation mode. Assist/Control - Pressure Control Ventilation
A/C-VCV mode
A dual-limb ventilation mode. Assist/Control - Volume Control Ventilation
Alarm Silence button
Silences alarm sound for 2 minutes.
Apnea Ventilation
Available only in spontaneous breathing modes. Apnea ventilation can be set to either
VCV or PCV, and will tell the ventilator which modes to adopt in case an apnea
condition occurs.
Assist indicator
Denotes patient-triggered (assisted) breathing.
Auto-Trak Sensitivity
A Respironics innovation in triggering and cycling that utilizes several different
methods to provide enhanced sensitivity in the presence of leaks and changing
breathing patterns.
AVAPS+
Average volume-assured pressure support. A ventilation mode in which pressure
support is automatically adjusted to maintain the user-defined target tidal volume.
AVAPS+ Maximum IPAP Pressure
See Max P.
AVAPS+ Minimum IPAP Pressure
See Min P.
AVAPS+ Target Tidal Volume
See VT.
Average volume-assured pressure support
See AVAPS+.
Philips Healthcare

B
Baseline
As in baseline pressure. The pressure at end exhalation.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

378

BPM
Breaths per minute.
BTPS
Body temperature (98 °F, ambient pressure), 100% saturated (with water vapor).

C
C&R
Compliance and resistance
C-Flex
A setting in CPAP mode, which enhances traditional CPAP by reducing the pressure at
the start of exhalation.
cmH2O
Centimeters of water, a unit of pressure measurement.
Compliance
A measure of the ease of expansion of the lungs determined by volume and elasticity.
High compliance indicates a loss of elasticity of the lungs.
Continuous positive airway pressure
See CPAP.
CPAP
Continuous positive airway pressure. A ventilation mode that provides a single,
continuous level of positive pressure to the patient and a control setting in that mode.
Cycle
To end inspiration.

D
dB(A)
Decibel, a unit of acoustic power.
DISS
Diameter index safety standard, a standard for high-pressure gas inlet fittings.
Dyn C
Dynamic compliance
Dyn R
Dynamic resistance
Dyn Re
Philips Healthcare

Dynamic expiratory resistance

Dyn Ri
Dynamic inspiratory resistance

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 379

Dyn Pplat
Dynamic pressure plateau

E
E-Cycle (Expiratory Cycle Sensitivity)
A control setting in Auto-Trak+. It determines the threshold at which the ventilator will
transition from inspiration to exhalation.
Elast.
See Elastance.
Elastance
The elastic opposition to ventilation or the tendency of the lungs to resist inflation
(elastance is the reciprocal of compliance).
EPAP
Expiratory positive airway pressure. A control setting. The application and
maintenance of pressure above atmospheric at the airway throughout the expiratory
phase of positive-pressure mechanical ventilation.
Estimated exhaled tidal volume
See VT.
Estimated minute ventilation
•.
See VE

Estimated patient leak

See Pt. Leak
Estimated total leak
See Tot.Leak.
eSYS cartridge
Expiratory system cartridge. A replaceable assembly installed inside the ventilator
housing. Includes the gas return port and flow sensor.
ET
Endotracheal.
Exhalation Port test
Performed to assess the leak flow rate through the exhalation port.
Expiratory Cycle
See E-Cycle.
Expiratory positive airway pressure
See EPAP.
Philips Healthcare

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

380

H
HIP
High Inspiratory Pressure Alarm, an alarm setting.
Hi Rate
High Rate Alarm, an alarm setting.
Hi VT
High Tidal Volume Alarm, an alarm setting.
HME
Heat moisture exchanger
hPa
Hectopascal, a unit of pressure measurement. 1 hPa is equal to 1 mbar, which is
approximately equal to 1 cmH2O.
Hz
Hertz. Rear panel of ventilator.

I
ID
Inner diameter.
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission.
I:E ratio
Ratio of inspiratory to expiratory time.
Inop
Inoperative.
Inspiration:exhalation ratio
See I:E ratio.
Inspiratory positive airway pressure
See IPAP.
Inspiratory time
See I-Time.
Inspiratory duty cycle
See TI/TTOT.
Intentional leakage
Philips Healthcare

“Known,” quantifiable leakage that is a function of the mask.

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 381

IPAP
Inspiratory positive airway pressure. A control setting. The application and
maintenance of pressure above atmospheric at the airway throughout the inspiration
phase of positive-pressure mechanical ventilation.
IPX1
classification of water protection. Rear panel of ventilator.
ISO
International Organization for Standardization, a worldwide federation of national
standards bodies.
I-Time
Inspiratory time. The duration of inspiration during mechanical ventilation.

K
kPa
Kilo-pascals. A unit of measurement. Rear panel of ventilator, O2 port label.

L
L
Liter.
LCD
Liquid crystal display.
LED
Light-emitting diode.
Limit
To prevent from exceeding a specified maximum value during a breath.
LIP
Low Inspiratory Pressure Alarm, an alarm setting.
Lo Rate
Low Rate Alarm, an alarm setting.
•
Lo VE
Low Minute Ventilation Alarm, an alarm setting.
Lo VT
Low Tidal Volume Alarm, an alarm setting.
Philips Healthcare

M
Mand indicator
Denotes machine, time-triggered (mandatory) breathing.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

382

Mandatory breath
A breath for which either the timing or volume is controlled by the ventilator. That is,
the machine triggers and/or cycles the breath.
Max E
Maximum elastance (volume assist). A control setting in PPV.
Max P
AVAPS+ Maximum IPAP Pressure. A control setting in AVAPS+.
Max P
Maximum Pressure. See PPV Maximum Pressure Limit.
Max R
Maximum resistance (flow assist). A control setting in PPV.
Max V
Maximum Volume. See PPV Maximum Volume Limit.
Min P
AVAPS+ Minimum IPAP Pressure. A control setting in AVAPS+.
MIP
Maximum inspiratory pressure
mL
Milliliter.
mm
Millimeter.

N
Noninvasive
Pertaining to a diagnostic or therapeutic technique that does not require the skin to
be broken or a cavity or organ of the body to be entered. Mechanical ventilation via
mask, nasal prongs, or mouthpiece.

O
O2
Oxygen (concentration). A control setting.
OD
Outer diameter.
PC
Philips Healthcare

Pressure control
PCBA
Printed Circuit Board Assembly

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 383

PCV
Pressure-controlled ventilation. A ventilation mode that provides mandatory and
spontaneous breaths with a set frequency, pressure, and inspiratory time.
Peak inspiratory pressure
See PIP.
Percentage of patient-triggered breaths
See Pt. Trig.
PIP
Peak inspiratory pressure. The peak pressure for the previous inspiration.
Pplat
See pressure plateau.
PPV %
A control setting in PPV. The percent of proportional pressure ventilation supplied by
the ventilator.
PPV
Proportional pressure ventilation. A ventilation mode that delivers a pressure-
controlled breath in proportion to the patient’s effort. The ventilator responds to
patient instantaneous efforts, allowing the patient to determine when to start and
end a breath, and how flow and pressure change as the patient breathes
spontaneously.
PPV Maximum Pressure Limit (Max P)
A control setting in PPV.
PPV Maximum Volume Limit (Max V)
A control setting in PPV.
Pressure-controlled ventilation
See PCV.
Pressure plateau
The pressure applied during positive pressure ventilation to the small airways and
alveoli.
Pressure-supported breath
A patient-triggered, pressure-targeted breath.
PRVC
Pressure-regulated volume control. A mode in which pressure-targeted breaths are
delivered based on the set VT.
PS
Pressure support
Philips Healthcare

psi
Pounds per square inch.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

384

psig
Pounds per square inch gauge (above atmospheric pressure).
Proportional pressure ventilation
See PPV.

PSV
Pressure supported ventilation using CPAP (continuous positive airway pressure).
Pt. Leak
The leak resulting from leaks around the mask or from unintentional leaks in the
circuit. A monitored parameter shown when the intentional leak is known.
Pt. Trig
Percentage of patient-triggered breaths. Patient-initiated breaths as a percentage of
total breaths during the last 15 minutes.

R
Ramp
Can be used to allow the patient to become accustomed to respiratory ventilatory
therapy over time. Ramp will allow the pressure to linearly increase over a user-set
period.
Rate (Respiratory Rate)
Respiratory frequency, a control setting and monitored parameter.
Resist.
See Resistance
Resistance
The pressure drop across a pneumatic device (i.e., bacteria filter, patient circuit
tubing) for a unit of flow when the volume of the device remains constant, i.e.,
cmH2O/mL/s.
Respiratory Rate (Rate)
Respiratory frequency, a control setting.
Rise Time (Rise)
The time required for a pressure-supported or pressure-controlled breath to reach its
target pressure, a control setting.
RS-232
Serial data communications protocol.
RSBI
Rapid shallow breathing index. Also known as f/Vt.
Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 385

S
SIMV-PCV
Synchronous intermittent mandatory ventilation - pressure control ventilation.
SIMV-VCV
Synchronous intermittent mandatory ventilation - volume control ventilation.
SLPM
Standard liters per minute. Rear panel of ventilator, O2 port label.
Spont indicator
Denotes patient-initiated breathing.
Spontaneous breath
A breath for which both the timing and volume are controlled by the patient. That is,
the patient both triggers and cycles the breath.
Spontaneous/timed mode
See S/T mode.
S/T mode
Spontaneous/timed mode. A pressure support ventilation mode that ensures patients
receive a minimum number of breaths per minute if their spontaneous breathing rate
drops below the respiratory rate setting.
Standby
Suspends ventilation and retains current settings when the clinician wants to
temporarily disconnect the patient from the ventilator.
Support indicator
Denotes patient-triggered (pressure-supported) breathing.

T
Te
Expiratory time
Time Trigger
Initiation of inspiration by the ventilator according to the Respiratory Rate setting.
TI/TTOT
Inspiratory duty cycle. Inspiratory time divided by total cycle time, averaged over 8
breaths, a monitored parameter.
Tot.Leak
Estimated total leak, both intentional and unintentional. A monitored parameter
shown when the mask leak and type of exhalation port are not known.
Philips Healthcare

Trigger
To begin inspiration.

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

386

Trigger
Trigger Sensitivity, a control setting in Auto-Trak+.
Trigger Sensitivity
See Trigger.

U
Unintentional leakage
Unpredictable leakage that cannot be quantified.
USB
Universal serial bus. Rear panel of ventilator.

V
V
Volt, a unit of electrical potential or volume.
•
V
Flow.
VA
Volts AC (alternating current). Rear panel of ventilator.
•
VE
Estimated minute ventilation. The product of tidal volume (spontaneous and timed)
and rate (spontaneous and timed), a monitored parameter.
VT
Estimated exhaled tidal volume, a monitored parameter and AVAPS+ Target Tidal
Volume, a control setting in AVAPS+ mode.

Philips Healthcare

Respironics V680 Ventilator Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Index 387

Index
Numerics Connector
3-Way Output Boot, description 76 oxygen inlet, location 28
RS-232 serial and analog I/O, location 28
Control settings, ranges, resolutions, and accuracies
A 32, 34
AC power 42 Controls (Test 3) 301
Acoustic noise specifications 44 Cooling fan filter. See Filter, cooling fan
Active Controls by Mode, Dual Limb 34 CPU PCBA, description 82
Active Controls by Mode, Single limb 33 CPU PCBA, replacement 240
air (inspiratory hold) valve 74
Air Delivery/Flow Accuracy (Test 5) 306 D
Air Flow Sensor, description 76
Air Inlet Filter Cover, location 27 Data Acquisition (DA) PCBA
Air Inlet Filter, description 75 description 84
Air Inlet Manifold, description 76 replacement 255
Air Inlet, description 75 Data Form 343, 345
Air Valve 246 Date and Time, setting 111
Alarm LED, description 26 Date/Time 109
Alarm subsystem, description 82 DB-25 connector, description 82
Alarms 37 Default Settings, restoring 112
Alarms (Test 9) 318 Definitions 377–386
Attention 9 Definitions, Safety notices 15
Averaging Setup Menu 285 Description, physical 24
Diagnostic Mode 40, 107, 108
Diagnostic Mode Functions 40, 107
B Diagnostic Report (DRPTA) 160
Backlight Inverter PCBA, replacement 266 Diagnostics Menu 101, 108
Barometric Pressure Compensation Table 308, 349 Diagram, Barrier Insulation / Isolation 92
Barometric Pressure Transducer, description 77 Diagram, Electrical Interface 91
Battery Compartment Cover, removal 200 Diagram, Electrical/Pneumatic System 89
Battery, Backup 29 Diagram, System Wiring 90
Battery, backup Diagram, V680, Block 93
location 28 Diagram, V680, Detailed Block 94
specifications 42 Diagrams, System 89
Battery, installation / removal 203 Dimensions, ventilator 41
Baud Rate 109 Disconnecting All Power 202
Baud Rate, set 115 Disposal 105
Bottom Feet, replacement 267 Download Mode 126
Breathing circuit specifications 43 Downloading Ventilator Software 165
DRPTA 102, 160
Dual Limb Control Settings 33
C
Calibration Analyzer 283
E
Philips Healthcare

Centrifugal Compressor (Blower)

description 79, 82 EEPROM, description 82
Component Removal and Installation 199 Electrical Safety (Test 1) 290
Configurations Menu 287 Electrical Safety Data Form 343
Electrical Specifications 42

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

388 Index

Electronics, Signal path sequence 87 I

EMC PCBA / Leak Solenoid Bracket, replacement 223 inactive ventilator 105
EMC PCBA, description 86 Information, additional 2
EMI Shroud 239 Inspiratory Hold Valve
EMI shroud 239 description 76
Environmental Specifications 41 removal & replacement 246
eSYS Cartridge Intended audience 1
description 77 Intended use 1
release latch 205 Internal Battery
replacement 205 description 81
Return to Use Procedure 98 installation 203
sterilization 96 removal 203
eSYS Cartridge Access Cover Optical Sensor, Internal Battery (Test 11) 326
description 86 Internal Leak Valve, description 76
eSYS Cartridge Access Cover, removal 200
eSYS Cover Optical Sensor, removal & replacement
248 L
eSYS Diaphragm, replacement 206, 207 Label, Brazilian Conformity 9
eSYS PCBA and Cable Assembly, description 86 Label, Corrosive 9
Ethernet, description 82 Label, Date of manufacture 9
Exhalation Pressure Transducer, description 77 Label, European Conformity 10
Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA 86 Label, Manufacturer 10
Exhalation Valve Housing PCBA, removal & Label, USB port 12
installation 249 Labels 9
Exhalation Valve, removal & replacement 250 Labels, packaging 9
Labels, ventilator, placement 268
F Language 109
Language, setting 110
Fan Filter 217 LCD
Fan filter. See Filter, cooling fan description 82
Filter replacement 264
air inlet, maintenance schedule 100 LCD Assembly, description 85
cooling fan, location 28 LCD Tray, replacement 266
FiO2 (Oxygen) Sensor Leak Solenoid Removal 225
description 76 Leak Test, GDS 294
replacement 210 Leak Test, High Pressure 293
Flash memory, description 82 Leak Tests (Test 2) 292
Front Bezel 263 LED backlight, description 85
Front Bezel, Touchscreen replacement 263 Left Side Wall, removal 243
Front Panel, replacement 232 Lithium ion batteries 106

G M
Gas Delivery Subsystem (GDS), replacement 244 Machine and Proximal Pressure Transducers,
Gas Outlet Port, replacement 233 description 77
Glossary 377–386 Manifold Assembly, description 78
Graphical User Interface (GUI) 29 Measurement Selection Screen 283
Ground 11 Menu Window 39
Philips Healthcare

GUI 31 Microprocessor, description 82

Motor Controller (MC) PCBA
description 84
replacement 221

Respironics V680 Service Manual 1099929 Rev D

 Index 389

N Power Switch Overlay

Nav-ring, description 82, 85 description 85
Nav-ring assembly, replacement 262 replacement 260
null modem cable 160, 163 Power-On Hours 169
Pressure Accuracy (Test 4) 303
Pressure Units 109
O Pressure Units, Selecting 113
Option codes 240 Preventative maintenance, Annual 101
Output controls 116 Preventive Maintenance 101
Output Controls Screen 121 Primary Cooling Fan 218
Oxygen Accuracy (Test 7) 313 Primary Cooling Fan Filter 217
Oxygen Filter Element Primary Cooling Fan, replacement 218
location & description 78 Principal Electronic Components, descriptions 81
Oxygen Flow Accuracy (Test 6) 311 Principal Pneumatic Components, descriptions 75
Oxygen Flow Sensor, description 78 Procedures, Performance Verification 290
Oxygen inlet connector Programming the Ventilator Serial Number 170
location 28 Programming Ventilator Power-On Hours 172
Oxygen Inlet Filter Protective earth (ground) 11
location & description 78 Proximal Pressure Port 235
replacement 254 Proximal Pressure Port, replacement 235
Oxygen Inlet, replacement 220
Oxygen Pressure Transducer, description 77 R
Oxygen Solenoid Valve 256
description 78 RAM, description 82
replacement 256 Ranges, Resolutions, and Accuracies 32
Real-time Clock (RTC), description 82
Real-Time Clock Battery, replacement 242
P Reinstall options 240
Patient Circuit Specifications 43 Remote alarm/nurse call connector, location 28
Patient data 35 Repacking and Shipping 270
Patient data ranges, resolutions, and accuracies 35 Reports 149
Performance Verification Data Form 345 Respi-Link 165
Performance Verification Troubleshooting/Repair Respi-Link Remote Diagnostic System 165
329 Respi-Link remote diagnostic system, location of
Physical Characteristics 41 Ethernet connector 28
Physical description 24 Respiratory Mechanics Maneuvers, Menu window 39
Pneumatic Calibration Analyzer Setup 283 Respironics V680 Ventilator, physical description 28
Pneumatic Control Specifications 120 Restore Default Settings 109, 112
Pneumatic controls 116 Reusable Patient Circuits, Filters and Masks 99
Pneumatic Controls Screen 118 Right Side Wall, removal 246
Pneumatic Specifications 42 RS-232, description 82
Power cord retainer, location 28
Power cord, location 28 S
Power Fail (Test 10) 325
Power harness connector 202 S/T Performance (Test 8) 315
Power Management (PM) PCBA Schedule, Preventive Maintenance 100
description 81 Sensor/Driver (SD) Board, removal & replacement
replacement 237 251, 252
Sensor/Driver PCBA, description 86
Philips Healthcare

Power Supply
description 81 Serial and analog I/O connector 82
replacement 239 Serial Communications Port Pinout 83
Serial Interface 149
Service Accessories 279

989 8056 44081 Respironics V680 Service Manual

390 Index

Service Button 116 Troubleshooting/Repair 329

Set Language 110 TTL cable 315
Setting Up the Serial Interface 149
Setting Up the Service PC 149
Settings and Ranges, Menu window 39 U
Signal paths. See Electronics UI PCBA, description 86
Significant Event Log 125, 163 UI Retainer, replacement 234
Single Limb Control Settings 32 Unpacking and Inspection 53
Single-use Bacteria Filters, Patient Circuits, and Other USB, description 82
Accessories 100 User Interface (UI) PCBA, replacement 265
Software Download Instructions 165 User Interface (UI)/ Rear Bezel, opening 259
Software Downloads 149 User Interface, description 85
Software Installation 165 User key switches, description 82
Software Options 109
Software Options, Enabling 114 V
Solenoid Valves, description 79
Solenoid Valves, replacement 257 Ventilator Covers, removing 200
Speakers 236 Ventilator Information 59, 116, 117, 281
Speakers, replacement 236 Ventilator Information screen 102
Specifications, Electrical 42 Ventilator labels 9
Specifications, environmental 41 Ventilator Serial Number 169
Specifications, Patient circuit 43 Ventilator Software 165
Specifications, pneumatic 42 Ventilator Unit, Controls, indicators and parts 26
Specifications, Pneumatic controls 120
Specifications, technical 32 W
Start-up time 44
Warnings, Basic Safety 15
Start-up time specifications 44
Warnings, Electrical Safety 16
Sterilization 96
Warnings, Electromagnetic Compatibility 18
Storage 105
Warnings, Fire/Explosion Safety 17
Switch PCBA 261
Warnings, Mechanical Safety 17
Switch PCBA, description 85
Warnings, Product Compatibility 18
Switch PCBA, replacement 261
Warnings, Product Modification 18
System Settings 109
Watchdog timeout 82
Watchdog timer, description 82
T
Technical specifications 32
Control setting ranges, resolutions, and accuracies
32, 34
Weight, ventilator 41
Tera Term 103, 149
Test Equipment 279
Test Requirements, Performance Verification 274
Tests, Performance Verification 273
Top Cover, removal 201
Touch Screen Calibration 128
Touch Screen Diagnostics 127
Touch Screen, description 85
Philips Healthcare

Touchscreen 96, 263

Training 2
Trigger Options 285
Troubleshooting 107
Troubleshooting Tips 147

Respironics V680 Service Manual 1099929 Rev D